Skip to content

[SYSTEM]86 entries filed here.

TUS

TUS Vol. 5 Chapter 4

Chapter 4 – Otogi Fantasia

Merlin’s Perspective

“Yes. My little sister, and Ephthal’s wife—Bridget.”

Those words were the cue, and what began was a long telling. For all the harrowing matter of it, the Fire God Emperor’s tone as he spoke stayed flat and even, as though I stood before some high priest come into enlightenment. And when he had told the whole of it, the throne room settled into a heavy, heavy silence.

“So, to protect Bridget, I need to raise destruction at set intervals. By whatever method does the least harm, naturally.”

“And now… where is Ephthal-sama’s lady wife…?”

“The truth is I’d like to let her live an ordinary life… but for now I’ve had her sleeping, in a certain place. Until I’ve put my house in order I have my hands full, you see. In any case, are you satisfied now, with my reasons?”

“And yet, to guard a single person, tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands… over the long run the toll comes to a number past all reckoning. I cannot for the life of me see how the accounts are meant to balance.”

“Then, care to stop me by force?”

“No… that is not it. I am asking whether there truly is no other road. Laying the matter before Ephthal-sama, say, and seeking some other manner of solution together with him.”

“Ephthal would say to look for another road, no question. But because nothing can be done, I have given up and set to my preparations.”

There was reason in that, right enough. The Fire God Emperor had known Ephthal-sama long ago as well, and was surely speaking only after long thought. That laying it before Ephthal-sama would end in nothing but a clash, I could not claim the feeling was lost on me.

“…I’ll not deny it. No, beyond a doubt, that is exactly what he would say.”

“Which is precisely why I never sat down to talk it over with Ephthal. Because it is Bridget we speak of, there is no chance that fellow would ever hear me out.”

The Fire God Emperor and Ephthal-sama both, it seemed, threw all appearances to the wind the moment the matter turned to Bridget-sama. That they held her dearer than anything, one need only look at their faces to know it, and that too was the same in them. And that I felt the smallest touch of envy for Bridget-sama, was that because the discipline of my heart was yet wanting? This dark feeling, however much time went by, was never a pleasant thing to carry.

“Tell me, Fire God Emperor. Supposing I bend the knee to you, what, precisely, would you have me do?”

The Fire God Emperor raised two fingers.

“What I ask is two things. The first: when Bridget’s destructive urge reaches its critical point, to secure a place for that power to vent itself.”

He said it without a flicker crossing his face, but it meant a great many lives would be lost. Did this man understand as much? No, it was because he understood that he kept his face so deliberately still. That he had no choice but to be studiedly calm, and coldly so, he himself understood better than anyone.

“The second: a show of force, to guard Bridget, who carries within her the seed of becoming the world’s enemy.”

“Hm… let me hear it in full.”

“As with the Demon Lord of old, should a subjugation force be raised the world over to stand against her heedless violence, that becomes a nuisance. Which is why I am bowing my head and asking your cooperation.”

“You do not look, to my eye, like a man bowing his head.”

“Now that’s harsh. I am, in my own fashion, doing my level and sincere best here… Well. In all things the opening move is what counts. I want the demonstration to come off without fail.”

“A demonstration… you say?”

“Just so,” the Fire God Emperor nodded. “Every preparation is nearly in place. A few days hence, one region of this country is set to be destroyed. With that as the opening move, we show the world our might, in many places at once. And that is why I need pieces, and numbers of them. To speak plainly: once I have dealt a heavy blow to the capitals of the continent’s principal nations, I will declare this country sealed off from the world.”

What is this man saying… A faint ache started up behind my brow.

“A heavy blow? Sealing off the country? And razing a region of this land besides? Have you taken leave of your senses, Fire God Emperor?”

“First, with the Scarlet of Hades I have already secured, I raise a great outbreak of undead near this country’s borders. The outbreak swallows the neighboring lands too, and the world at large takes it for the onset of a great calamity. And at that same moment, with my elite mages for pieces—I bombard the world’s cities, one and all, with area magic.”

“You…! Have you truly gone mad?”

“Considered in cold, practical terms, it is the best answer there is. My own magic is not limitless; set against the whole world, my strength would run dry sooner or later. So I settle everything in the first stroke. In short, I want the world to take us for ‘lunatics you must never, ever lay a finger on.’”

“As a matter of plain fact, you look every inch the lunatic to me.”

“Your name has weight, and Svetlana’s, and Sasha’s, that matters. Add to it the appearance of the first-generation Fire God Emperor and Ice God Emperor. The lost Level 10 bombardment… and the unveiling of the second-generation Four Emperors, and a catastrophe striking the world over all at once. Do the whole of it together, in one connected sweep, and the world falls into a vast panic, a vast confusion. And if, without missing a beat, I proclaim a closed country of mutual non-interference, what do you suppose comes of it?”

“A blade in a madman’s hand, near enough, as the saying goes. No one would wish to have any dealings with such people.”

“Just so, the closed country, complete. Then, free at last of interference from any other nation, I can make this land the outlet for Bridget’s destructive urge. Well, that is the whole of my plan.”

This man, did he truly mean to carry it that far? To guard a single woman? At the sheer derangement of the notion, dread shook me so that my knees began to tremble.

“But, Cliff-chan? Do you… do you really think us big sisters would lend a hand to a thing like that?”

At the glaring Svetlana, the Fire God Emperor shook his head, as if to say, ‘a pity.’

“It seems I have spent my time to no purpose… am I to understand it so?”

Smoothly, the Fire God Emperor turned his palm on us. At the same instant the first-generation Ice God Emperor and the second-generation Four Emperors brought their attack stances to bear on us as well. Neither side, it goes without saying, had let its spell-formulae unravel this whole while. The hair-trigger standoff between us had not shifted an inch.

“Wait, Svetlana.”

“Eh…? H-hold on, what’s got into you, Merlin-chan? Don’t tell me you mean to go along with him?”

Paying Svetlana no mind, I addressed the Fire God Emperor thus.

“I will do the work of two. That will serve, will it not, Fire God Emperor?”

“…Are you in earnest, Merlin-chan?”

“Enough, now, leave this to me, Svetlana. Fire God Emperor… strictly speaking, Svetlana is no disciple of Ephthal-sama’s; if anything, her allegiance lies with the Dragon Emperor’s bloodline. Should she wish it she could call upon the dragon-kin, no, those creatures… were Svetlana to take part in some folly, they would move of their own accord to guard the pride of the clan.”

The Fire God Emperor turned something over a while, then gave a small nod.

“Well, that is true enough.”

“To fasten dishonor upon Svetlana is one and the same as fouling the Dragon Emperor’s name. For you, on the point of making enemies on every side, to let your troubles multiply beyond this can hardly be sound policy, can it?”

“…Understood. Svetlana I will set aside, for the time being.”

And so I drew a slow breath and declared, in a voice pitched to reach every ear in the place without fail:

“Lay not a hand on anyone bound to Ephthal-sama. That is the absolute condition.”

“Good, we have our bargain. I am glad Ephthal’s stubbornness and his temper didn’t come down to you, Merlin.”

The moment the Fire God Emperor shaped a smile, I spat at him, ptooh.

“You seem to be laboring under a misapprehension. I too, of course, am stubborn and ill-tempered… see that you keep it in mind.”

He arched back and slipped the spittle, so I clicked my tongue at him, loud enough to be heard, tch.

“Ha. Then I shall take pains not to cross your line, either.”

⁂

“Such being the case, Ephthal-sama is inside Sasha-sama’s Otogi Fantasia spell.”

In a room of the ducal mansion, I laid it out so for Anastasia and the others. At which Maria, a vein standing at her temple, bawled:

“Sasha-sama… no, that old geezer… he betrayed us?! I held my tongue on account of him being Ephthal’s master, but he’s got that creepy, pervy air about him and I never took to the man from the start!”

She stamped about in a fury, a girl foul of mouth as ever. Still, that was Maria’s nature, able to put her anger out plainly where all could see it. In honesty, I could not swear I felt no envy of it.

Just then Anastasia tilted her head, as though puzzled, and asked:

“Whatever do you mean, Merlin-sama? There’s no way Master could lose.”

Anastasia was beaming away as if it were all some joke, and for that very reason, to speak the truth of it made my chest ache.

“I’m sorry to say it, but it is the truth.”

“…Eh? Truly? Could it be he’s, he’s gone and died?”

And as Anastasia’s face paled before my eyes—overcome by the shock of it, Sheryl toppled woozily where she stood.

“Why is it Sheryl who keels over, the way this talk is going?!”

Maria was shouting, but… this was ill. Sheryl’s color had passed clean through deep blue and turned the shade of clay. She seemed dead away, not stirring in the least.

“…”

“Rest easy, Sheryl. He is alive.”

At that instant, Sheryl’s eyes snapped open and she shot upright.

“…Of course. There is no way Ephthal would die.”

“Well, but, going by the circumstantial evidence alone… by any ordinary reckoning, he may in fact be dead.”

At that instant, Sheryl’s eyes rolled white and she fell over again.

“In any event, this is Ephthal-sama we speak of. Dying is not in it.”

“…Naturally. There is no way Ephthal would die.”

At that instant, Sheryl’s eyes snapped open and she shot upright.

“That said, by any ordinary reckoning there is, after all, the chance his life stands in danger…”

At that instant, sure enough, Sheryl’s eyes rolled white and she fell over once more.

It was diverting enough that I half thought to keep on a while longer, but this was truly no time for such play.

“At all events, as a practical matter Ephthal-sama’s life or death is unknown. But he is in no mortal peril, of that I hold my own quiet conviction.”

“Um, well… er… but even supposing Master came back, could he really do anything about the Fire God Emperor?”

“Sasha-sama himself has been beaten, so on the plain question of winning or losing, by ordinary reckoning it looks grim. But before a battle at the razor’s edge, Ephthal-sama always used to say this.”

The words that came next, Svetlana and I spoke as one.

“‘Who’s fool enough to brood on losing before he’s even started?’”

Word for word it fell together, and I could not help laughing. Truly, in the oddest corners, Svetlana and I are of a mind.

“It was Ephthal-sama’s byword. Words, so I hear, of a master he revered in his heart… So, it will be all right.”

“Mm. That’s how it’s come out right this far, and if it’s Junior, he’ll actually pull it off.”

Taking in our words, the three girls looked at one another.

“Still, we are no match for you… What you’re saying is outrageous, and yet the two of you talk as though things going well were a thing already decided… You couldn’t manage that without believing it from the very bottom of your hearts.”

“…This is what the long years make.”

“It’s not that I don’t believe in him either, only not without a single cloud, the way you two do… So, what’s our move, Merlin-sama?”

“Rest easy. The house of Duke Alcott included, while our master is away I shall stand at the front. You children need not trouble yourselves over a thing.”

Then I turned my words on the spiteful old man who, all this while, had kept himself unseen and only chuckled away.

“So, what is it you intend to do, Sasha-sama?”

“Ho. So you had noticed.”

Optical camouflage, presence-erasure, and a sound-sealing formula, unraveling all of them, Sasha-sama, who had sat in a chair the whole time and watched the entire affair, showed himself.

“Eh? Why is Sasha, no, why is the old geezer in a place like this?”

Instantaneous movement. By high-order teleportation magic, Sasha-sama planted himself, feet astride, directly before the seated Maria, and with no pause whatever drove a kick into her face.

“Who are you calling gramps, you little brat.”

“Gyoheb—!”

A clean high kick, and a filthy shriek. High-order magic for so trifling a reason, though… I nearly went limp.

“One’s elders are to be honored, girl.”

Maria had gone over backward, chair and all, under Sasha-sama’s high kick. He mounted her and threw a punch at her face, one, two. Yes, no mercy in it at all.

“Why, you…! I’m not so much the finished human being as to go honoring a traitor!”

“Ho. You have the look of a girl who dearly wants a hard time of it.”

Witnessing the scene, Anastasia was all of a fluster, ‘Uwawa…’ And yet she was, sure enough, taking up in both arms a huge vase that had stood as ornament in the corner of the room, and stealing up on Sasha-sama from behind. It seemed she meant, as chastisement for the traitor, to clout him from the rear with the vase. This girl truly does do the unforeseen… but let that pass.

“We are getting nowhere, Sasha-sama! Maria, quit egging him on! And Anastasia, if you have no wish to die, put that down!”

⁂

“To give you the conclusion first, by the end of the time I’ve relayed to Ephthal and Merlin—by the countdown’s close, we need every preparation on our side finished.”

“And by that you mean?”

As I heard him out, it proved just as I had read it: Sasha-sama had only been feigning to follow the Fire God Emperor. With Duke Alcott and the former knight-commander Moria, who had joined the talk partway through, the discussion seemed at last to be reaching its heart.

“Just as the brat said in the royal palace, his opening move is to wipe out a part of the country, this Alcott ducal domain, to be precise, root and branch.”

“Wipe out the ducal domain?”

“Mm. One piece of the demonstration to the other nations. The domain lies near the southern border, so by its geography the upheaval is easily marked from other lands… And there’s a further aim: it’s a loyalty test set for Merlin and me.”

“Whether we can serve as his pieces, a trial of that, you mean?”

“Say what you will, he’s spread himself too wide and is truly at his very limit. He’s laid his hands on the power of a skill that runs counter to magic aptitude, a thing he ought never to have come by, and the drawbacks of that are, naturally, without end. Were he hemmed round by an army of even a few thousand, his brain’s processing would be over its head in no time, and even sustaining the fight would come hard… A superman for a single instant, built for the ultra-short decisive battle, so I read him.”

“And that is why he seeks pieces to move.”

“Mm. And necromancy is one answer to it. His reckoning is to use the Scarlet of Hades, call up the undead by a large-scale formula, dye this land in blood, and so put his forces in order.”

At those words, Svetlana and I caught Sasha-sama’s drift and bit our lips.

“That would be bad indeed.”

“Mm,” Svetlana nodded too.

“Eh, bad? Bad how?”

At Maria’s question Sasha-sama let out a deep sigh.

“It isn’t merely to show off to other lands, nor merely to spite Merlin and me, that the Fire God Emperor means to do this.”

Then Sasha-sama took up a teacup from the table. It was Maria’s cup, so he was catching a look of protest for it, but such things Sasha-sama never minded. Free and easy as ever, he drained the tea in one draught and said:

“By wiping this land out, his forces swell enormously. Shall I lay out the steps… First, the undead hunt the living in great number. Then the field overflows with the souls that slip loose of the corpses. Using those corpses and those souls, the Fire God Emperor mass-produces more undead still. Then, lo and behold, the dead calling the dead, the undead breed like rats.”

He set the cup down, the saucer clicking. Then, gloomily, Sasha-sama went on.

“The name of that summoning rite is… Level 11: Carnival of Death. The birth of a great deathless host.”

At the words a leaden air settled over the room.

“As a byproduct… no, perhaps this is the true prize. With the overflowing death he means to produce yet more Scarlet of Hades. In fact, what he used to revive and bind the Ice God Emperor and the second-generation Four Emperors into his service was the Scarlet of Hades as well. And once he holds the orbs in quantity, where he makes for next is, beyond doubt—the Forbidden Labyrinth.”

“The Forbidden Labyrinth, you say?”

“Mm. Frozen Hell. By another name, the Mages’ Graveyard. A frozen labyrinth of fiendish difficulty that has stood these thousand years, where corpses lie abandoned and never once decay.”

A shudder ran through me, and sweat traced down my back.

“Surely not…?”

“Just so. The high mages of that age who braved the fiendish labyrinth and lost their lives… rise again in swarms. Picture a host that appears wielding Level 9 and, though few in number—even Level 10.”

“Should it come to that… no one could lay a hand on them any longer. Even with the whole of the world against them…”

The mere thought set my head to aching. Even four hundred years ago there had been no one able to do such a thing, and that the word ‘Level 11’ could be tossed out so easily, at the meaning of it, gooseflesh rose along my arms.

“But, Sasha-sama, you don’t mean to let him have it all his own way, surely?”

Nodding slowly, Sasha-sama laid down an orb he’d drawn from his breast.

“If they come at us with a great outbreak of undead, then we counter with a great outbreak of our own.”

“What do you mean by that?”

“The crux of it is simply that people mustn’t die. To guard a wide reach, you want a wide-ranging host. And so—we, too, will blanket this land with the undead.”

“One moment, Sasha-sama. Set aside the Level 11: Carnival of Death that breeds the undead like rats; the very first summoning of undead is itself a grand formula. It is precisely because the Fire God Emperor is versed in necromancy that he can do it, is it not?”

“Don’t take me lightly, girl. Who do you take me for—the Undead Emperor, no?”

Ah, now that she said it, so he was. The image of the man as combat-specialized had loomed so large, but he too was a necromancer without peer, one who had, far and far back, pulled off the sheer absurdity of rendering his own self undying.

“Well, I never let off a shred of that air in the ordinary run of things, so it’s no wonder you’d forget.”

“But even supposing the carnage here is prevented, that won’t reach the root of the matter, will it…?”

“In this case, what matters is that fighting be underway here. The Fire God Emperor is running his various reinforcements all in parallel, you see. His inner magic-circuits are packed to the brim, with next to no resources left over… and that is the point we strike.”

I thought a moment, then clapped my hands. ‘I see.’

“Just so. To keep his large-scale undead in hand, the Fire God Emperor must fix his whole focus there… is that it?”

“Mm. And many of his pieces, too, will be drawn off to shore up the formula. By the nature of the working the man himself won’t trouble to go in person, but he’ll need hands to run things on the ground.”

“So his stronghold is left all but stripped bare?”

“He’ll have his close aides packed about him, right enough, but the small-fry of his retinue will thin out for certain. And in the thick of the clash of outbreak against outbreak here, together with the returned Ephthal we storm the stronghold… Well, such is the shape of the plan.”

Sasha-sama turned his gaze on Anastasia and the others.

“Anastasia. Maria. Sheryl.”

Rounded on so abruptly, the three widened their eyes in surprise.

“You lot are small-fry. Small-fry through and through, the very picture of it.”

Then Sasha-sama drew a great, great breath and, sure enough, boomed in a great, great voice:

“That’s right—the mooost utterly hopeless small-fry there is.”

“Well, we’re aware of it, but isn’t that a rather harsh way to put it?”

Paying Anastasia’s protest not the slightest heed, Sasha-sama pressed on.

“In any case, to cut down the dead weight, from here on you lot will be shut up at my place. And, Merlin, Svetlana?”

“Yes, what is it?”

“Have you the resolve to throw your lives down for Ephthal? That we cannot win by fair means is plain. I have… a small notion.”

“On the contrary, not staking our lives isn’t an option that so much as exists.”

“Mm. I’m Junior’s wife, after all.”

Hearing our words, Sasha-sama gave a great, satisfied nod.

“Fraser… later I’ll be borrowing a room of the mansion. One that can weather magical drilling would do best… I’ll be laying an impromptu formula on Merlin and Svetlana.”

“A formula? Well, I’ve no objection, but…”

“And I’ve a word for Fraser and Moria besides, later on. There is a thing for the two of you to do as well.”

The Fire God Emperor’s Perspective

The throne room of the royal palace.

Sprawled beside the throne, propped on an elbow and running my eyes over a grimoire, I was joined by my aide Harold. Harold, like Joseph, whom I’ve set over the prison as warden, has been my disciple these four hundred years.

“Harold. How do things stand with Frozen Hell?”

“The moment the Carnival of Death concludes, all is arranged to begin the search. But, is it well to leave Sasha on a long leash? His disloyalty is surely past the need of confirming by now.”

“That he made off with an orb means he too intends a great outbreak, I should think. Well, it’s likely his only move, and I call it a fine plan… provided he can truly bring it off.”

“And by that you mean?”

“Against the off chance, I’ve worked the orb so that no one but me can handle it.”

“…I see. Cautious indeed.”

To Harold, nodding as though impressed, I answered him lightly.

“Ha. Having settled on keeping Sasha and Merlin close, to go careless at my own feet… that would be no sane man’s doing. Well, those two are a genuine loss, truly. I don’t think I’ve ever, in all my life, so resented my own want of a following.”

“Pay your popularity no mind. Genius, at times, is taken for nothing more than eccentricity.”

“As irony it wants for wit; as a joke it fails to raise a laugh. In any event, whichever way it falls, thanks to the last trap I’ve laid, Ephthal, that hope of theirs, won’t be able to come back either.”

At that, Harold knit his brows, dubious.

“The last trap? I’ve heard of no such thing myself.”

“Because I never told you. Ephthal and the rest, thinking to outfox me, will aim to escape not by breaking the barrier but by collapsing the world itself. And Joseph, whom I’ve set as warden, has that temperament of his… Against an Ephthal who shows no mercy to the vile, ninety-nine times in a hundred he’ll be killed. And the formula that fires from that… Ephthal and his people will get a surprise, I think.”

“A formula…?”

“Just so. A second dimensional barrier, formed and set off with the warden’s death-cry serving in place of an incantation.”

“Premised on a disciple’s death… you’ve used Joseph as a sacrificial pawn?”

With a nod, I declared it flatly.

“I do not choose my means.”

“…Am I, too, to be discarded one day?”

“I won’t discard you. It’s merely a matter of putting you to meaningful use.”

“…Quite so. You are that sort of man.”

“And yet…” I looked up at the ceiling. “For a thing to be called victory, it is far too hollow. To raise my hand against a friend of old, to kill the guiltless, to guard a single woman… even I can’t find anything productive in it.”

“Do you regret having chosen this road?”

“The road I chose is the road of carnage. There is no turning back from it. These blood-wet hands of mine… are not permitted so much as the luxury of regret.”

Merlin’s Perspective

“Now then, hereabouts should do.”

Riding the back of a dragon-turned Svetlana, we set down upon a grassland of the ducal domain. To the south of the grassland stretched a great forest running off toward the distant elf village, a fine enough spot for a picnic, I daresay.

“Sasha-sama, what is this place?”

“An old battlefield of five years back. For mass-producing undead there’s no want of material. There are several conditions to the making of undead, you see… and by the lay of the land it’s a certainty the other side will use this place too.”

Then Sasha-sama drew an orb from his breast and set to building up the formula for large-scale undead-making. He had the practiced air of one who’s earned the name Undead Emperor, right enough, but a shadow crossed his face at once.

“Nn…? The orb, I cannot… draw the power out of it.”

“What can this mean?”

Sasha-sama shrugged, as if to say his hands were tied.

“No mystery to it, the orb’s been tampered with, by the look of things.”

“You were read, then?”

“Mm. This is as far as it goes. Before long this land overflows with the undead the Fire God Emperor has made; the great outbreak of death, spreading far and wide, is past stopping—and the Carnival of Death that comes after, there’s no means to halt it.”

Having said so much, Sasha-sama let a merry smile rise to his lips.

“Or so, I should think, is how the Fire God Emperor has it reckoned.”

Turning over what he meant by that, I quickly produced the parcel Svetlana had entrusted into my keeping.

“You mean to use the orb we took before from the foreign tribe? Since Svetlana kept it in hand, there’d have been no tampering with this one… is that your thought?”

“No, no need of it. That one’s set aside for use when it comes to that business of yours and Svetlana’s.”

“…Then how will you proceed?”

At that Sasha-sama laid a forefinger to his lips and smiled mischievously.

“The policy doesn’t change. Outbreak we meet with outbreak.”

“…Eh?”

“Slow, aren’t you… There’s one more connection to hand, no? Or rather, once before, an outbreak very nearly broke loose in the elf forest, did it not? It’s merely that the scale of that gets a whole lot bigger.”

From his breast Sasha-sama drew out a metal tube. It had the look of a magic-tool for summoning, but… what in the world could this be about?

“Such being the case, it’s over to you, Cerberus.”

A thread of light loosed from the tube. It struck the ground, and what appeared there was a monster-beast of the very highest order—no, a monster crowned with the name of divine beast.

“Is this… the divine beast that Sasha-sama is said to have laid to rest, back when Ephthal-sama subjugated Fenrir?”

“No, laid it to rest I never did. This too is of the kind of gods and phantom demons. It’s a bow-wow to look at, all fluff and cuddle and cute, so, well, I thought I’d, ah… add it to the collection.”

“…Cute?”

Granting the fluff for argument’s sake, but cute…? It has three heads, and looks, for all the world to see, ferocious and vicious, yet…

“In any case, it’s a touch too full of spirit, so before I put it into that world of ours I was in the very midst of taking my time to teach it its manners and break it in.”

“So on our side we raise a great outbreak not with the undead but with monster-beasts… is that it?”

“Just so. Already a pack of monster-beasts makes its way from the southern forest. Even so… at this rate it comes out near enough an even match. We may lose, and even winning there’ll be some that slip the net. So, I’ve contrived this little touch as well,” and Sasha-sama pointed away to the north.

“An army, from over there… not the kingdom’s banner, but Duke Alcott’s…?”

“The national army’s been gutted, so those are the forces that were quartered in the domains of the noble lords. Under the Thunder God’s protection… and with that lesson you lot dealt out a while back taking its effect too, every decent noble has come over to our side.”

“So this was what you’d been directing Duke Alcott to do.”

Truly, this man is a canny brawler, or say rather thorough to a fault. I, who have walked the single road of magic, could never hope to ape such sidelong stratagems.

Then, as if to say the talk was done, Sasha-sama rose up on flight magic and settled onto Svetlana’s back.

“…Before long the undead will start being raised from the very clods of this plain. But I’ve laid the table this thoroughly… so there’ll be no harm coming to civilians, not on any account.”

“And after the undead are scattered, is it arranged for Duke Alcott to join up with us?”

“No, I’ve told him to remain here.”

“Why is that?”

“Because from here on lies a realm no one ought to set foot in while still clothed in human flesh.”

And so we mounted Svetlana’s back and took wing for the royal capital.

⁂

“To be blunt, it’s a play-it-by-ear gamble. Even should Ephthal come back, the strength of the Otogi Fantasia will come to something like half its prime.”

On the back of the jade-silver dragon, wheeling through the upper air, I gazed down at the palace below us. Hair streaming in the wind, Sasha-sama went on with a grave look.

“It’s a poor bet we’re making. If you would back out, you may. From here on there’s no turning back any longer, you see.”

At that I said, ‘With respect…,’ and declared to Sasha-sama:

“If there is so much as a single percent of a chance, that is one and the same as a hundred percent.”

“Hn? What do you mean by that?”

“If Ephthal-sama is there, he pries the one-percent gap wide open and makes it a hundred. Always, at every turn, in every hour, that is how he has ever been.”

Sasha-sama cast an exasperated look my way, thought a little, and let slip a chuckle.

“…That blind faith of yours in your master… it’s very near a sickness. And yet… it’s strangely bracing.”

Slapping Svetlana’s back with a light pat, Sasha-sama said to all of us in a great voice:

“The hour I fixed with Ephthal is nearly upon us—the instant the Otogi Fantasia fires, we launch our assault straight down from the sky, just as we are.”

Looking to the back of my hand, the countdown had closed to its last few dozen seconds. As one we fell silent, and only waited for the moment.

—Twenty seconds. Fifteen. Ten.

But—

Even granting Ephthal-sama were there, the Fire God Emperor’s power was too vast by far. There was the first-generation Ice God Emperor, and the second-generation Four Emperors besides. And more, the preternatural ones who wield these so-called reincarnator skills; against them, on our side, even Sasha-sama could hardly be called at full strength.

It would be a hard battle.

And yet, even so, I was certain of our victory. For in whatever straits, Ephthal-sama had always, with that fearless smile, blown the whole of it sky-high. And the countdown ran on, until five seconds remained.

—Four.

—Three.

—Two.

—One.

The number risen on the back of my hand showed zero.

“…”

“…”

“…”

Sasha-sama’s brow drew taut, and a single line of sweat ran down it.

“Wha…?”

“What is the matter?”

“Try as I might to call him out… I can catch neither Ephthal’s presence nor the phantom demons’. That fool disciple… he’s gone and botched it.”

As if to say his hands were tied, Sasha-sama threw up both arms.

“Ha… this, I’ll grant, is more than I foresaw. To think he’d bungle it in the opening skirmish…”

Slowly, and broadly, Sasha-sama shook his head. ‘We can’t win,’ he muttered, low. In that moment, the body of Svetlana, in flight through the sky, lurched hard.

“Kyaaaah!”

Clinging on for dear life, all but thrown clear, Maria screamed. I caught Sheryl up in my arms, and Sasha-sama reached out to Anastasia and Maria and had them cling to either side of him.

“Gravity magic, from the palace, those wretches… they mean to drag us down. Svetlana, how do things stand?!”

I can’t… fight it…!

A voice lower than her usual. The dragon-form voice was one I wasn’t used to hearing, but ours was a long acquaintance; from the tone alone I knew at once she was badly rattled.

“Don’t lean on your wings! Use flight magic, Svetlana!”

Already doing it!

Our altitude was dropping fast. In the next instant—a blast of sound. It was attack magic flying up all at once from below, colliding with the defensive wall Sasha-sama had thrown up. Bolstered by Sasha-sama’s defense, gliding as she went, Svetlana slipped the magic aside. But she could not slip the whole of the barrage that came flying, wave upon wave—and took a hit.

“At this rate you’re a sitting mark, Svetlana! Don’t fight the gravity, use the speed of the fall, and make for the ground instead! We regroup once we’re down!”

There, feeling an overwhelming weight of magic from directly below, in that same instant Sasha-sama shouted, a click of the tongue behind it:

“No good! Out of the blind spot… the Ice God Emperor!”

Sasha-sama had thrown up a barrier on the instant. But it was torn through like paper-craft, and right after came the ringing crack of an ice-pillar striking home in Svetlana’s belly. A blizzard raged across the whole of our surroundings. Merely to bare ourselves a moment to the backwash of cold left frost settling over our skin, or near enough. Just how great, then, was the damage to Svetlana, who had taken the blow head-on?

At that, every face among us froze, in the literal sense.

Svetlana’s wings were sheathed in ice, and their beating had stopped. The free fall that must inevitably come, no, with the gravity magic on us, we began to plunge downward at an acceleration far beyond it. And so we fell at a furious speed, and were dashed against the ground.

⁂

“No great harm. She’s only frozen at the surface and lost her senses.”

Her dragon-form undone, half her body frozen as she slept, Svetlana was bathed by Sasha-sama in fire magic. A rough remedy indeed, but his control, for all that, was flawless; without so much as a burn, the ice seemed to melt clean away in an instant. Then he looked round about, and his face clouded further and further. He seemed to be taking the measure of the number and quality of those who ringed us in, and in the end he shrugged, as though at a loss.

“Well, this is about where the tide turns, I’d say.”

The place we’d fallen was a plaza of the sort where the knights hold their parade ceremonies. In it stood the Ice God Emperor, the second-generation Four Emperors, and upward of a hundred high mages, watching us from a wide circle. Every one of them, needless to say, a champion you could tell at a glance was formidable, and nearly all of them undead.

“Every last stratagem is spent. To flee, all of us together, is past possibility now. I cannot drag you into this any further… I’ll take it on myself, so you lot withdraw.”

“Sasha-sama, what is this you say at this late hour? My resolve was settled long, long ago.”

“Know when to bow out. One heeds what one’s elders say, no?”

And then Sasha-sama began to speak, in a gentle, admonishing tone.

“To begin with, I was not strong at all. Cast off by my parents in my childhood, I came near to dying for want of anything to eat.”

“At a time like this… an old story?”

“Just listen. I grew up in the slums; I was set upon by mobs, and once, for a theft, I was beaten half to death.”

“…”

“It was wretched. It was galling. I bewailed my own helplessness, and then I thought, I want to be strong. So, having sought strength beyond any other soul, I came by the self I am now, and here I stand.”

Then Sasha-sama laid his palm on my shoulder with a pat.

“Do you know why it is I always carry myself so high and mighty?”

“…I cannot say I do.”

“Because, in fact, I am high and mighty. Because, in fact, I am strong. Overbearing? That I am, for it was because I wished to bear myself so that I grew strong in the first place. So, before that very self of mine—‘a stronger fellow has turned up,’ oh, is that so, terribly sorry…”

Laughing his ha-ha-ha, Sasha-sama threw out his chest.

“As if I could ever do such a thing, eh? Well, let me at least strike a fine pose, girls.”

“Sasha-sama…”

“Besides, I’ve not the least intention of losing. This is the power I forged to force my will through. To mow the enemy down, and press on and on, shouldering my way clear—that is my way of things.”

Then Sasha-sama glared off at the distant Ice God Emperor. Gathering his hair in both hands, he tied it back with a scrunchie drawn from his breast.

“Don’t imagine I’ll be stopped so easily, Ice God Emperor. The whole of this place—I’ll bull my way through, reckless and knowing it, and go straight on to tear out the Fire God Emperor’s throat.”

In that moment, Svetlana, who had been out cold, spoke up to me.

“Even when he tells us that, well… eh, Merlin-chan?”

“Ah, quite so, Svetlana. Tell me, Sasha-sama, no intention of losing; meaning, if you’ve reckoned on some chance to win, then we do not withdraw. There’s no fool who wouldn’t back the winning horse.”

In this pass there could be no chance of winning. Both Svetlana and I knew it full well. And precisely for that, Svetlana and I looked at each other and laughed. There was nothing left to do but laugh, and so laugh we did.

“…Fools, the pair of you.”

“Your back… leave it to us.”

“If you’ll not listen for all my telling, then do as you please.”

Then Sasha-sama threw his voice to Anastasia and the others.

“You lot, do nothing. Just stay put here. The Fire God Emperor is no ogre… so long as you don’t stand against him, he shouldn’t take issue with a handful of children.”

And so we three, leaving Anastasia and the rest behind, advanced toward the center of the plaza.

“You lot… there’s no line of retreat left now, you know?”

“Indeed. And the Fire God Emperor has come out, besides.”

True to the words, walking toward us from the far side were six, the Fire God Emperor at their head. The Fire God Emperor, the Ice God Emperor, and behind them the second-generation Four Emperors. And once we’d come near enough to read one another’s faces, Sasha-sama opened his mouth toward the Fire God Emperor.

“About the girls at my back, surely one who calls himself the Fire God Emperor would never lay a hand on unresisting children?”

“My apologies. It sits very ill with me, but I make it my rule to crush the worm within. There’s the saying about a single ant-hole, after all, and so as to leave behind no grudge of any kind, hereafter.”

Now this was a fix. This, it seemed, was more than even Sasha-sama had bargained for, and he put a hand to his chin, wondering what to do.

“This really does have me stumped.”

The Fire God Emperor turned his right palm on us and began to build an attack formula. We too readied our attack and our defense, but the fight would hold its shape for perhaps the first few minutes… no, a few dozen seconds, more likely. In quality we were not outmatched, but the numbers told another tale. To be driven back one-sidedly and simply trampled, that much was plain to see. Yes, all of that I knew perfectly well.

—Well, then. It seemed my life, too, was to end here.

A fine job of it… it had been, perhaps, I thought.

Four hundred years ago, Ephthal-sama died. My senior disciple-brothers came to the ends of their lives, too, and at some point there was no one left who had known Ephthal-sama in the flesh. As those who had lived in that age vanished, the colors were lost from my sight, little by little, little by little. How strongly Ephthal-sama, and the people who had passed that time at my side, had filled my heart, it took no great while to realize it. On I lived, in a world drained of color. It came to where I no longer even rightly knew to what end I was living, and just then… a miracle came to pass. I met Ephthal-sama again; I gained new little sisters who shared the same master; and, brief though it was, we could laugh together. To the scene before my eyes, color returned.

So perhaps this was well enough. For me, who as a babe had been fated to die at the Demon Lord’s castle, this life was a fine thing… and there I shook my head.

—No. What was there in it that was well?

Bitter… a bitter thing, past all question. Unable to protect my juniors, unable to protect the irreplaceable place I had at last won back, this powerlessness of mine… was bitter beyond all measure.

“Now then, shall we begin?”

The Fire God Emperor’s preparations, it seemed, were done. The magic was that byword of his, the Level 10 fire-strike. A supreme magic that raises a limited, small-scale nuclear blast and burns all to ash, and just as it was about to be loosed—

“Caught… yoooou!”

Svetlana’s arm and mine were seized. A furious backward acceleration, worked by wind magic. That is to say, even as he cried out, Sasha-sama had shot away backward at full speed. Startled at the sudden scream, I saw on his face a joy fit to overflow. In the next instant, Sasha-sama was building up a summoning formula at a furious speed. The moment I saw the flow of that magic’s structure, a smile spilled to Svetlana’s lips and to mine as well.

“It can’t be…”

The rest of my words, Svetlana carried on.

“Could it possibly…”

The rest of those words, Anastasia carried on further.

“Could it possibly be…?”

The formula Sasha-sama was making to wield was one I knew well. No, a summoning formula that puts forth magic on so absurd a scale by one man alone, without so much as an orb or any other aid, without even being ritual magic, no other do I know of. A thing like that, save in that one man’s hands… had no business existing at all.

“Fire God Emperor, and you half-dead wretches, crawled back from the land of the dead… you’ve well and truly had me swallowing bitter dregs on and on, haven’t you?”

Then, at Sasha-sama’s back, there appeared a lattice of light that called a beehive to mind.

“Sally forth, phantom demons and fool disciple!”

It was the fairy-tale of the gods, the fairy realm that brims over this world; the concerto of the underlings, played by a sorcerer-king absolute and undying of body. Its name—

“—Level 11! Otogi Fantasia!”

A flare of light. Light gushing forth. Amid an all-enveloping white, like shooting stars, lights came bursting out from within the lattice.

—Cú Chulainn.

—Hanuman.

—Unicorn.

—Kresnik.

Phantom demon after phantom demon manifested, and for the first time a shade of surprise crept into the Fire God Emperor’s face. Then, the instant every last phantom demon had appeared, at the very last a single boy, black hair streaming, emerged from within the lattice.

“Sorry to keep you waiting, everyone.”

“You’re truly late… turning up tardy, of all the, it’s unthinkable, isn’t it?!”

“Don’t be unreasonable. There was all manner of trouble at the very, very last. Even so, I came tearing over here at full tilt.”

“Now then,” and Ephthal-sama took stock of the situation about him and turned to face the Fire God Emperor.

“Our reinforcements, the phantom demons number thirty-three in all.”

“With that last trap I’d laid, I thought there’d be no getting you out of there—but splendidly done, Ephthal.”

So saying, the Fire God Emperor grinned.

TUS Vol. 5 Chapter 3

Chapter 3 – The Fire God Emperor’s Reminiscence

Cursed child.

Among the elf settlements, it is said that a child born without magic aptitude brings misfortune. Or, to put it exactly: without aptitude, and with a distinctive birthmark on its back besides… that is the condition. The old telling was no mere fairy-story; whatever the truth of it, real force came with it. In plain terms, when a child like that was born, the law held that it be cast away deep in the forest. And cast away, in fact, it was.

Fortunately for us, my little sister Bridget only lacked aptitude; the birthmark she did not have. On account of the aptitude our parents worried at first, but she grew up hale and hearty, and before anyone noticed, the old telling had slipped from every mind.

Born, then, with that slightly unusual trait, Bridget was—more than that—a strange child from the time she could first think for herself. Clever, you might call her. Or unnervingly grown-up for her years…

From about the age when she could move about freely on her own, she took, more and more, to doing curious things. She would whip up a mysterious condiment called mayonnaise, or propose that we soak in hot water rather than merely rinse ourselves. Or she would cook dishes no one had ever seen or heard of, each one delicious…

In the end, all that knowledge brought profit to the elf village and made its people happy. Yet though everyone had delighted at first in her novel notions, before long they took to finding her eerie. What settled it was the sugar she drew out of a radish-like root vegetable, a thing called a beet. The trade in it sent enormous profit rolling in, and the village’s fortunes turned sharply for the better. But… there is no doubt the words cursed child flitted through a corner of every mind.

Then came her twelfth birthday.

Just when we had all forgotten, there surfaced on her back, in the shape of an inverted cross that spelled ill omen—a red birthmark. From that day on she took to winding bandages over her bare skin to hide her back, and at the same time she ceased displaying her curious knowledge.

—Ephthal and Bridget: each a reincarnator out of another world, each hiding it from the other, and to the very end neither ever guessing the truth about the other. That the two of them were drawn together was surely no accident… or so it seems to me now.

Time flowed on—

It was some years after Bridget had married into Ephthal’s household. That day, in the Demon Lord’s castle where the last battle was joined, the four of us drove the killing blow into the Demon Lord with ritual magic. But when I chanced to catch sight of that birthmark on the Demon Lord’s corpse, I could not help being struck dumb.

“Cliff, why did you strike the Demon Lord with fire? Is it still alive?”

Having made certain I had seared the birthmark on its back to nothing, I answered as coolly as I could manage, mustering a smile.

“No, it’s good and dead… Isaac.”

“Well, with the head gone there’s no way it could be alive… now is there. Still, you blew that head clean off. That’s the four of us in concert for you.”

Isaac laughed his ha-ha-ha, but it wasn’t as though we had blown the head off at all. The instant I confirmed the Demon Lord’s birthmark, before any other soul could inspect the corpse, I had hurriedly cut it away and hidden it, nothing more. In other words, at that moment I had spirited the Demon Lord’s head off close by, where no one would notice.

Why would I do such a thing, you ask?

Because I had once heard that at the far end of mastered necromancy lay an art for drawing memories out of the dead. So, having preserved the Demon Lord’s head, I gave myself over to necromancy.

Then several years went by.

A study in a mountain villa so remote I had not told even my disciples where it stood. In its cellar, facing the Demon Lord’s head as it swam back to consciousness, I found myself laughing before I knew it.

“Ha. This is practically a bargain with a devil, isn’t it.”

Those were the first words I spoke, after years had passed, to the half-mummified head of the Demon Lord.

“A bargain with a devil exacts a mortal price; the comparison ill suits this case. Though the pain of knowing… that, perhaps, one might call the price you are to pay. I ask you, wielder of fire. What is it you wish to know so badly that you would break a taboo for it?”

“Among elves, a cursed child. Among dwarves, a calamity. Among humans, a Demon Lord. All of them naming the selfsame thing, I take it… The truth is, my own sister seems to be as you are. What are you, all of you?”

“—Do you know the term the Ten Sages?”

“When I mastered necromancy, I looked into all that might bear on it and arrived at the reincarnators and the Goddess. Of course I know them.”

“Sharp enough. Your eye has fallen in the right place.”

“Those who appeared from nowhere, raised up a magical civilization, and vanished off somewhere. But even I cannot fathom the reason behind what they did.”

“They developed magical civilization so swiftly for the sake of their own research.”

“Research?”

“Magic power, in the end, is a formula that gives fancy its shape in the waking world. The strength of a mind that wills let it be thus, brought to bear upon the outer world. Put another way: by wearing down the strength of the spirit—the soul—one bends the phenomena of nature to one’s hand.”

“Yes, and?”

“In an advanced magical civilization, the people wield advanced magic. Each time magic is cast, the soul-strength that seeps from a person, a little at a time, melts into the air and returns to the star. From the soul-strength brimming in the atmosphere the Ten Sages fashioned themselves an environment ideal for research. But what do you suppose becomes of it, if people go on spending soul-strength without end?”

“Supposing it to be finite… in time it runs dry.”

“Just so. The sum of soul circling this star, its strength ebbing across a great reach of time, sank at last beneath the level they required. So they gave this star up for lost and stole away to some new place.”

At that, my exasperation ran past its limit and a laugh escaped me.

“It’s slash-and-burn farming. Very nearly.”

“Bodies of heaven that bear intelligent life are few. After the burning, green will sprout anew… and so, by way of aftercare, they built a certain system into this star.”

“At a guess, that would be the reincarnators?”

“Precisely so. They established a system to call in innocent souls, born in a world where magic does not exist—souls that by rights would never cycle into this dimension at all.”

“But what makes that aftercare?”

“A soul of high purity, one that has never known the working of magic… he, or she, wields skills and magic here in this land. By that alone, the gathering-ground of cycling souls—the Chamber of Guf—sets to recovering apace. On the order of centuries, of millennia, mind you.”

“…Something has always puzzled me. What of the tie to magic aptitude? Why is it that reincarnators, near enough without exception, have none?”

The moment the words left me, I caught my own slip. It is precisely because a soul has no experience of working magic across its round of rebirths that it is a reincarnator to begin with. Magic aptitude, when you come down to it, is the proof of a proficiency graven into a soul over long, long ages, and a reincarnator can hold no such thing. There are natives to this land, too, who through some flaw were left without aptitude—but such people are wildly exceptional; for a reincarnator, aptitudelessness is foreordained, a different case altogether.

“Then let us come to the heart of it. Turning Demon Lord… the reason a reincarnator loses its reason after death, becomes a living corpse, and is driven by the urge to destroy?”

“First, as a premise, it is not after death. To die the once and be brought back to life, that is the fitter phrase. When the urge to destroy takes hold, the body moves of its own accord, and yet the original mind is present through it all. And the reason for it is simple. Do you know the tale of the big basket and the small basket?”

“No. First I’ve heard of it.”

“In that tale, the one who greedily grasps for the larger basket is made to pay for the greed—and here it runs just the same. The power of the skills granted in the Reincarnation Chamber. It is a thing like magic and yet not magic… and because it and magic aptitude repel one another, only those without aptitude may lay hold of it. And since it bestows every manner of uncanny power, told to choose two, why, it is only human nature to choose the two, is it not?”

“Two skills… In the writings concerning the Goddess’s Chamber there was, indeed, mention of just such a choice.”

“To put it plainly, power beyond one’s station—an overloading with two skills that outstrip the very capacity of the soul. Because they lived as they pleased on that power while alive, in death they are left for the world to do with as it pleases. That is the reasoning of it.”

“…You mean a reincarnator comes into the world already shouldering its sins?”

“Indeed.”

“Ah, that reminds me. There is one among my acquaintance who seems to fit. The man has no magic aptitude, and yet no birthmark has shown on him. What would that mean?”

“A crank who declined to choose the two skills, or else… perhaps it may simply be that this one’s true hour has yet to come.”

Then, as I checked the time on my pocket watch, a click of the tongue escaped me. The Rite of Soul-Return can be worked but once in several centuries, and even then the span it grants is a narrow one. In all honesty there was a great deal still beyond me, but it seemed my time was already spent.

“I’ll ask you straight. What must my sister do to slip free of that fate?”

“Of a means to save her there is none. She will rise again after death, and the fifty-year cycle of the destroying urge will come to her without fail. The most that can be done is to tell her the truth this instant and have her steel herself… Like me, she will not stop until she has met her second death.”

“…Is it truly past all hope?”

“It is a matter set fast by the workings of the system. Through destruction the strength of an innocent soul is spent, and the sum of soul-strength coursing through the cycle is swelled. A sacrifice, wrung after death for all that can be wrung from it—that is the true face of what men name the Demon Lord, the calamity, and the cursed child.”

“Thank you for telling me. But this, I will not be passing to my sister. It is enough that I alone should know a thing like this.”

“…Hm? What do you mean by that?”

“Bridget… so long as she can stay happy knowing nothing, thinking nothing, living out her present at Ephthal’s side… that is all I ask.”

And time flowed on further still—.

Just as the Demon Lord had foretold, Bridget, having died the once, rose again. What startled me was that her form had grown young, into that of a girl in her early teens, and from then on she ceased to age. Concluding it must be some measure to let her carry on her destroying for a long span of years, I too turned necromancy upon my own body and made it deathless.

So, fifty years on.

The sight that met me for the first time then, of scarlet flowers of slaughter blooming in wild profusion, is with me vividly in my heart even now. And then Bridget, having come to know it all and fallen into despair, made her wish. I worked upon her brain by sorcery, wiped away her every memory, and brought her mental age to rest, fixed, at a stage terribly young, around five years old. If her sense of right and wrong were left a blur, it would lend her heart even a little steadiness… such was my reckoning.

After that—

I traveled the world together with a Bridget who no longer knew me even for her brother. Her heart and body never growing, however the years wore on, she carried on her killing at intervals, innocent as ever. More than once I set myself to lay a hand on Bridget… on my own sister.

But I could not do it.

Before I knew it, I gave up on all of it, and let my heart freeze over. And yet, however deep in ice I wrapped that heart, at its very core there burned, always, a red flame.

It was, come what may—

—my fierce resolve to protect Bridget.

In truth, her very being is an evil to the world; she stands as the world’s enemy. But if the whole of the world would wound Bridget, then a world like that, I will smash to pieces with my own hands. That conclusion, from the moment I heard the Demon Lord out, I have held unshaken in my heart all this while.

And yet, four hundred years have gone by since then. And now, in this moment… here, without a doubt, stands a self grown just a little tired.

TUS Vol. 5 Chapter 2

Chapter 2 – The Cage of Phantom Demons

“Off to prison… you said?”

“Ephthal, let’s try thinking about what that countdown means.”

“Yes, do please consider what that countdown means.”

I sent my gaze to the back of my hand; the numbers were still ticking down, unchanged. Or rather, I’d more or less guessed already.

“This countdown is a formula only Sasha’s school can see, isn’t it.”

“Just so, Ephthal. Including the phantom demons Sasha commands, it’s a thing only we can see, yes?”

“Yes, Ephthal. It is a signal-fire only we can see.”

This countdown is what Sasha’s school uses when they fight as an organized body. Most often it’s when they storm the stronghold of a rival power. The gist of it is a signal to attack all at once, in concert, at the same moment, from many directions. It’s a formula that saw a lot of use back when Sasha was rowdier than he is now. Which means, in this case, it means: we’re going to beat the Fire God Emperor to a pulp, so everyone get ready.

“So, what does Sasha mean to do?”

“That’s the thing, Ephthal. It’s a long story to tell.”

“Yes, Ephthal. To tell it… it becomes a very, very long story indeed.”

“It’s fine if it runs a bit long. Won’t you let me hear the details?”

Oberon snapped his fingers. And out of the depths of the forest came faint streaks of light, flitting about, Pixies, each with their hands full of flower nectar and wild raspberries. Next, from who-knows-where, out came a golem that seemed to be a familiar. Then, again from who-knows-where they’d fetched it, they set to preparing something with a table and cloth. As I wondered what on earth this was, a Pixie boiled water, and the fragrance of leaves unfurling soon drifted through the air.

“It’s a tea party, Ephthal.”

“Yes, let’s have a tea party, Ephthal.”

⁂

Sipping tea, if I sum up what I was told, it came to this.

– The phantom demons that were here originally: one hundred twenty-one.

– Phantom demons felled in the fight with the Fire God Emperor: eighty-eight in all.

– The remaining thirty-three stayed in this land.

– Of those, the ones who can still move about normally: twenty-two.

– The last eleven phantom demons had been sealed into weakness by the Fire God Emperor, and are held in the floating prison island.

By the way, they hadn’t known the particulars of how I’d been pulled in here. When I told them of my direct clash with the Fire God Emperor the other day, they looked fairly shocked… well, that aside.

“…In the end, then, your fighting strength is about a sixth of its peak.”

“Just so, Ephthal. That’s the largest number free to move at present.”

“That is so, Ephthal. A third of our surviving brethren are held on the prison island.”

“So my read is that you want me to go to the prison and free your comrades, is that right?”

“That’s the shape of it, Ephthal. Free them all, and in raw numbers it’s only a quarter of the old strength, but every one of the survivors is a champion among champions.”

“Yes, that’s precisely it, Ephthal. The actual fighting strength hasn’t fallen as far as the drop in numbers suggests. Half of the peak, I should say.”

I took a sip of herbal tea. To drink tea this good on the shore of a lake where flowers ran riot, that’s a fairly elegant thing. If the situation weren’t what it was, it would truly have been a peaceful moment…

“Then let’s hurry, Ephthal. There’s a saying, too, time is money.”

“Yes, let’s hurry, Ephthal. No trial is needed to send one to the prison. Keeping the peace, punishment is the sovereign’s sole prerogative, so we can set out this very moment.”

“Hm? The ruler here is the Fire God Emperor, isn’t he? I follow the part about being made to cooperate with harvests and such, to feed the humans, no, to maintain this world, but is even that much left entirely to you?”

“It is, Ephthal. As I said before, the Fire God Emperor is trying to leave self-rule to us as far as he can.”

“It is so, Ephthal. The Fire God Emperor’s inner sorcery-circuits are given over to other things. So he can’t spare much attention here. Though for confining the phantom demons he does seem to be using his own familiars directly.”

Well, that stands to reason. Even by what I alone know, the Fire God Emperor looks to have spread himself too thin. For instance, he keeps the transcendents who hold the goddess’s reincarnator skills brainwashed, watched, and managed. Just to think of it is a staggering exercise of sorcery. Naturally, any number of spells are running at all times. His inner circuits must be a hair from overheating, his mind never resting for an instant.

“But even so, wouldn’t it turn into a great mess if I went to the prison? The Fire God Emperor must be watching for me fairly closely.”

“That’s all right, Ephthal. You aren’t marked yet.”

“Yes, Ephthal. The fact of your coming hasn’t so much as been noticed.”

Hm? I cocked my head.

“…And what exactly does that mean?”

“It’s this, Ephthal. At present we’re cut off from the outside world by a barrier the Fire God Emperor made.”

“It is so, Ephthal. We are sealed away. The state of things inside can’t be known from without, and there’s no means to learn the state of things without, either.”

“In short, this world is closed off.”

“A sealed world, then, complete. Because the barrier bars us from going outside, Sasha has fallen into a state where he can’t use the Otogi Fantasia.”

“The dimensional barrier the Fire God Emperor built is one-way, Ephthal. You can get in from outside, but you can’t get out from within.”

“And every time the new moon comes, the barrier loosens and contact with the outside takes place. That is when the Fire God Emperor visits this land, information is exchanged, and if there’s need, he sends in new familiars.”

Well, this is getting tangled. These two have a distinctive way of speaking, which doesn’t help, but, let me sort it out a little. First, the Fire God Emperor wants the formula called the Otogi Fantasia. He wants to make it directly his own, or else obtain it indirectly, through Sasha. But right now the Fire God Emperor has his hands full with other matters. Given that, placing Sasha under his command and wielding that power at one remove is, for the Fire God Emperor, the better play. Even if he later steers toward taking the formula, this world, for himself directly, he’ll want to spend as little of his own effort on it as he can. So as a rule he’s leaving it to the self-sustaining system of the formula Sasha built. In a word, the policy is: don’t spend resources you don’t have to. But he’s blocked the passage for summoning phantom demons out, with the barrier. That’s why they can’t make contact with the outside, and here’s the part that’s a little off.

Well, when something’s unclear, the best thing is to just ask.

“Er… why is it that Sasha’s been put in a state where he can’t use the Otogi Fantasia? The Fire God Emperor wants to make use of the summoning magic, and yet he sets things up so it can’t be used.”

“Think it through and you’ll see, Ephthal.”

“Yes, you’ll see at once, Ephthal. Sasha is not yet trusted.”

I see. The number of phantom demons he holds may have dropped, but a Level 11 is nothing to scoff at even so. True enough, letting Sasha, barely days into surrendering, freely wield so dangerous a thing would be a problem. And the business of the information exchange, and the Fire God Emperor’s familiars and the barrier, is a touch tangled too. The quick way to grasp it is to think of it like the update-maintenance of a website. Since he has to spend his resources elsewhere, at the regular update the Fire God Emperor bundles the problems into a single round of feedback and pushes the patch.

“For the record, if I pull something off on the prison island, would the man himself step in?”

“That’s the thing, Ephthal. If it blows up into a grand affair, word will reach the Fire God Emperor, I think. We’ve no means, but the other side has something, I’d say.”

“That’s so, Ephthal. As a rule, to save resources, the back-and-forth between them is trimmed away. But if resources have to be spent, he’ll put his focus in.”

A bug turns up, and emergency maintenance kicks in, so that’s the shape of it. Which means the order is to keep it a covert operation, right up until the moment the phantom demons are freed and the breakout goes ahead. Good. At last I’m starting to see what Sasha wants me to do. The setup is most likely this.

– First, I free the phantom demons.

– At the same time, I destroy the Fire God Emperor’s barrier that’s blocking phantom demons from being summoned to the outer world.

– The instant the count hits zero, outside, Sasha triggers his summoning formula for the all-out assault.

– There, I too go out, leading the phantom demons, and that becomes the opening blow against the Fire God Emperor.

– Everyone charges in an avalanche, and we settle it on that momentum.

Well, as Sasha’s plan that’s about the size of it.

“You’d best hurry, Ephthal. Right now… the floating prison island is in a bad way.”

“Yes, that’s so, Ephthal. By the report from the primordial phantom demon, from Bastet, the former warden, the guard within the prison grows stricter by the day.”

At those words I leaned forward toward Titania in spite of myself.

“Just now… what did you say? The former warden is who?”

When I pressed her, Titania cocked her head and said:

“The former warden: the divine cat. The cat-tribe excel at sensing and detecting danger all around, so she was well suited to it.”

Bastet. She’s a phantom demon who once lived in my house in my past life, as a familiar-cum-maid, all but family. When the incurable sickness took me, I ended up entrusting her to Sasha, but… so that’s how things stood now.

“Still, what do you mean, the former warden?”

“About that, Ephthal. The chief reason the other phantom demons are confined is that Bastet led them in an attempt at rebellion.”

“…Come again?”

“Yes, Ephthal. The ringleader, Bastet, failed in the rebellion, and the date of her public execution draws near. That date is one week from now.”

One week. I stood, and gave the katana at my hip a light pat.

“Right, let’s hurry, as you say. Missing my chance to see an old face again… doesn’t sit well with me.”

“My thanks for your ready assent, Ephthal. Go inside, and a collaborator should make contact with you.”

“Yes. My thanks for your ready assent, Ephthal. I ask you, free the phantom demons.”

There, Oberon clapped his hands, and three Pixies working together carried over a small pouch. It was handed to me as it was, so I checked inside.

“And this is…?”

A cylinder of metal. It seemed to be a magic tool, so I analyzed the formula woven into it… and the moment I grasped what it was for, my skin crawled and prickled.

“When the moment comes, do consider using it, Ephthal.”

“Use it, Ephthal. As Sasha’s disciple you should be able to. No, as one who, for a time, truly did look up to Sasha, you will certainly be able to use it.”

Well, it isn’t that I couldn’t use it, in fact. This time the opponent is the Fire God Emperor. I’d been thinking I couldn’t take it as easy as I always had, so honestly, this is a great help.

“Then, Ephthal, we set out three hours from now.”

“Yes, Ephthal. Since it’s a prison, you’ll be treated as a criminal, but do try not to take it to heart.”

“Three hours? That’s how long the preparations take?”

When I asked, Oberon pointed to the sky. Up there I could see a flock of undead pawn-wyverns, gone to bare bone.

“Ephthal. The Fire God Emperor’s meddling has thrown this world’s balance out.”

“Yes, Ephthal. The air of the underworld has grown strong, and monsters of the undying line are multiplying explosively.”

“…I’m not following the story.”

“Those monsters make this island’s sky their hunting ground at this hour, always. And we are forbidden to exercise power past a certain point, Ephthal.”

“Wield power past that point and it’s flagged at once as an emergency, and some measure is taken by the Fire God Emperor, Ephthal.”

“The gist being that those pawn-wyverns are in the way, so you can’t travel?”

“Just so, Ephthal. Though arranging the pegasus pumpkin-carriage itself can be done right away.”

“Yes, Ephthal. And the paperwork to send you to prison can be readied in a few minutes.”

A pegasus pumpkin-carriage, huh. Probably Sasha’s taste. That loli-geezer really is fanciful, or whatever you’d call it.

“No need to worry, Ephthal. Leave that flock be and it’ll move on.”

“Yes, Ephthal. Until then, let’s enjoy our tea together.”

Just then, I stood, and shook my head.

“No, I’d like it readied right away.”

“Hmm?” the two of them went, cocking their heads at me.

“Something like that I can clear up in two minutes. If you’d see to the various preparations in the meantime, I’d be grateful.”

That Sasha is running a countdown carries, in the plainest sense, the meaning of hurry. The limit is seven days, a hundred sixty-eight hours. In which case, idling three hours away doing nothing is far too graceless. There’s a time limit on Bastet as well, so there’s no time to dawdle. There, to the two who for some reason had gone blank and given no answer, I asked:

“Hm? What’s the matter?”

“So that’s how it is, Ephthal. No, since we’re asking Ephthal for aid to begin with, of course it comes to this. Ha… it’s always been us lending our strength to someone, so we’re not used to this.”

“Yes, Ephthal. We would always cut in first in a fight, and the humans were the ones in the rear, in support. It was ever that sort of thing, so it never happened that someone stood at the front and lent us their strength. We are phantom demons, after all, legends of one kind or another, the two of us.”

And the two of them looked at each other and let a gentle smile rise to their lips.

“It’s a reassuring thing, Titania.”

“Yes, Oberon. And he too—Ephthal—is a being of legend, one of the original Four Emperors, is he not.”

Then, having finished readying the formula I’d worked up for the opening, I fixed the sky with a hard glare.

“Level 5: Flight.”

A ferocious burst of speed, a rapid climb. I flew the sky by flight magic and took position dead in the middle of the onrushing flock of pawn-wyverns. I raised my right palm overhead, and then, I spoke words that, to them, meant the same as a death-god’s sentence.

“Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal.”

One strike swept the pawn-wyverns away. Charred through, they dropped, beating the air as they fell. And when I looked down, as if to say that’s that, Oberon and Titania gave me a great, firm nod.

⁂

Riding the pegasus carriage, some twenty minutes of coursing the wide sky. We arrived at an island that looked for all the world like a fortress. I’d checked its whole shape from above a moment ago, the impression was something like Gunkanjima, the Battleship Island off Nagasaki. The entire island was sheathed in a huge, brutish structure that called to mind a military installation, or, plainly, a prison.

When we landed on the island, men in jailer’s uniforms stood at the building’s entrance. I was taken to a sort of waiting room and fitted with handcuffs and a waist-rope. Led on as I was, we went deeper into the building. Set into the passage, for preventing escape I suppose, were several barred iron doors with locks, that stuck in my mind. And passing through them, I was shown into a room like an interrogation cell and made to sit in a chair, and—

“Good work on the handover.”

A bearded man who’d been running his eyes over documents inside lifted his face toward us and said it. By the way, every jailer I’d met to this point was human. So far I hadn’t seen so much as the shape of one of the Fire God Emperor’s familiars.

“Thank you, sir! Head Jailer!”

The two who’d escorted me answered in loud, brisk voices. As if their business was done, they went to stand by the doorway and fell into line there.

“You… attempted assassination of King Oberon, is it? So there was still a fool alive who’d pull a stunt this stupid.”

I’d been told the charge would be cooked up to suit. But Titania had built me a fairly intense one, it seemed.

“…Well, there were various circumstances.”

“Still, even if you kill a phantom demon, the lot of them come back after a few decades, you know? Their power’s mighty to begin with. There’s not a chance in ten thousand of one being killed by an ordinary human.”

A phantom demon is a being where an imaginary creature has taken form. It’s some kind of mental lifeform, a notion I can’t quite parse, so nearly anything goes. That said, kill one once and re-embodiment takes a frightful length of time. Which is why, in the case of a calamity-spreading evil god or the like, the slaying itself does carry meaning. There the head jailer fixed my face with a hard stare and heaved a sigh.

“You knew there was no way you could actually kill him, didn’t you? The reason, a grudge?”

“…”

“Miracle or whatever, you wanted to get your hands on King Oberon’s core… something like that.”

“…”

“Get the core, sure, and you can do all sorts of things. Kill him again… or bind him and torture him? Endless harassment of the lot of them, that’s possible too.”

“…”

“Clammed up, have you… At any rate, this is a prison. You laid hands on a phantom demon that keeps this world’s system running. Best you steel yourself now.”

Well, ‘clammed up,’ he says—but Titania cooked the thing up on her own, so ask me my motive and I couldn’t tell you either.

“And by steel myself, you mean?”

There, the doorway opened. Following that, along with the clatter of a pushcart, freight was wheeled in. Looking, I saw that the iron vessel set on the cart was packed with red, seething-hot stones. And stuck into those hot stones were iron rods, well, it isn’t hard to picture what’s about to happen.

“It’s the custom here that anyone coming in first receives the baptism of the brand.”

The head jailer’s mouth curled, and he laughed, sadistic.

“You mean pressing a mark on the criminal that’ll never fade for life?”

“Giving fear in the form of pain, that’s the chief aim. Well, same as training a dog. We make you understand with your body, first thing, that you must never defy us.”

“…I see.”

“Still, you don’t so much as change color looking at this, no stiffness in the face. Hah, quite the show of nerve, I’ll grant you that.”

“No, of course I’m not enjoying it.”

“The mask’ll come off soon enough,” the head jailer said, and drew from the hot stones an iron rod gone red at the tip. Next, the jailer waiting at the door came over and prompted me to strip off my upper garments. It didn’t sit well with me at all, but I did as told and took off my shirt. Then the jailer seized my shoulder and shoved my upper body down onto the desk by main force. In the next instant, the tip of the rod the head jailer held drew near the nape of my neck. First came a hiss. A beat later, the smell of searing flesh filled the whole room.

“Now, weep! Scream! This is the first step toward you reflecting and being corrected! Understand your crime through pain, first! That commit a crime and this is what befalls you!”

“…”

“Hm? This one… still doesn’t change color one bit… does he?”

Well, it doesn’t hurt, and it isn’t hot. Pain is, at bottom, an electrical signal. And for me, who commands the lightning, tinkering with that much is child’s play.

“You there.”

“What is it?”

The head jailer set the iron rod back in its place and seized my head roughly. With that, he began slamming the head he’d grabbed against the desk with all his strength.

“Get this, here, we are the rules!”

Slam, slam. Over and over my head was struck against the desk. It doesn’t hurt, but this, at least, isn’t pleasant.

“Why is that? Because Sasha-sama built this facility to keep the peace of this world, to correct the wicked!”

There he stopped the slamming and let go of my head.

“You there, look this way.”

I looked up as told, and the head jailer stood there holding a truncheon, smiling fearlessly.

“It’s a truncheon with magic laid on it.”

The head jailer laid the truncheon across my back. And what tore through my whole body along with the impact was, a current.

“Well? An electric shock hits home, doesn’t it? Learn your lesson and from here on you’ll be obedient to—”

“…”

“Even this… not one sound… out of him… huh.”

There the head jailer began to laugh, going hehehe.

“Still, what a genuine fool. If you’d shown a cute little reaction here, you’d have had it better.”

“What do you mean by that?”

“This is hell, but there are degrees even within hell. This very moment, your destination’s been settled as the worst place there is. Regret this attitude of yours later, and it’ll be too late.”

Well, it’s exactly what I was after, though. The block where the phantom demons are held and the block where the humans are held are separate places. But the human block nearest the phantom-demon block is, it seems, where the especially vicious ones get put.

“You don’t change color now, but you’ll change soon enough. Help me, forgive me, you’ll come to weep and scream and beg.”

So, with the head jailer’s word, ‘take him away’, my life in prison began.

⁂

Where they took me was a communal cell. Barring the iron grate, it was a musty room walled on every side in stone. Rough, knobbly stonework, a single toilet in the corner, and no bed. The stones were laid down any old way, so the floor was badly uneven. By the look of it, at night you slept rough under a single blanket, so this promised to be a real trial come dark, with the stone digging into you.

By the way, in the prison there’s apparently a duty to labor. Seven in the morning to seven at night are working hours, and from seven at night you live in this communal cell. Today was the once-a-week day off, so there were five men in prison garb in the room, each absorbed in his own thing, reading, or a game of cards. Not knowing the lay of things, I was watching from the corner of the room when I met eyes with one of them.

“New fellow, mind if I have a word with you?”

The one who spoke, smiling, was a man in his fifties with hair going white, the friendly-seeming sort.

“Yes, that’s fine, but…”

“Let me teach you first the thing you need to live safely here. It’s to keep your head down, from start to finish and through and through… you follow?”

“Well, I’d imagine so.”

“This facility is basically a place of correction. Bullying us isn’t the point of it. So after five years, or ten, or maybe twenty, once your correction’s done, you get shipped to a labor farm. Behave yourself there and you’re even allowed to live in a town, and you can enjoy a drink again.”

“Can I ask you one thing?”

“Ah, sorry, I’ve been doing all the talking. What is it?”

And just as the white-haired man said it, the others, who’d surrounded us at some point, spoke up.

“You need something?”

When I said it, a big man who seemed to be the leader grinned.

“No greeting, no manners, figured we’d give you a little discipline.”

Cracking their knuckles, the men sent me leering, coarse looks.

“W-wait, please, sir, this boy just doesn’t know how things work inside yet… let him off this once.”

At those words from the white-haired man, the men swallowed their laughter and backed down with a ‘Well, all right.’ Surprisingly meek. So I thought, but if it kept things from turning into trouble, that was for the best.

“Thank you. You helped me out, didn’t you.”

“Ah, you’d hate to catch a beating without even knowing why, wouldn’t you? They gave me a rough time of it too.”

And the man rolled up the jacket of his prison garb and showed me the bruises here and there.

“That’s terrible.”

“Hot-blooded lot, they are, best not to anger them. So, what was it you wanted to ask?”

“Um… why are you being so kind to me?”

At that, the white-haired man broke into a wide-open, cloudless, bottomless smile.

“Well, I feel bad, is all. Seeing as you’ll be taking my place from here on.”

“Er…?”

“Once a new fellow comes in, you’re at the bottom. Which means, naturally, the target for bullying stops being me. Like I said, you’d hate to catch it without knowing why, wouldn’t you?”

And the man stood, said ‘Well, that’s how it is,’ and walked over to rejoin the others. And at the same moment, a roar of laughter went up on their side.

“Ha, so you finally get promoted from victim to perpetrator, eh?”

“That’s the shape of it, sir.”

I see. From the white-haired man’s side, this was the long-awaited welcome party for the new arrival.

“Ah, no need to be scared. We’ll just wrap you in a blanket so you can’t move and beat you black and blue, that’s all.”

Of the five, two took blankets from the corner of the room and stood there smirking. There, the big man who seemed to be the leader walked over to me.

“Still, why is it I have to take a beating?”

“Errand-running, foisting off work, skimming your meals… you’ve all sorts of roles to play. So it’s necessary to make you understand, first thing.”

But now this has turned into a bother out of nowhere. For my part I’d rather not stir up a fuss. Still, I can’t very well leave sparks to fall on me without brushing them off.

“Er… if I shout in this spot, won’t the guards come running?”

When I said it, the men clutched their bellies and started laughing all over again.

“Ah, right, the new fellow doesn’t know the rules here. This block’s got the especially vicious ones gathered in it. Order kept by force among the inmates, that’s the method in use.”

“Order by force?”

“Makes for good moral instruction too, never want to end up in a place like this again. And for the guards, sticking their noses too far into our affairs is just a management headache. So as long as it doesn’t run against the prison’s own policy, letting us self-govern to a degree suits everyone.”

Just then, I could see a guard on his rounds walking past outside the grate. The guard stopped once, took in the state of things within, and made to walk on—

“Guard, sir, why walk right on by?”

“This is purely me talking to myself, but… I’ve seen nothing, and it isn’t as though the sounds of your squabble carried out to the corridor.”

Saying only that, the guard walked off, and the leader-figure gave a great nod.

“So there you have it. Short of overdoing it, they turn a blind eye. Ratting to a guard gets you nowhere, so, nowhere to run.”

“Let me get this straight: short of overdoing it, the guards turn a blind eye… is that right?”

“Aye, that’s right. Once it’s killing, they can’t very well look away, mind. There’s only one inmate that’s allowed.”

“Only one…?”

“You’ll find that out soon enough whether you like it or not. So, talk’s over. Do your best, new blood. This is a baptism too.”

With that, the leader-figure hauled a great fist back at me. It was a punch a fly could’ve landed on, so I could dodge it. But I chose, deliberately, not to.

Thunk.

The sound rang out, and the man’s fist buried itself in my cheek.

“Ow, owwwww!”

The one who screamed wasn’t me; it was the man. Even without defensive magic, my body’s reinforced by physical enhancement. For a human who can’t even strengthen himself properly, punching me with brute force isn’t much different from punching a boulder bare-handed.

“You bastard! What’d you do?!”

No, I didn’t do anything, though. The other four, flying into a rage, sprang at me all at once. There are any number of ways to sweep the lot of them aside in one go, but I wouldn’t do that. For the moment, I drove a fist into the leader-figure’s nose to knock the fight out of him. That said, even this I kept from sinking in deep, not shattering the bone, holding it to a light nosebleed. Then I let the oncoming four pass, slipped through the wave of them, and out the other side. As we crossed, I threw a backfist into another one’s nose.

“Gyaaaah!”

This the same as before. Light and gentle, a nosebleed, just enough to knock the fight out of him with the pain.

“You… for that skinny build, seems you’ve some confidence in your arms.”

Putting in a touch of effort, I closed the distance to the man at the front all at once. With that, a flashy shoulder-throw, and he went flying. This one too I didn’t drop on his head, but on his back. I slammed him to the ground just hard enough to leave him writhing but unhurt.

“Guhah…!”

“O-oi… wh-what was that, that technique?”

“The guy flew… it was like magic…”

Still, in this world, grappling really hasn’t developed at all. Well, it’s a world of swords and sorcery, so the notion just never occurred to anyone, I suppose.

“So… still want to keep this up?”

Two left. Watching the three writhe, their faces dyed with fear at once. And the two of them exchanged a look and put on stiff, twitching smiles.

“H-hehe… you’re a rough one for jokes.”

“We weren’t seriously gonna beat you up either. Just meant to… give you a bit of a scare, is all.”

Transparent lies, but I’ll play along here.

“Is that so. I thought it was some kind of joke myself, so I was going easy. Ah, and one more thing, next time, if something that isn’t a joke happens, I’ll go all out without holding back.”

“This was going easy…” Just as the eyes of all of them went wide, I plopped myself down in the corner of the room with a there we go.

⁂

A night passed, and the next day. With a cry of ‘Rise!’ that rang through the prison, each cell was thrown open. All at once the inmates burst out and lined up in the passage. And then—

“One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten.”

The inmates read off, right to left, the numbers assigned to them.

“Eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, that’s Block D, no absentees again today!”

And the moment roll call ended, the guard nodded and gave the word: ‘Each of you, back inside.’ At the leave, the inmates filed back in, one after another, their pace not a hair out of order.

Meals, by the way, apparently come properly, three times a day. A while after roll call, the plan is for the group to move on to the mess hall as they are. After that comes labor time, and my prison life starts in earnest. At any rate, there was time before the move. At loose ends, I happened to send my gaze down the passage through the grate, and there I was struck dumb.

Because there was one inmate walking at the head, all but leading the guards along.

“What’s that…?”

When I asked one of my cellmates, the answer came back around a yawn.

“Off to the mess hall, isn’t he? The guards eat first. Not slop like what we get, a proper special menu.”

“No, not that… why is the man who just said no absentees at the end walking with them… no, more like leading the guards?”

“That one’s a being you don’t touch. His meals are finer than the guards’, same menu as the warden, they say.”

“…What do you mean?”

“That’s the one they call Ghost. Rumor has it he’s been in this prison doing time for three hundred years.”

“Three hundred years… Ghost…?”

“Don’t know why, but the guards look the other way for him too. He walks out of his cell as he pleases, and no one calls him on it. When he’s breaking a rule, the guards treat him as though he doesn’t exist. That’s why he’s called Ghost.”

By the look of him, maybe forty. He seemed the dull, nowhere sort of man you’d find anywhere, and the reason he got special treatment truly escaped me. Still, look closely and I’d seen him somewhere before…

At that, my cellmate gave a little chuckle.

“You’ve got a pretty face, so watch yourself.”

“Hm? Watch myself?”

“Hard to believe, I know, but his room’s a private one. He knocked three solitary cells into one and remodeled it into his own quarters. Not a grate but a door, and privacy taken into account.”

“How to put it… that’s an absurd amount of clout.”

“And it’s the custom that pretty young men get summoned to his room. Since it’s Ghost’s doing, the guards look the other way there too, of course.”

“Er… and the reason for that?”

“Isn’t it obvious,” the man said, and slapped his own backside.

“There’s no women here. But men, as you know, we’ve got in droves.”

A nasty sweat prickled down my spine. Well, in a place like this, that sort of romance ends up blossoming… That’s a common enough story, I think. I don’t deny that in itself, but…

“So, best watch yourself. You’re his type, no question about it.”

A crawling feeling came over my backside, and I let a wry smile slip out despite myself.

“…Thanks for the warning.”

Those were words of honest gratitude. Well, that aside, the present state of things wasn’t great. Oberon and the others had said a collaborator would appear once I was inside, but there was no sign of it. And even if I tried to make contact with the phantom demons individually, this is, quite literally, a prison. Naturally there are my cellmates’ eyes too, so I can’t move as I please. As things stood, I couldn’t see myself clearing the very first hurdle, moving through the prison in secret.

Right, what to do? There’s no time to sit back and take it easy, either. And as I was thinking that, I let out an ‘Ah’ and was struck dumb. And no wonder, the iron door of our communal cell had opened, and an inmate walked in.

“Ghost…”

The man tucked a bundle of keys into his breast and walked straight over to me. An inmate carrying a ring of keys, that’s beyond absurd, truly.

“You, the new one? You’ve got a cute face.”

“Er…?”

And with that he patted my shoulder and smiled brightly.

“After breakfast, come to my room. Ah, yes, I’ll send word to the bathhouse too. Best you wash up before you come.”

Saying only that, the man opened the door and went out. My cellmates pressed their palms together as if to say our condolences, smirking. Right, this is a problem. No, truly a problem. At this stage I can’t very well stand out, which is exactly why I kept yesterday’s fuss to a minimum. So far it should have been going well. But it seems I’ve drawn the eye of the man who’s likely the most famous in the whole prison.

⁂

The man’s quarters had two bedrooms and a toilet. The furnishings, too, were nothing but the lavish sort you’d expect of some noble’s house. The floor, unlike our bare stonework, was boarded and even laid with a fine carpet.

“Welcome. I’ve been waiting.”

Ushered in as I was, I entered the room and stepped into the bedroom. Leading me on, the man sat down on the edge of the bed. Then, turning to face me, he smiled and said:

“Come here. Now, it may hurt a little, but I don’t mean to take your life.”

Right, this is bad. Thinking this is bad, I stepped one foot toward the bed for now. And at the same instant, what came flying from above was an arrow of light.

“What?!”

Is this a magic trap to repel intruders? To keep me from catching on, it even had silencing and presence-erasing formulas laid over it. What’s more, it had power enough that taking one dead-on would be bad. I twisted my body and slipped the first shot. But the arrows of light came flying one after another, from every corner of the room. When dodging by footwork alone became impossible, I threw up a defensive wall all around me.

“Level 7: Perfect Wall.”

Three hundred sixty degrees. I spread it in all directions, the floor included, and with that the arrows of light could no longer touch me.

“So what exactly is going on here?”

This man is a mage, no question. And a formidable one, at that, good enough to make me use a Level 7 with pre-planted traps alone.

“I see, so it really is Ephthal-kun.”

The man rose from the bed, took a bottle of liquor from a shelf, and sat down on the sofa in the room. Then he pointed to the seat across the table. It seemed he meant sit, but did he mean to hold a drinking bout? I couldn’t make sense of it.

“Just now, did you call me Ephthal-kun? No… ah, I’ve got it now. No wonder I thought I’d seen you before. You’re Clark, the half-vampire?”

The very same, Clark-san said, and gave a big nod. And at the sight of a face from old days, the corners of my own mouth softened on their own.

“You and I studied together at Sasha-sama’s for a while, didn’t we. Well, you ran off after a few years.”

“Ha, please don’t bring up that time too much. Still, to meet a senior disciple in a place like this… I’m genuinely astonished.”

“Still, Ephthal-kun. Seems you had a thoroughly rough time of it out there.”

“…”

“Hm? Something the matter?”

“Ah, no, I was just taken aback by the sudden reunion. But how is it you’re in a place like this, Clark?”

When I sat on the sofa, liquor was poured for me, so I took a single sip. Fine liquor, the sweetness and the astringency struck in just the right balance.

“This prison is a crucial place, one that governs the peace of this world. So I watch over this facility from the position of an inmate, to control various things from within. Keeping the guards from going too far, that’s the main aim, I’d say.”

“And that… for three hundred years?”

“They tell me I could take turns at it, mind. But with regular hours for rising and sleeping, my magic research comes along nicely too… I’ve grown fond of this life. By the way, your being here means it’s finally come to freeing the phantom demons, has it?”

“Yes, of course. Still, you really are a wicked one, Clark-san.”

“Oh? How so?”

“That, well… all that about backsides and such. Rumors are flying that you’re on the prowl for pretty boys.”

When I laughed ha-ha, Clark-san went straight-faced at once and answered:

“No, I do like backsides, you know?”

“………You don’t mean women’s?”

“Mm, I took after my master, you see. Before I knew it, that had become my taste.”

Far too convincing. This is why… I hated being at Sasha’s. Stay there long and there were so, so many people who turned out this way… and my own chastity was in danger to begin with.

“Only, I’d not have you misunderstand: I’ve never once done it by force, you know? Always with consent.”

“No, I wasn’t asking.”

“For the sake of my honor I can’t have you getting the wrong idea. This I’ll have said properly.”

“At any rate… I take it you’ll cooperate, is that right?”

“Aye, for now let’s go with the outward setup that you’ve become my lover. Set it up so you’re in my room with me around the clock, and you’ll draw no suspicion and can carve out time to move freely.”

“It’s a setup with a great deal to think about, but beggars can’t be choosers. Of course, I’ve no objection.”

At any rate, this makes moving about easier. It looks like I can finally set out on freeing the phantom demons in earnest, I thought, and clenched my fist tight.

⁂

Deep in the night. I woke in a room apart from Clark-san’s. He’d asked, ‘Shall we sleep in the same room?’, but I brushed it off as a joke and let it pass. Well, that aside. I began layering stealth-line magic over myself.

Optical camouflage. Presence-erasure. Air-cutoff, to kill scent and sound both.

Right. Stacked this thick, at a glance an ordinary human shouldn’t notice me. By the way, my collaborator Clark-san, being far too famous, can’t move about, the reverse of my problem. The reason being that the block where the phantom demons are held is run by the Fire God Emperor’s people. And they know Clark is Sasha’s disciple. So, inevitably, come anywhere near that block and they’d be on the highest guard. Which is precisely why, in that block alone, he can’t move. Same reason Oberon and the others can’t, and so in the end it comes down to leaning on me, the nearly-unmarked one.

But for me to roam the prison, even with my form hidden, is fairly difficult. First, there are anti-escape barred doors all through the passages. And the phantom-demon block has countermeasures against spatial-transfer magic too. A way to slip the net… isn’t out of the question. But it takes far too much time and effort.

“It’d be nice if there were a hidden passage or something, one I could move through freely all the way to the phantom-demon block…”

“A hidden passage, is it? There’s one right there in the corner, Ephthal. Mind the flow of magic, and look close.”

“So there is, master. Sure enough, there’s a way through here. But this is advanced. A passage concealed by warping the dimension and working sorcery on it?”

“Sharp as ever, Ephthal. Few could see through it that far on first sight. Well, it’s that my teaching was good, I’d say. Ha, that’s your master for you!”

At that, I shouted despite myself.

“Wait, why are you here, master?!”

Sasha cocked his head, puzzled.

“Didn’t Oberon tell you there was a collaborator?”

“No, wasn’t that supposed to be Clark?”

“Ho, Clark too… True enough, I’d left the running of this facility to him from the shadows. Bastet, who held the post in name only, was a touch too soft, too unreliable…”

She really was unreliable, that girl. As a familiar and as a maid she was excellent. In looks she was crisp and sharp, like a cat-beastkin, but against all that, there truly was a streak of too-much-kindness in her even back then. Well, that aside.

“No, so, why are you here, master?”

“Strictly speaking, I am not Sasha proper. I am a divided-body that manifests when danger nears the system.”

“Hmm… something like an autonomous entity cut off from the main body?”

“Just so. Naturally, I know nothing whatever of what’s happened since the Fire God Emperor last opened the barrier and joined with the outside, nor of what the outside Sasha is doing.”

“So it’s the same for you, master, the way the Fire God Emperor’s side can’t know the mutual situation unless they exchange at the new-moon maintenance? Well, either way, having two collaborators is a real comfort.”

“Mm. I too am glad Ephthal came. This makes me a hundred strong.”

“That’s a meek sort of line for you, master. Ordinarily you’d be running your mouth with brat and chick and the like…”

“That’s because ordinarily I am invincible, no? Right now the Otogi Fantasia can’t be used, and without the phantom demons, I’m but a frail, peerless beautiful girl. Naturally there are times I feel a bit forlorn.”

“A… girl…?”

“Mm, a beautiful girl!”

Declared with a full-faced grin.

“Ah… yeah… that might… be so… I suppose.”

In fact, going by looks alone, he’s dreadfully cute, which is somehow infuriating. There, all at once Sasha’s body gave off light and shrank to a size that would sit in your palm. Also, there are wings on his back now.

“I won’t even bother pointing out that you can change your body’s size, but… why that form?”

“Pixie spec. I thought I’d make the most of a mental body while I have one. My body in the flesh can’t very well grow big and small, after all.”

“…Let me change the question. Why the Pixie spec?”

“I’ll have you know, even so, I was once called the fairy of the northern country…”

“Come to think of it, you were from the north, weren’t you, master.”

“Just so. Set me to skiing and it’s a marvel, I tell you.”

“Well, you can do anything, master. You’ve mastered hand-to-hand close combat to a high level too.”

“No, and yet, wouldn’t you know it, I can’t ski at all.”

“…What do you mean?”

“It’s, the gap matters, no? A creature like me, with reflexes beyond compare, looks like she’d glide right along, no?”

“Well, that’s so, I suppose.”

“And there’s the thing. Me, who by rights would go gliding cool and unruffled over the snow like a fairy? And then I take a tumble and go ow, it hurts, it hurts! and well up teary-eyed like a child and land on my rump, and that produces, how to say it, a gap-moe sort of cuteness, no?”

What a pain… This person is really such a pain… And that scenario isn’t even cute. More to the point, why did he bring this topic up at all.

“So, back to the subject. This hidden passage, or bypass, what’s it for?”

“To begin with, who was it built this place?”

“Well, that’d be you, master.”

“So of course the blueprints are in my head. It’s been remade into a prison now, but in truth it was originally my villa. In the old days I invited all sorts here.”

“Hm? Wait… I’m not following the story?”

“Well, that’s why I built them, hidden passages without number. For creeping in on the pretty boys I’d invited at night, you understand.”

Somehow, this fellow is truly awful. And I turned a flat stare on Sasha.

“Wh-what’s that look?! I have never once done such a thing by force!”

The excuse is identical to Clark-san’s, too. It just may be that had I studied under Sasha long enough, I’d have awakened to something. In that sense, running off early really was the right call.

“Master, that sort of thing… that’s enough already…”

“Well, be at ease. About two parts in ten of the night-crawling business I say in jest. Don’t take it to heart.”

“Which means eight parts are true, then…”

“At any rate, peerless beauty though I am, as you know I’ve a great many enemies, one way and another.”

“The peerless-beauty part is rather beside the point, but yes, you did do outrageous things, master.”

“Mm. In the end I even planned the desperate trick of holing up in this world should I hit a great pinch in the real one. And accounting for the case of being pushed this far, doubling as an escape route, this place has hidden holes without number.”

“For the record, do these holes connect to the phantom-demon block as well?”

“Connect, you say—”

And Sasha grinned and went on:

“—they connect to every room.”

“Every… room?”

“Mm. To the rooms where the phantom demons are held too, of course. Since they’re passages formed by warping the dimension, the entrances and exits can’t so much as be noticed by any but one at your level or mine.”

“No, even I couldn’t have caught the dimensional warp without being told it’s there.”

“Just so. If even you are so, then that’s why it went unnoticed by anyone all this while.”

“Still, even for you, master, to make and maintain a dimensional hole like this… it really is too much nonsense.”

“I can’t manage such a stunt in the real world, naturally. And the same holds for the Fire God Emperor.”

“The Fire God Emperor too? What do you mean?”

“Mm, because right now this world is being meddled with by him. You likely know it already, but the original system here is being diverted to his use, while his own execution force is the familiars he prepared himself. And the troublesome ones are those familiars… no, one should call them crystals of curse—”

“Crystals of curse?”

“The flame-curse insects. It’s the same nonsense that lets me go full Pixie-spec here—the kind that only works in a mental world. Turned against you, its threat will be plain soon enough, however much you’ll come to hate it.”

Then Sasha snapped his fingers. And a black hole opened in the corner of the room, and a bypass appeared.

“Now, let’s begin, Ephthal. A stroll by night.”

⁂

It was a passage built like a rough-rock cave. This, they said, was a passage made by applying transfer magic to interfere with the dimension. So the passage’s size and scale were free as you liked, ignoring even the actual size of the building, that sort of outrageous business. In fact, the interior was vast enough you could call it all but a labyrinth. Forks everywhere, branching and branching, passages laced through like an ant’s nest, quite literally. By Sasha’s word, to explore the whole passage single-handed from nothing would take about half a year just to map.

Since it was made as an escape route to begin with, it was built that way on purpose. And there’s one point worth special note. This passage connects to every room on the prison island. That alone is astonishing, but each end of the passage, the exit, is in a magic-mirror state. So the inside of a room can be seen, one-way, from this side. Given how the bypass came to be built, it’s no wonder, but here I’ll gratefully make use of the function.

“Still, this is something. To see straight into the state of a room…”

“Well, I did have peeping at pretty boys in view too, ow, that hurts!”

I put in a silent backfist by way of retort. It’s been so since the old days: when it’s a light-mood remark about his kinks, this person doesn’t get angry even if you retort. Far from it, he looks a touch pleased. There’s actually a suspicion he’s a hardcore masochist, a loli-geezer, and a lover of pretty boys, and on top of that a hardcore masochist. Yeah, it gets tangled, so let’s not think too deeply about it.

“By the way, are the bypass holes set in different places from room to room?”

“Hn? Why ask such a thing?”

“Depending on where the entrance is, I’d best think about how to make contact with the phantom demons. If it’s the ceiling, for instance, coming down makes noise. There’s a limit to how much sound-cutting magic can do.”

“I see, there, be at ease. Most of the rooms… there’s a thin partition wall between one cell and the next, no? They’re all set into those.”

“Why go to the trouble of putting them there? The wall across from the barred entrance would have done, wouldn’t it?”

“Coming out of a thin wall no human could possibly fit through gives them a start, no? Well, I did have night-crawling on pretty boys in view, so being startled is the whole savor of it, ow, that hurts!”

“At any rate, the bypass is a great help. With this I should be able to make contact with all the confined phantom demons.”

“Well, the passages are vast, so without my navigation you’d be lost in no time.”

And led along, we walked some twenty minutes. Sasha stopped before an exit leading to a certain room.

“Now then, Ephthal, what do you make of that?”

“…Eggs?”

Just as I said, the floor of that room was packed with eggs, lined at even intervals. About the size of rugby balls, I’d say? Their number easily reached the hundreds, or a thousand, a grand sight. And here and there were left ghastly remnants like the petals of a carnivorous plant. That, I suppose, shows those eggs have already hatched.

“Yes, those are the eggs of the insects. And next, ”

Prompted by Sasha, we walked on down the passage. And in the room beyond the next exit we were led to, a hideous scene spread out. The first thing to catch my eye was a single giant centipede, big enough to swallow up a wild boar. And, facing off against it, eight red spiders, these too about human size, huge in any case. Watching the standoff of centipede and spiders a while, the spiders sprang at the centipede. Coiling, clinging, the spiders sank their fangs into the centipede one after another. But the centipede wasn’t taking it one-sidedly either. Refusing to lose, it thrashed its body to tear the spiders off, slammed them to wall and floor, or fought back with its fangs. The body fluids of both flew, and the room was dyed purple in moments. And then—

Both were venomous insects, most likely. The centipede didn’t look all that badly hurt, but its movements gradually slowed, and now it was at its last gasp. The spiders bitten by the centipede had likewise slackened. There the room’s ceiling opened, and this time dozens of ants about the size of basketballs were thrown in. At the sudden introduction of the ants, centipede and spiders both panicked. And of course the ants too fell into a great panic at their sudden situation. The inside of the room became, quite exactly, like scattered spider hatchlings. Three kinds of insect ran about everywhere, rampaged, and warred with one another.

For a while the state went on, three camps moving without order, striking as each saw fit. But before long… something interesting happened. The spiders and ants stopped fighting each other partway and began, in cooperation, to attack the weakened centipede. This is a phenomenon that often happens even in a human battle-royale-format match. Concentrate your attacks on the weakened one and drive him out, to raise your own odds of survival, that method. So, once the giant centipede fell wholly silent under the all-out assault from both, this time the contest of spiders and ants began.

“And this is…?”

“The kodoku. What’s inside are the underworld ant, the false-dragon centipede, and the vermilion-curse spider.”

“By kodoku, you mean… the kodoku of sorcery?”

“Mm. Shut venomous insects together in a cramped space and make them fight. At the end of the mutual slaughter, one insect is left. Then, using that surviving insect’s venom, one makes a killing poison. It’s called divine poison, magically strengthened so its effect is several times over.”

While we spoke, ants and spiders both dwindled steadily in number. There I noticed something amiss.

“The spiders… their numbers are down and they’re hurt, but their movements are better than at the start.”

“The others are mere venomous-insect monsters. The vermilion-curse spider is the Fire God Emperor’s familiar, and governs curses. Hence the logic that it reaps the greatest magical benefit from the kodoku formula.”

“So as the kodoku rite advances, they’re strengthened by the power of the curse mid-battle?”

“Mm, exactly so.”

Several minutes passed, and by the hand of the spiders, dominant throughout, the ants were at last wiped out. And seeing the scene that came next, I felt I wanted to cover my eyes in disbelief.

“The spiders are… eating each other…?”

“Mm,” Sasha nodded, and went on. “And in the end, the victor of the intra-kind strife becomes the flame-curse insect.”

The strife among the spiders ended, and the last one left standing there was a single red spider. Then something jet-black clung to its surface, and the wavering aura looked for all the world like a red-black flame. A vile and violent scent that drifted even into this passage. I felt a shudder and a chill of dread.

“What exactly is the flame-curse insect?”

“The Fire God Emperor’s specialty is brainwashing. He falsifies and usurps the memories of those he marks, or brainwashes them into pawns. And one of the means to that is the curse, and the magical medium used for it is that insect.”

“But for a curse-insect and its kind to hold such power… by common sense that’s impossible.”

“In the real world it has no body, and is no more than a lump of high-purity magical curse-energy. But, it’s a thing that originally does mischief within the human heart. In a world with the aspect of a mental world, the logic is that it exhibits explosive power. And so… er, who was it now, there was one, that brat… the foster brother of the descendant of the first Ice God Emperor.”

“You mean Brad, Sheryl’s brother?”

“Mm. Roughly, that one could handle about five of them. So, how far could you deal with them, Ephthal?”

Looking at the flame-curse insect visible on the far side, I sank into careful thought.

“…Well, if I’m to take them all at once, twenty is about my limit.”

“About that, I’d say. Then… what if it were a hundred?”

“You can’t mean…?”

There the countless eggs from before flashed across my mind. Recalling their number, feeling a cold sweat on my back, I swallowed hard.

“That thing’s survivable lifespan is about seven days, and the ones kept in constant use to guard the phantom-demon block number only a few.”

“But those eggs from before… there were several hundred or more, weren’t there?”

“Five red spiders make one flame-curse insect. Made in earnest, at maximum strength with no regard for anything, a hundred or so at once is possible. Or rather, after the kodoku, about a hundred are always kept preserved by a freezing technique.”

“I see… so this really won’t be settled by any simple means.”

“So it can’t be managed by your solitary strength alone, as it always has been. Best carve that into your heart.”

Saying so, Sasha turned on his heel and started deeper down the passage.

“Where to now?”

“There’s one more place I’d have you see. There I’ll tell you the concrete plan for this operation’s aim, the one that stands paired with freeing the phantom demons.”

“And that would be?”

“Securing the means to return outside. Even if we free the phantom demons whose power is sealed, without a technique to call them out to the real world alongside you, it’s a treasure left to rot.”

⁂

Led on by Sasha, we went further through the phantom-demon block. And on the way, a voice I knew well reached my ears.

“Wait a moment, please.”

As I made to head that way, Sasha started to say ‘Leave it,’ but broke off partway and shrugged, as if giving up. He knows well enough that nothing he says will stop me. After all, that was the voice of Bastet, who was once my familiar, who lived with me all but as family.

“Where is this…?”

“The deepest part of the block where the phantom demons are confined.”

“And the one shut in is, sure enough…?”

“Mm. The one who gathered the hot-blooded phantom demons and tried to rise against the Fire God Emperor—Bastet.”

Just as Sasha said, in a stone-flagged cell Bastet was held captive. In human looks she’d be early twenties, with cat ears and a cat’s tail. She wasn’t in a maid’s dress like back then, but the shoulder-length brown hair was unchanged. Bound in prison garb, chained with cuffs, her keen gaze was the same as of old.

“This is a place for correcting those who’ve strayed from the path. A prison, not an execution ground. Aren’t you laboring under some misunderstanding, warden?”

The one she was glaring at was a man in his prime. Planted there four-square, he wore the odd getup of a mage’s robe thrown over a guard’s uniform. There were others in the room too, four men in prison garb. They’d been set in restraint chairs, heads blindfolded and gagged, a fairly lurid sight.

“That’s right, true enough, Sasha positions this place as a facility of correction. But now the one who decides everything here is the Fire God Emperor’s disciple, entrusted with this place: me.”

The warden grinned. Then, without pause, he struck a hand-blade at the prisoner sitting beside him. The thud of a falling head. The cut was charred black and smoking, fire magic wreathed about his hand, I’d say.

“Yes, there is life imprisonment, but no death penalty. Correct yourself and you’re set free without charge, that is the law the Creator laid down.”

“To feed the phantom demons, humans were once brought here. It began with death-row convicts from the outside, was it?”

“That’s right. But disorder by ruffians was not the shape of this world that Sasha-sama sought. At first, I hear, the correction facility here worked to the fullest and best effect.”

“And so the ones whose fangs were drawn raised crops, built towns, made children and grew the population. Come to think of it, Sasha brought orphans on the brink of starving to death in the real world here too, didn’t he?”

“Sasha-sama is… gentle with children. That one meant to make this a paradise for those who’d lost any place to go.”

“Fairies flitting about a little island in the sky, where those driven from the living world pass their days in peace… ha. A fairyland to the letter, is it.”

Surprised, I sent Sasha a glance, and he hurriedly lowered his lashes. Embarrassed, perhaps, to have an unexpected side of him found out, he’d gone red to the ears and puffed out his cheeks.

“What, Ephthal? Have you some complaint with me?”

“No, it’s nothing.”

“Mgh…”

And muttering to himself, ‘Saying needless things…,’ Sasha began to gnaw at his thumbnail.

“But the nature of man is evil. Make a human town and, in the end, some run to atrocity. For instance, this.”

The man whose head had just been struck off. Besides him, the men bound to chairs came to three. Moving his gaze over each of them one by one, the warden went on.

“One killed his parents to steal their money; another killed a string of rich men, likewise for money. And the last confined children to sate his own desires.”

“But… after more than ten years of a corrective life, they repented. They came to know the pain of others.”

“And who decides they’ve repented? Mouth and manner can be dressed up any which way, and there’s no confirming what’s behind it, is there?”

“Which is why—” and the warden turned each of his hands into a blade and drove them at the prisoners. “These are unneeded. Disposal.”

The smell of searing reached even us. And at the same time, with a heavy sound, two heads flew and dropped. There Bastet bit her lip and pressed it into a tight line.

“Enough, stop such things. What is there to gain by showing me this?”

“Honestly, your way is too soft. Set loose outside the scum who did things that merit killing, and if the order of this world is thrown into disarray as a result, what then? In the end it could even lead to a decline in the quality of the phantom demons.”

“This has been the way since old times. Press down men’s hearts with fear past all measure and there’s no sound mental activity, and thus no feed for the phantom demons either.”

“The Fire God Emperor will see to verifying all that hereafter. At any rate, right now I am the order and the law of this world.”

There a guard came in. I’d heard the phantom-demon block was run by the Fire God Emperor, but this block seemed different even in its guards. Because the one who entered at the warden’s signal was a monstrous shape clad in a guard’s uniform. An Ifrit, a high-ranking fire familiar. By the way, an Ifrit wreathes itself in flame during battle, but ordinarily it takes an ogre-like form with reddish-black skin.

“I’m well used to handling fire and insects, you see…”

Taking a jar from the Ifrit that had entered, the warden smiled a nasty smile. And drawing a centipede from within the jar, he looked from Bastet to the last remaining prisoner and back.

“This is no monster or anything of the sort, just a poison-bearing centipede. A feeble, frail thing, crushed underfoot if a human so much as steps on it.”

“But—” the warden laughed, delighted, at the prisoner. “Now, put it into a nostril, an ear-hole, or the anus, and what happens? From a feeble thing it turns, in an instant, into a hair-raising demon.”

“Hiii!”

Blindfolded, but he must have heard the words. To the prisoner, all the blood gone from him at once, the warden dealt another hand-blade.

“A joke. I’ve no taste for hurting people to no purpose. Don’t take it to heart, please.”

A head dropped, and the warden turned his gaze to Bastet.

“But if there’s a purpose, I’ve no choice but to do it. Since, alas, this sort of method is the most effective for tormenting a phantom demon.”

Bastet didn’t stir a single brow. But even so, that some slight negative feeling had lodged in her eyes was plain even from here.

“Still, a body that can’t die is a hard lot too. Die and die again, and after a few decades you revive; you never fade away. But keep hold of the core and it’s endless regeneration… and every time, the misery of torture along with it.”

“…Do as you please.”

“After the public execution, your core goes into a pool where insects writhe. For all eternity, so long as the world lasts, you’ll keep reviving with your power sealed, and keep dying, eaten by the insects.”

And with a ‘Sorry about this,’ the warden dipped his head to Bastet in a little bow.

“There’s no way to make you suffer but this one, so—there’s no help for it. Ah, truly, I am sorry.”

And with that the warden advanced a few steps toward Bastet and drove a kick into her face. Bastet, as before, didn’t stir a brow. But as for me… I was nearing the limit of my patience.

“Why a public execution for me? What meaning could there be in it?”

“I’ve got to make a show of it to every last one in this prison. What’s above and what’s below. I’ve got to make them see despair, what becomes of those who defy us.”

“The Otogi Fantasia is not so simple a spell as you imagine. What it means to make phantom demons obey, you don’t understand it. The Fire God Emperor could never master it fully. No, I, at least, will not yield.”

“Fufu, the spirit only lasts at the start. Happily, the Fire God Emperor has ages of time. Time enough for talk and mutual understanding… well, I doubt you’ll last a hundred years before you come over to us. Weep and apologize and I might even forgive you. Change your heart and say the word anytime.”

“…”

“Whether he kills Sasha and takes it, or puts him in suspended death, or Sasha bends wholly to the Fire God Emperor, I don’t know. At any rate, this world will be kept in a meaningful form. That is the Fire God Emperor’s decision.”

“And will it truly go so neatly as you think?”

“Even if Sasha should cease to be a usable pawn, the Fire God Emperor need only take it and wield it. So, for the time being, it’s the disciplining of you, ringleader of the recent rebellion. Repetition is what matters in learning… until every last one submits, I’ll have fear stamped into you again, and again, however many times it takes.”

“And you believe doing such things will make me swear loyalty to you?”

“You won’t swear loyalty, no. But you’ll obey. You’ll come to follow orders.”

“…Do as you like, then. But this one thing I’ll say, I will never, ever yield.”

Sasha, looking puzzled, asked me:

“You needn’t… save her?”

“Of course I’ll save her. But it’s not now, is it?”

I snapped my fingers.

“What did you do, Ephthal?”

“Shared the countdown. That thing can only be seen by your school, master.”

Bastet was once my familiar. She, like me, would understand what this meant. In effect, it was a message that I would come, without fail, to save her.

“Now, let’s get to the heart of it. What do I need to do, no, how do I go about beating these people down?”

At the words, Sasha broke into a sharp little smile.

“So your fighting spirit’s finally caught, has it.”

⁂

“No one to see us here. You can come out.”

Adjusting the dimensional warp, the place we emerged from the bypass was a garbage dump. Inside, boxes were stacked any which way, each heaped with refuse. In its build the room was no different from a communal cell, a moldy flagstone floor and walls, the sour reek of kitchen scraps catching at the nose.

“This place is the lowest level of the prison island. Come this way.”

Led along, I headed to the corner of the dump. There a horizontal hole gaped open. Wind was blowing in this way, so, thinking surely not, I peered in and could see the scenery outside.

“Meaning they throw the garbage out through this hole?”

“Well, that’s the shape of it. Ephthal, try tossing some garbage out.”

Prompted, I took refuse from a box and flung it into the hole.

“And, well, as you can see, it goes like this.”

Where Sasha pointed. Far, far below, where the garbage had fallen, a red light arose. Look closely and a wall of flame had appeared over the whole of that region.

“At any rate, this gives you the general situation, no?”

“Yes, the garbage was annihilated. Still, what a thick barrier. Breaking through that, wouldn’t it be impossible?”

“It’s the barrier the Fire God Emperor made. Because that thing wraps this world in a sphere, the passage between the mental world and the real world has been cut off.”

That wall of flame from a moment ago had no small power. How thick it is I couldn’t say. But if you tried to force your way through it, the odds are high you’d burn up before ever getting outside.

“And… well, this is this island’s present state.”

“I have a question, though, just what is down below there?”

Because the instant the wall of flame vanished I checked with far-sight magic, and what I saw was quite something.

“That’d be what’s called the underworld.”

“Hm? Even you don’t know, master?”

“I’ve never been, and I’ve acquaintances who went, but they all… never came back. I’m curious, but you get set upon by all sorts of nasty things on the way.”

“But that’s the underworld? Really?”

“It is. Strange, no? Why there’d be a cluster of high-civilization buildings down there. It resembles the style of the ancient magic civilization, but…”

“It looks like the architectural style of the world I originally came from, too.”

Glimpsed dimly from on high, it was scenery you’d not find odd if told it was some city of Earth turned near-future. Just what in the world is that…? So I thought, but if Sasha doesn’t know, there’s no way I would.

“Originally, part of why I built the sky-island cluster was to observe the underworld from this region, the way the Ten Sages of the ancient magic civilization did.”

“That’s a fairy-tale story. The Ten Sages who came from somewhere, built the ancient magic civilization, and then vanished off somewhere. By one account they didn’t age for thousands of years and reigned atop the ruling structure all the while.”

It’s only a fairy tale, but a famous one. Back then, humans living something like a Stone Age life had a high scientific civilization and magical civilization raised up in the blink of an eye by the Ten Sages who appeared out of nowhere. After that the civilization reached the heights of a long prosperity. But one day, all at once, the Ten Sages departed to some other dimension, that’s the tale.

“Not aging for a few thousand years isn’t especially a problem. I’m much the same on that point myself.”

“And after that, a war broke out, was it?”

“Mm. Technology not made by their own hands, only handed to them. Humans holding power beyond their measure warred with one another, and unable to master the power of destruction, they self-destructed, civilization and all, in war. Only some of the magic techniques remained, down to the present.”

And having said that far, Sasha bit his lip, melancholy.

“So, the Fire God Emperor… that brat cannot be handed this spell. He’s the same as a child with no sense of discretion. For the sake of his goal he’d destroy the world without so much as a change of color… at the end of it all, the ultimate crap-brat.”

“So, concretely, what do you mean to do, and how?”

Sasha put a hand to empty space, and the hand vanished. Then, with a difficult face, going ‘Where was it now?’, he made a groping sort of gesture. And when he drew the hand back, a hand holding a little pouch appeared. No, I get that it’s a fourth-dimensional-pocket sort of magic. But having this kind of outrageous thing done as a matter of course isn’t good for the heart.

“Inside this there’s a ring. I’ve named it the god-releasing tool, and we’ll use it. What the Fire God Emperor set in the phantom demons’ weakening is a technique to seal a spiritual existence. Which is why they can’t even break their cages now. But I’m an expert in that line myself, in fact, undoing it alone is easy enough.”

“And the way to get the god-releasing tool to the phantom demons? They’re strictly confined, from what I hear… no, ah, right, that’s easy.”

“Yes, that’s what the bypass is for. By the day of reckoning, secretly make contact with every last phantom demon, and in parallel, pry open the dimensional road out.”

“Pry it open, you say… how do you mean to? So far the Fire God Emperor’s done nothing about my being here. Which means he has absolute confidence in that barrier, doesn’t it? Can it really be managed?”

“Mm. It can’t be managed at all, you know. Frankly, I throw up my hands.”

“I’d think so. If it could be managed, there’s no way I’d have been left alone.”

“And so,” Sasha declared. “We collapse not the barrier, but this world itself.”

“…?”

“Say there’s a fist-sized ball of ice here… that’s this world. And you cup it tight in both palms. That’s the Fire God Emperor’s barrier.”

“Yes, and?”

“The palms are in the way, so the ice can’t be moved outside, no? But, melt the ice, and what then?”

Arriving at what the words meant, I was struck dumb despite myself.

“Are you… sane?”

“I am. It becomes droplets, slips through the palms, and drips down. What we break isn’t the palms covering the ball, but the ice ball itself.”

“Destroy this world itself, and inevitably the foreign matter inside gets out… that’s the scenario? But that would cause problems, wouldn’t it?”

“The collapse is done gently. The ones inside we let out at the proper times. It’s only a matter of tuning it so. Send you and the phantom demons out at the very start, and let the rest out slowly, taking our time.”

“No, that’s not what I mean, do that and…”

“Mm. The spell called the Otogi Fantasia itself is lost forever. But be at ease, some have sworn loyalty, some haven’t. There are all sorts of phantom demons, but a last order, at least, they should all heed. It won’t hinder us in the decisive moment.”

“But, master… you followed the Fire God Emperor because you didn’t want to lose the phantom demons, didn’t you?”

At my question Sasha threw out his chest and laughed, ‘Kah-kah.’

“Well, the point is I’m a sore loser. Rather than follow that man… I’ll go so far as to choose scrapping my jewel-box.”

Seeing that proud gaze, I laughed despite myself. ‘That’s you all over…’ Yeah, this is Sasha through and through. A lone hawk soaring the sky, where none can reach. The figure of the man whose back I once resolved to chase is here, unchanged, even now. And that, for some reason, made me oddly glad.

“Besides, short of doing that much… I can’t outmaneuver that brat. So, there are two things I want you to do.”

“One is freeing the phantom demons. And the other is…”

“Mm. I want you to build, together with me, the formula to collapse this world. The master blueprint is here, so it won’t be difficult.”

Sasha touched his fingertips to his own head twice, tap-tap. There the worry I’d been holding flashed across my mind. So, shaking my head, I put this to Sasha.

“Sasha, I hate to say it, but there’s a high chance your plan is broken.”

“What do you mean?”

“That’s—”

And hearing the doubt I laid out, Sasha’s face twisted in astonishment.

⁂

So, with one thing and another, I ended up back in Clark-san’s room, the guest room, to be precise. After that, I sat cross-legged on the bed and sank into meditation. What I’d proposed to Sasha earlier was two things. One was the plan to break out of the Otogi Fantasia leading the phantom demons. And the other was this.

The Astral Breach.

Well, in short it’s a kind of special training. Since I call it special, naturally it differs from ordinary training. First, you return the mind to magic and separate it from the body. It’s tangled to explain, so, put simply, you make it leave the body, astral projection. And next, you send the soul flying to Sasha’s dwelling, the World Tree.

The place I was making for now is Sasha’s abode, strongly linked from within the world of the Otogi Fantasia. The World Tree, that is. Further still, past the point where you trace down the World Tree’s roots. The World Tree where Sasha lives is, true to its name, a special existence in the spiritual sense. Through the ley of land that connects to its roots, it holds a road to the spirit-vein that reaches the spiritual world, the star’s core. By the way, the World Tree and the Otogi Fantasia are closely linked in the spiritual sense; as a mental world, they’re one and the same place. Which is precisely why it lies outside the range of the Fire God Emperor’s barrier, so travel is possible. Well, boundary-crossing with the flesh in tow can’t be done, and I can’t step so much as a pace outside the World Tree.

Now, the ancient Ten Sages that Sasha spoke of a while ago filled the world with magic for their own research, they say. When I heard that, honestly, I found it entirely reasonable. Because inside our brains, magic circuits for handling magic are formed. Take muscle enhancement: under training load, the muscle fibers break down. And they regenerate as stronger muscle than before, the phenomenon called super-recovery. The brain’s magic circuits wear and break under repeated magic use. After that, the same as muscle, they super-recover, that is, they receive a supply of mana, the magic dissolved into the atmosphere, and grow stronger and thicker. Well, strengthening the magic circuits makes it easier to learn or develop new magic too.

The place I reached, then, having become a mental body, is where you follow a branch of the spirit-vein laced deep underground from the World Tree. So, the star’s core, in the spiritual sense. Inside, it’s a dim-gray world all around, a space so vast you can’t even perceive the boundary of ground and sky. It’s about like being inside a mass of mana, and the training efficiency becomes an outrageous twenty times normal. That said, since it’s premised on astral projection, stay too long and there’s the demerit that the link to your main body severs and you can’t return. Concretely, twelve hours a day, and continuous use up to a week is the time limit. The gist being that during sleeping hours you become a mental body and pile up training. And if you exceed this limit, you must set an interval of fifty to a hundred years before the next use. Well, for the human race, it’s a once-in-a-lifetime chance at dramatic improvement of magic skill. It’s a secret training method of the Sasha faction, so naturally I experienced it too, some four hundred fifty years ago. But since I’ve been reborn, the limit’s cleared, as it stands.

As for why I’ve come here now, the answer is simple. To stand against the Fire God Emperor, the me of now is far too short on power. After all, even the me of four hundred years ago was no match for him. And that the Fire God Emperor has raised his power beyond before, I understood well when we faced off the other day. How far I can get in this one week I don’t know, but at the least, to outmaneuver the Fire God Emperor for even an instant… I have to sharpen my fangs.

Right. I clenched my fist. And to bring the thing I’d been working at for some time into a certain shape, I slapped both palms to my cheeks with a burst of spirit. Still, why is it that, spirit body though I am, I have a body that mimics the physical one just as it is? More than that, why do I have the five senses as normal? I cocked my head at the same old question. And just then—

“Huh… Ephthal?”

“Eh… Maria?”

Before I’d noticed, Maria was there. Eh? Just what is going on…? I froze, too bewildered.

“Ah, a dream, is it… Ephthal’s in some baffling world called the Otogi Fantasia or whatever right now, isn’t he.”

So Maria said, with a look of having somehow talked herself into it, but, just what is this situation.

“Why is Maria here?”

“Eh? Ah, that. Leave us alone and the Fire God Emperor might take us hostage, they said. Ephthal’s people are all cooped up in the manor too. So we got taken from the ducal manor to Sasha-sama’s house… the World Tree, and…”

“Yeah, and?”

“Learn to at least protect yourself, they said. A drop in the bucket, most likely, they added, but, do it like so and it’ll get a bit better, they gave me a memo. And when I came to, this is the state of things.”

I see, I more or less grasp the situation. And I took the memo Maria drew from her breast. Thinking it probably had a training menu written on it, I looked—

“Sasha… this is impossible for her…”

The content written there was, as it turned out, a terrible thing.

Train like your life depends on it and get to where you can use around Level 7.

That was all that was written on the memo. Yes… truly, that was all that was written on it. Well, how to put it, Sasha as a teacher is outrageous. Watch and steal the technique is the basic principle, and being a genius type, he’s flatly bad at plainly teaching people, too. You crank up the magic go-go-go and form the formula bam-bam-bam and let fly a Level 10 boom, the whole way through, it’s that kind of vibe. I graduated a magic university and dabbled in the adventurer trade before becoming his disciple, and I can flatly declare it’s a hundred percent incomprehensible unless you’re already grounded in the basics.

Still, I thought. In practice, you can use this place only once in a lifetime. Making her throw into the gutter a precious week with dramatic effect, rivaling roughly half a year of training, is no good either.

“Er, Maria… by the way, where’s Merlin?”

“Holed up at the ducal manor with Svetlana-sama. Guarding Fraser-sama—Duke Alcott, that is—and Cecilia-sama, and, besides them, Ephthal’s mother, I think.”

Ah… Svetlana as well, huh. This is no good. With that, the option of having them draw up a training menu from tomorrow on has vanished too.

“No help for it… all right. I’ll look after you myself.”

At that, Maria’s face lit up, and she nodded as if it all fell into place.

“Ah, I see, so that’s it. Ha, actually, I did think it was strange.”

“Hm? Strange?”

“No, this memo… frankly it makes no sense, right? Barely any explanation either. But Sasha-sama did prepare things properly, didn’t she.”

“Prepare, meaning?”

“You, you. I don’t know if you’re a phantom of Ephthal or a copy or what, but you were laid on as my trainer here, that’s the deal, right?”

No, that’s not it, just as I started to say it, Maria checked the words with her right hand, as if to say don’t spell it all out.

“But really, I’m so glad. After all, the one I want teaching me is Ephthal. No, frankly, anyone but Ephthal is out of the question.”

“Hm? Anyone but me is out of the question?”

“When a magic-academy teacher or the like says something to me, I’m the type that gets irritated. Even with a genuine expert like Merlin-sama, being corrected makes me irritated.”

“Well, you aren’t an honest sort.”

“But… told it by you, I feel like I’ll follow honestly. And you’re the only one I feel that way about, you know?”

“…”

No, told that, how am I supposed to react. Still, this girl really is a handful in all sorts of ways… I sighed.

“So, in that sense, the one who listens to you most and practices magic in earnest really is me. Anastasia and the others are earnest too, but they mostly put their effort into laundry and cleaning and that sort of thing.”

“For the record, where’s Sheryl?”

“Sheryl’s… well, a genius. I’ve never seen her train herself to death, and she’s the strongest… well, she’s a kid and a space-case, so it’s fine that she doesn’t overdo it. But me, I do many times what you tell me to, not skipping a single day.”

“I don’t deny you work hard.”

“So…” Maria colored her cheeks a faint crimson and went on. “I want a reward.”

“A reward…?”

“So I’m saying I want to be praised. I’m saying I want you to say Maria’s working hard, you’re amazing, you’re a good girl. Then I can throw myself into the road of magic even more single-mindedly. And someday… I can be of use to you. It may be a surprise, but I’m that simple a girl, you know.”

“…Your aim isn’t to be praised by me, but to show up the ones back in the elf village, isn’t it?”

“Sure, at first I wanted to show up the elf village. That I admit. But before I knew it, I wanted to be of use to you. I don’t want to stay dead weight… I want to be praised by you, to have you think well of me—”

And Maria laughed, bashful, and went on.

“—showing someone up, that can be a side thing. That’s what I think now.”

“Well, it’s fine to have all sorts of reasons, isn’t it.”

“Still, just because you aren’t the real thing… I can be honest, huh. It’s strange. Saying this sort of thing is far harder to bear than telling you I like you. But even so, a bit… saying this to your face, it might be a little embarrassing after all.”

“I think honest is cuter, and better.”

At that Maria laughed a bashful ‘Ehehe.’ And just then—

“That’s right. I think Maria-san is cute when she’s honest.”

“…I don’t dislike it either. She should push that side of herself out more and more.”

Well, Anastasia and Sheryl had appeared. No need to even think about it, of course they had, but in that instant Maria went shifty-eyed and looked thoroughly flustered.

“Y-y-you two… wh-wh-wh-where were you listening from?”

At the question, Anastasia clapped her palms together and, beaming, said:

“…From around the one I want teaching me is Ephthal.”

Hearing it, Maria, like an instant water-boiler, went red in the face and screamed on the spot.

“That’s the whole thing, isn’t it!”

Just then, I decided to go ahead and say the thing I’d kept putting off.

“Er, Maria, you seem to be under a misunderstanding, but I’m… not a phantom or a copy or anything… I’m the real me.”

“Huh?”

“So, I’m the real me.”

“No, but aren’t you inside the Otogi Fantasia? And doing all sorts of things to break out? There’s no way you could come to a place like this.”

“The Otogi Fantasia is connected to Sasha’s World Tree dwelling, so… the soul alone can cross over as far as the World Tree.”

“…Seriously?”

“Yeah.”

At that, Maria’s face went past bright red into the aspect of scorching magma. And, half in tears, she shook her head.

“No! No! That whole thing just now, no! Forget it! Forget it!”

“No, told to forget it…”

“You could do a forgetting spell easy!”

“I can put it on you, but on myself it’s a bit… no good.”

“Ah… no… if there were a hole I’d crawl into it, this is exactly that…”

And, well. With one thing and another, our week of nights had begun.

⁂

“First, the basics of the basics. Above all, spam magic and strengthen the brain’s magic circuits. Mana repairs the worn circuits at once, you see. A chance like this won’t come twice.”

In these girls’ case, their magic circuits are feeble past discussion, whatever else. Well, by rights it’s a thing you train from childhood, and it takes about twenty years before it’s finally usable, so there’s no help for it. And once their heads are worn ragged from too much super-recovery, I have them challenge new magic at a raised level, that’s the teaching policy this time. Also, there’s the fact that I have to train myself too. Frankly, this situation where these girls spend nearly all their time on repeating basic drills is a real help.

“Now, then…”

I flew by flight magic through the endlessly wide gray space. Arriving far from Anastasia and the others at their basic drills, I sat in zazen and began to concentrate my mind.

The new technique in a range that could reach even the Fire God Emperor, Magic Sword, Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal.

It’s the goal I’ve been thinking of all this life as my magic sword, but it’s still far from complete. The theory of the formula itself is finished. If, for instance, the opponent is a stationary target and I can take enough time to charge, activation is possible. But somehow there’s unease on the operational side. Most likely, magic aptitude is the bottleneck. Because the magic doesn’t run swiftly into the formula laid on the sword. It’s nowhere near a level usable in a real fight yet. But at least so I can use it when I catch a good opening… I have to get it into some kind of shape this time.

Thinking such things, I drew the katana from its sheath with my right hand, thrust it forward, and layered magic onto it. And I gazed hard at the blade with the formula laid on it. Why does it take time. How can the time be shortened. I looked it over again. Just then, I felt a presence at my back and swung the katana behind me.

“…No one there?”

Did I misread killing intent? Me? And a voice came from off to the side.

“Four hundred years, is it… nostalgic, wielder of lightning.”

At that voice, and seeing that figure, I was struck dumb. Because—

“The Demon Lord…?”

The reason we four sages came to be called the Four Emperors. The being who once threw the world into vast chaos by violence… was floating there, in the form of a head alone.

“I see. Now I understand. The reincarnator the flame-wielder spoke of is you.”

“The flame-wielder… you mean the Fire God Emperor? No, before that, we cut you down at the Demon Lord’s castle, for certain.”

“The oddity who took only my head home… by the flame-wielder I was given a borrowing of life. Now I am a thing that only wanders the spirit-veins as a ghost.”

I stood and set the katana toward the head.

“I’ve no wish to fight. I’ve already been freed of the curse. I only, came to warn you.”

“A warning?”

“You, who chose death-return in the Goddess’s chamber, are a singularity even to the Ten Sages. Because you’ve escaped the curse, the ruin that drags in self and others, you’re lured toward a deeper, denser underworld sorcery.”

“What… are you saying?”

“Your thirst for power. No, perhaps even that is in their palm. Wielder of lightning, a riddle, last of all.”

And the Demon Lord’s head smiled thinly and said:

“In what era, and how, did you die on Earth, and come to this world?”

A cold sweat ran down my back with a shiver. Such a thing, I’d never once thought about it until now. I remember picking up judo techniques in high school, but, and there a sharp headache struck me. True, I have knowledge of Japan. I know the education system, the names of long-tenured prime ministers, that curry is delicious. But I can’t recall my family’s names or faces.

“Wielder of lightning, I ask further. Your name on Earth?”

“…I don’t know.”

What, what is this? Try as I might to recall, I can’t make out at all what sort of person I was on Earth. Truly… I don’t even know my name. Middle school? High school? As knowledge I remember I attended, but not concretely what kind of places they were. Who my friends were, that sort of thing, nothing at all… I don’t know. And… as for after graduating university, I can’t recall it even as knowledge. Truly, what is this…?

“Just so. As predicted… is it.”

“Demon Lord… what do you know? Why have I… all this time… felt no doubt about this?”

“It means you’re a special existence. To begin with, a skill like death-return isn’t built into the system the Ten Sages devised. One thing I’ll say: directly below the floating islands, the place you call the underworld, is Shinjuku in the year 2085.”

“Shinjuku…? No sign of life came from that ruined city… and the underworld should have existed from the distant past. And near-future, 2085? No, or else… does it mean Japan was destroyed once? Are you telling me this is a super-future relative to the timeline of the Earth I was on?”

“That was misleading of me—more precisely, it’s a place modeled on Shinjuku. The flame-wielder, and his little sister Bridget, all of it was arranged from the very start.”

“Bridget, you said?”

Why does that name come up now? A crawling prickle ran over the skin of my back, and just as I made to ask the Demon Lord why, I clicked my tongue hard.

“Gone… is it.”

I don’t know what’s what. But somehow… behind the Fire God Emperor’s change, there seems to be something beyond anything I could imagine. And I heaved a deep sigh.

⁂

The next day. I’d been put in a dark stone solitary cell and set on a restraint chair.

“I know you’re Clark’s favorite.”

Standing before me was the head jailer I’d met on the first day. The man who’d pressed the brand on me. Well, the burn mark’s not still there, but since various things would be awkward otherwise, I’ve made a convincing-looking scar with illusion magic, so no worry on that score.

“And knowing it, you’re treating me like this?”

At my question the head jailer gave a weary good grief of a shrug.

“True, by the standing orders passed down he’s an existence not to be touched on this prison island… but his position, too, is delicate now.”

“Delicate?”

“Things have changed under the Fire God Emperor’s new regime. Clark’s surely off talking with the new warden about the way forward even now.”

“…What are you getting at?”

“To make him understand his place under the new regime, I’ve brought you here.”

Just as the head jailer said, this morning, while I was building the formula for the Otogi Fantasia’s collapse in my room, the head jailer appeared out of nowhere and I was hauled off. I could have resisted easily enough had I wanted to, but I can’t very well stand out inside the prison right now. So, going along meekly, I was put in a solitary cell and seated on a restraint chair, that’s the upshot of the present situation. Clark, by the way, had gone out at dawn, summoned by the warden, so the head jailer’s story is probably true.

“…Is this your own doing?”

“Aye, my own. I’ve long found Clark hard to stomach.”

“…I see.”

“That restraint chair’s set to react the instant you use any magic. Even if you got a self-defense magic tool from Clark, best not use it.”

“React?”

“Aye. A Level 5-class blast goes off, and in that instant you’re done for. Best not try resistance or escape.”

“So, what do you mean to do with me?”

“You’ll be cooped up here three days or so. Even you, take three days and nights of a beating and it’ll tell on you a little.”

This is a problem. For now, building formulas is a thing done only inside my head, so I can build them without trouble, but, and the Level 5 blast is no problem at all, but this situation, with magic use, that is, formula-building, sealed off, is bad. Coming through a blast unhurt would be conspicuous past all measure.

“Then in exactly thirty minutes I’ll bring the other guards. The fun starts after that. Spend the time regretting that cocky attitude of yours from the first day.”

Still, Sasha permits rough handling for the sake of correction as a basic policy, but this is just plain abuse. Well, this is the head jailer being no good as an individual, I suppose. As I thought that, the head jailer left with a booming laugh.

And thirty minutes later. As declared, the head jailer came back to the solitary cell with five guards. And the moment he saw the state of the room—

“Wh-what’s happened here?!”

Quite the shock, but that stands to reason. After all, the room was blast-scorched black, and standing at its center was me—no, Clark.

“C-Clark?!”

“I sent that boy back. Still, you seem to have had your way with the place, haven’t you.”

What I did was simple. Cast illusion magic on myself and take Clark’s form. This way, however much I overdo it, I can make it look like Clark raged, not me. And I stepped a few paces toward the head jailer.

“That conduct of yours is rather poor. It isn’t the warden’s order, is it?”

“Th-that’s…”

“Never lay a hand on Ephthal-kun again.”

“Clark… don’t think it’s your day forever. The situation’s chang— agh!”

Seizing his hair, I hurled him at the wall to the right. Hair came out in clumps, and blood sprayed from the roots. He seemed to hit the wall nose-first, and the nasal bone was wrecked, by the look of it.

“Y-you… against me…!”

Still full of spirit, apparently. So I stepped slowly toward the head jailer again. And reaching out to his head, I gripped his ear and swung my arm with all my strength.

“Gyah!”

I let go a hair before the ear tore off, but the head jailer collapsed to the floor all the same.

“Never lay a hand on him again… understood?”

“…”

His expression was sullen, so I pressed it home with a glare.

“Understood?”

“…Yes.”

Good, and that settles that. Just then, the outside of the solitary cell suddenly grew noisy. The sound of any number of guards rushing somewhere in a fluster reached me, and as I wondered what was up, a voice came:

“Emergency! At this rate this floating island is going to fall!”

At the far end of the direction the guards were running was a door. Opening it and going in, it turned out to be a rooftop. On a wide expanse several tennis courts over, atop a smooth stone outer wall, some twenty personnel all told were shouting things at one another in a flustered clamor. Human guards, Ifrit guards, every one of them looking up overhead in dismay. And among them, one man with a composed air, this is the warden I’d seen before.

“Hm…?”

The warden frowned for just an instant. I thought my disguise had been noticed, but he shrugged at once, as if to say what a business.

“Clark, you know the Fire God Emperor’s meddling has this world unstable, yes? It’s turned bad.”

“…”

I answered the words with silence. Well, I’m not Clark. Out of concern that talking clumsily might give me away.

“Look at that. Most likely the cause is the weakening of the barrier against the underworld that Sasha held firm.”

Looking where he pointed, there… I could see a floating island bearing down on us at furious speed. From a distance, about two hundred meters in radius, I’d say. A speed and size where it isn’t hard to imagine this floating island would crumble in an instant on a direct hit.

“Warden, is that island uninhabited?”

“Aye, like most of the floating islands within the Otogi Fantasia, that one’s uninhabited too.”

“I see… I grasp the situation, but what do you intend to do about it?”

“Our fighting force, the flame-curse insects are close-range monsters. And I’m the support-specialist sort myself, throwing up walls and the like.”

The warden raised both hands from his shrugging pose, as if to say I give up.

“That’s why I say it’s turned bad. So the Fire God Emperor has stationed only a force for base management here. There’s no pawn among us with the heavy firepower to bring down that floating island.”

And the warden thought something over a while, then heaved a deep sigh.

“Happily, there’s a little time before that hits us. Worst case… contacting the real world and asking for the Fire God Emperor to appear is within my calculations.”

That is… bad. Should it come to that, the Fire God Emperor won’t keep leaving me alone.

“Still, warden, worst case, you say, meaning… you have some other plan?”

“Aye. I, too, don’t choose my means, the same as the Fire God Emperor. So, I’ve released a part of the phantom demons.”

There, from the rooftop door, led by five Ifrit guards and manacled, appeared a great ape all but topping two meters.

Sun Wukong. By another name, the Monkey King.

It seemed they meant to leave dealing with the floating island to that phantom demon. True, among the phantom demons he ranks one or two for sheer martial power. If he’s a root of the Chinese immortal legends, then he excels at destruction along with Nezha, so he’s well suited to it. But, and I called out to the great ape.

“Shall I help?”

At that, Sun Wukong went utterly blank, dumbstruck, and froze on the spot a while. Then he knit his brow, and with furious force several veins stood out at his temple.

“Aah? The hell’re you saying?”

Seizing me by the collar, Sun Wukong brought his face close enough for our brows to touch.

“Sounds to me like you’re saying I can’t do it on my own?”

And with a ‘Stay out of it,’ he shoved me off with a thump.

“You’re Sasha’s disciple, when it comes down to it. As if there’s a monster that outdoes a top-rank phantom demon like me lying around every corner.”

Well… the willful sort just as the legend has it. He ought to have danced in Buddha’s palm and mellowed with his meeting the monk Sanzang, and yet this. And Sun Wukong looked up overhead and thrust his palm forward.

“Come forth—Ruyi staff!”

What appeared in empty space was a giant red staff. More a pillar than a staff, no, by now in the realm of giant architecture. Diameter about five meters, length some thirty. And in moments the Ruyi staff was wrapped in reddish-black hellfire. By the look of it, he’d laid Level-9-class flame and burst magic onto the Ruyi staff. And as Sun Wukong poured in his will, along with a dry crack the Ruyi staff shot off toward the far-distant floating island. The dry crack was the sign of breaking the speed of sound, the sound of a shockwave, that is. A super-massive mass past sound speed, plus Level-9-class burst magic. In power alone, it’s likely reached a Level 10 annihilation spell. A legendary hellraiser, sure enough, no falsehood in the title. A two-hundred-meter-radius floating island, taking that dead-on, would burst and scatter to fragments, if not quite to dust. Yes, provided it hit.

And the Ruyi staff was sucked into the distant floating island, and a great blast went up far off.

“Ha, for my Ruyi staff this is child’s play… what?!”

As it turned out, when the smoke of the blast cleared, what stood there was a floating island with only about twenty percent of its volume gone.

“What… the…?”

Sun Wukong’s failure was in not noticing that a magical barrier was set into the surface of that floating island. The underworld is, in truth, something I don’t understand well either. But that floating island also has the aspect of a mass-bombardment weapon, controlled under some kind of will. Observe carefully from that vantage and it isn’t hard to notice, yes, including the thin part of the barrier near the center point.

“Looks like it’s a substitution.”

Search magic. Spreading my perception to the limit, I drew up all the information on the floating island at once. Distance to target, roughly eight kilometers. Relative speed, two hundred twenty-three kilometers per hour. On the data the search brought up, I computed the target’s predicted trajectory. And the thin part of the barrier is roughly at the center of the floating island, a ten-meter-square hole.

Here!

“Level 9: Meteor Smash.”

The mass of great flame I loosed drew an arc toward the floating island. The error between the predicted trajectory and the actual one was a few millimeters, well within tolerance. And at the instant of impact, a beat behind the light, an ear-splitting sound and blast wind raged all around.

“Absurd… this distance… precisely… you hit it?”

Breaking small and losing the power to float, the boulders fell, tugged down piece by piece by gravity. Cruelly, without a trace, shattered to fragments and gone. And I clapped my hands together as if to say case closed.

“Well, in power alone your technique’s the better, I’d say. Analyze precisely and strike the enemy’s vital point, that matters too.”

At that, Sun Wukong grinned and said:

“Not bad for a human. I’m the sort who respects the strong.”

“Yeah, your technique was splendid too.”

With that, we shook hands firmly.

⁂

Back in the room, Clark-san was there, so Sasha and I explained yesterday’s events and the plan going forward. Set a thief to catch a thief, the idea being to gather information from the human who knows this prison island best. By the way, the moment he saw Sasha’s form, Clark-san was startled and nearly keeled over on the spot.

“Ephthal-kun. The biggest problem in freeing the phantom demons is, after all… the guards.”

Clark-san sat across the table. Prison though it is, he lives the same as ever, serving refined tea made from high-grade leaves.

“Well, I’d think so.”

“I spoke with the warden a while ago, and it seems the phantom-demon block’s guard has tightened since your arrival.”

“Eh?! Does that mean the other side has already seen through our movements?”

“No, that’s not it. New inmates hardly ever turn up, so it’s simply a response to an irregular having occurred. Concretely, an Ifrit guard has been assigned to each phantom demon’s cage, it seems.”

Hmm… I mulled it over.

“That might mean…”

“Aye, I think using the bypass to make contact will be difficult.”

“But with optical camouflage and presence-erasure, I can move without being noticed to a degree, you know?”

“Those are, when it comes down to it, tricks of deception in a surprise attack. This is an opponent watching close, on the premise that something might happen.”

“True… an Ifrit is an upper-rank familiar too.”

“It’s about ten days until the next new moon, until the Fire God Emperor links to this world for maintenance. For a span like that, the guards’ tension will hold.”

“Then what should we do?”

“That’s where—” Clark-san cleared his throat with a little cough. “I’d have you leave it to me, I’ve a few acquaintances among the phantom-demon block’s guards too.”

“Hm? Isn’t the phantom-demon block run entirely by the Fire God Emperor’s people?”

“The Fire God Emperor’s policy is to divert the system as it is. In the allocation at the last maintenance… some of the original human guards ended up over there too.”

A block where Ifrits and flame-curse insects swagger about, and there are ordinary humans in it, huh. Imagining it, for them it’d be nothing but a calamity.

“And those guards are, naturally, under my influence.”

At that, Clark-san showed his white teeth in a smile.

“The phantom-demon watch is on rotation… so let’s pick our shots.”

“Am I right that when an acquaintance-guard is on, that side will turn a blind eye for us?”

“Yes, that’s it.”

We nodded to each other, and I drained my black tea in one go.

“Then, right away, I’d like to start this very moment. Once it’s settled, tell me the cell where a guard under our influence is watching.”

“Then I’ll go do the groundwork now… let’s see, by evening it should be in time.”

⁂

Advancing through the bypass, the moment we reached the first destination, Sasha nodded, deeply moved.

“Hm. This presence… the phantom demon shut in the cage ahead is Nezha, it seems.”

“That’s a martial sort again.”

Speaking of Nezha, he’s an immortal who appears in the Investiture of the Gods. From his renown he appears in Journey to the West too, and led heaven’s army in a grand set-to against Sun Wukong the Monkey King, dreadfully strong, they say. Naturally, among Sasha’s phantom demons too he ranks at the head of the martial sort. As a familiar he’s top-grade, no, at a level you can’t even rank.

“Still, this is odd…”

Walking down the passage, I felt a faint wrongness. Somehow, something seemed different from last time…? And the reason for that wrongness soon became clear. Because even reaching the target place, nothing like an entrance was visible, nor could I see the far side. The dimensional warp that forms the entrance I could draw in, but the hole wouldn’t open. And on closely checking the state of the entrance, I doubted my own eyes. In fact, the far side was visible, and the entrance was open. The gist being that what I was looking at was a steel plate blocking the entrance on the far side and this side both.

“The hole’s been sealed?”

Breaking the plate that blocks it and getting inside is easy in itself. But do that and the situation comes to light on the other side at once. Or rather, at that point the whole chain of the phantom-demon liberation plan collapses. No, the problem isn’t there. The problem is that, beyond doubt, the enemy has caught wind of our movements.

⁂

Back in the room, when I passed on what had happened, Clark-san raised his voice in a fluster.

“What? That’s bad, Ephthal-kun!”

“Yes, it’s bad. But how was it found out?”

Then Clark-san caught his breath with a ‘Hah.’

“Some information may have passed to the other side… from one of the guards I squared things with.”

“Whether they noticed the duty-roster was borrowed and grew wary, or in the plainest sense someone informed on us… there are all sorts of possibilities, aren’t there.”

“I’d rather not think it was an informer, but…”

“Yes. It isn’t settled yet that there’s a traitor.”

“…That’s so. I’m sure I picked people I could trust. From the business with the roster and the like, some unlooked-for trail must have led back to us. And, Ephthal-kun. This is hard to say, but…”

“You mean give up freeing the phantom demons and focus solely on the way out to the world beyond, right?”

“Yes. I’m sorry, but the liberation plan looks broken to me now. The other side is on the highest alert, and if we fixate on freeing them, some slip will come of it… and countermeasures might be laid even against the escape plan.”

“And the chance the other side has noticed the world-collapse formula?”

Clark-san shook his head.

“That, they haven’t caught wind of at all… the Fire God Emperor still hasn’t moved, you see. I can say it for certain.”

“And why is that?”

“When the Fire God Emperor directly interferes with us, a great hole opens in the sky, on account of temporarily undoing the barrier. It’d be an uproar here too, and we’d know at once. If it were something like this world self-destructing, he’d come flying to stop it right away.”

“I see… At any rate, the escape formula, at least, absolutely has to be finished, is that it?”

“Yes, pour yourself into that alone. Do that first, and we’ll watch for another chance at freeing the demons.”

There the room’s door was pounded, bang-bang.

“Something you need? You can come in.”

At Clark-san’s answer, guards entered. And seeing the makeup of the personnel who’d come in, we gave a start. Five in all, one human and four Ifrits.

This is bad.

Clark-san and I traded a glance at the same moment. By the way, Sasha seemed to have hidden himself before they stepped in.

“Hardly peaceable, is it, why are there Ifrits in the human block?”

“Clark, your day at the top is finally over.”

“Mm, whatever do you mean?”

“Orders from the warden. Until now, on the policy of not changing the system, you were let do as you pleased. But from now you’re off to a special punishment cell.”

“…The reason?”

“Need it be said? Contact with a phantom demon is a grave crime.”

Clark-san glanced my way and shrugged, as if to say hands up. And, It’s all right, I won’t talk about the escape, he told me with the movement of his lips. And so Clark-san was hauled off. As I stood there frozen, wondering what to do, ‘You too,’ an Ifrit said, and patted me on the shoulder.

⁂

Well, then, a stone prison. The room of Clark-san’s I’d been in until a moment ago was lavish enough you’d take it for some noble’s. So the moldy feel of this makes all the more of an impression. An Ifrit guard, an ogre with reddish-black skin, spoke to me.

“Now, convict Ephthal… seems you were up to quite the thing.”

“I can’t imagine what you mean.”

“I don’t know what you meant to do, contacting the phantom demons. But whatever else, making contact with them is a grave breach of discipline.”

“As I say, I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

A whooshing cut of air, and a shock struck my cheek. A slap with force enough to knock out an ordinary human.

“Playing dumb’s no use. You clung to the phantom demons, thinking to have them help your own escape, didn’t you? Though that Sasha had laid so many bypasses, that, I’ll grant, surprised me.”

“Come now… without even proof?”

“Complete isolation of the phantom demons is a command the Fire God Emperor bade us obey absolutely. For this violation, suspicion alone is enough to punish.”

“You’re talking nonsense. What if it’s a false charge?”

“Hurt you, and the rest won’t think of trying such things either, will they? That’s the crux of it.”

Just then, I put a question I’d been wondering about since coming to this room.

“By the way… why is that one wall alone covered in an iron plate?”

“Ah? Odd thing to ask. Because you lot tried to use some baffling thing called a dimensional bypass, that’s why.”

“By any chance, are all the rooms like this?”

“Aye, quite the large-scale work it was, and even we got dragged into it. Every partition wall between one cell and the next, that’s why. If it’d been the story of holes in the ceilings and floors too, it’d have been a nightmare itself… yes, all of it, all of it your fault!”

By this guard’s way of talking, at least the heart of what we’re after hasn’t reached them at all. Still, he babbles far too much useless information. Whether it’s from working so many familiars I don’t know, but at least where the Ifrit’s concerned, the quality seems fairly poor.

“This block sits in the central part of the prison. While you lot are held here, every passage door but the iron grates is under orders to be left open on purpose.”

“And what does that mean?”

“So that a great many prisoners can hear the screams of you lot being worked over, obviously!”

Fufufu, the Ifrit put on a coarse smile. And when he snapped his fingers, another Ifrit guard came in carrying freight with two of them at it. What they’d brought was a long, narrow wooden box, just about the size a single human would fit in. Following that, hemp sacks were carried into the room, one after another after another.

“So, for you… I’ve worked up this little scheme.”

The Ifrit opened a hemp sack and thrust the white powder inside it at me.

“…Salt? What do you mean to do?”

“Do you know the principle of making preserved food with salt?”

“What are you… suddenly on about?”

“No, no, this is important, best you listen properly. For instance, when you preserve vegetables, first you salt them to draw out the water. After all, the number-one cause of things rotting is moisture.”

“…And?”

“Not just vegetables, you salt meat too. What matters in this case is that salting draws out the water.”

There the Ifrit, with a delight past all bounds, put the question to me, playing the clown.

“Now then, a quiz. First we put you in the box, close the lid with only your face out. In that state, if we salt you alive… what happens?”

I take back what I said. I’d thought his quality as a familiar was poor, but on the single point of ideas for tormenting people… this one’s a passing grade.

At any rate, I can’t very well cause trouble here. Even packed in salt, I can build the escape formula, and the link to the World Tree remains. And so—

I ended up salted for five days.

⁂

“Ha, this is grim.”

At a voice like that, I woke. In my hazy vision, an Ifrit guard was wearing a coarse smile.

“Ah, eyes rolled white, tongue lolling out.”

Ah, I see. So that’s the state I’m in now.

“Here, a blessing of rain. Can’t have you dying on us.”

Water from a bucket was flung against the side of my face.

“…”

“Barely a reaction, but he’s not dead. Well, we’ll nurse you just enough to keep you alive, so rest easy.”

“Ha, still, salt a human and in five days he ends up like this, does he.”

As a bonus, the Ifrit gave me one slap. And, cackling, they left the solitary cell. Waiting a while, when their presence had wholly vanished, I opened my eyes wide and cracked my neck. Still, this really is cramped. That alone genuinely tells on me, but everything else is no trouble at all. There, before me a light shone and a fairy-sized Sasha appeared.

“Eyes rolled white, and something about a tongue… are you all right, Ephthal?”

“Ah, that’s illusion. I’ve made myself look in a wretched state, for now. A human under torture looking hale and hearty would be a problem, after all.”

“But you, aren’t you having your water drawn off by the salt?”

“There’s water aplenty in the atmosphere. I’ve been condensing it with magic and replenishing it constantly, just short of getting caught.”

And I laughed a wry, rueful laugh.

“That said, in practice it’s fairly rough. Can’t move a muscle in this posture, so… well, it’s nothing to compare with those screams.”

A heavy, oppressive shriek, reaching from far off. Since I was brought here, Clark-san’s screams have come at intervals. What’s being done I don’t know, but since I’m in this state, there’s no doubt he’s being put through something extreme.

“So, what do we do?”

“The escape formula’s finished, just now. Playing quiet… that ends here.”

“Still, what do you think, Ephthal?”

“Hm? About what?”

“Hypothetically, if we got out to the world beyond without the Otogi Fantasia, do you think we could beat the Fire God Emperor?”

“Well, it’s impossible. But we only do what we can do.”

With that, I activated physical enhancement. Spreading both arms with a hff, I broke the wooden box that had shut me in. As the wood chips scattered with a crack, the salt streamed to the ground with a rush. And, out of it, I swung my arms in great circles and did some deep knee-bends in turn.

“My body’s a touch stiff, but… within tolerance. Bastet’s public execution starts in another six hours, too. Let’s finish everything by then.”

I cut the iron grate away with wind magic and made my exit. A clattering fall-sound rang out, but there’s no need to mind such things now. Walking, I twisted my upper body around to work out the stiffness. My hips and spine popped and cracked.

“So, what do we do, Ephthal?”

“First, Clark-san.”

I headed toward where the screams had been coming from. And seeing the state inside the cell where Clark-san was shut up, I nearly covered my eyes despite myself.

“Ah… so this was the state of it.”

What I could see in the room was a man strung up. Look closely, and a torture device called a heretic’s fork was fitted to him. The heretic’s fork, a device that gives pain with a sharp fork honed to a level you’d call bladed. Put plainly, it’s an iron bar with both ends sharpened into forks. The way it’s used: one fork under the chin, the other set at the center of the collarbone, fixed to the target. And what happens is, for instance, the moment you grow drowsy and your head drops with a nod, it stabs into the flesh. In fact, Clark-san’s upper body was dyed with blood. It’s a wonder he isn’t dead from blood loss. A spiked collar was fitted to him too, and around the clock, most likely, he’d been under a torture that pierced his skin every time he stirred.

“I’ll help you now.”

I can’t very well leave him in this state forever. I cut the cell’s grate with wind magic and went in.

“With this you’re all right now.”

I removed the devices fixed to his body and cut, last of all, the rope he’d been hung from.

“…Thank you, Ephthal-kun. I somehow rode it out to this hour without talking.”

Silent a while, I then put this to Clark-san.

“So, Clark-san, why did you sell me and Sasha out?”

At my question, with a blank look, Clark-san… no, Clark, answered.

“No, I said I hadn’t talked, didn’t I?”

“What I mean is the very first business, before I was brought here. Why did you leak the information about the hidden passages to the Fire God Emperor’s side?”

“Hm…? What are you suddenly on about, Ephthal-kun?”

“There are a few reasons I came to think this… you know too much, is the thing.”

“Too much? No, truly, what are you talking about?”

“The first wrongness I felt… was the very first time I entered your room. That offhand line, seems you had a thoroughly rough time out there. At that, I felt a fierce wrongness.”

“Now, Ephthal-kun… I’ll get angry, you know? This is hardly the time for jokes.”

Thrusting out my right palm to check Clark’s words, I went on.

“Even Oberon and the others didn’t know how I’d fallen down here. Why do you know about the outside?”

“…Eh? Because I took in outside information at the Fire God Emperor’s last periodic management, that’s all?”

“Yes, the last maintenance the Fire God Emperor did on this world was the new moon before. As of that point, you held information from which you could sense that my merely being here means a dire situation has come about, say, the possibility that I’d oppose the Fire God Emperor.”

“As I say, that’s the story from the last new moon, isn’t it? As of then, you and the Fire God Emperor were in a state where you could turn hostile at any time, weren’t you?”

“That even Oberon doesn’t know it means Sasha didn’t pass the information to his pawns in this world.”

“As I say, that’s where it’s different. It means Sasha-sama told me, and me alone, doesn’t it?”

“What’s certain is that Sasha meant to turn to this side from the start. In that case, if he were to pass on the situation, he’d tell it equally to any phantom demon who might make contact with me, so that they’d cooperate with me later. But Sasha didn’t do that. So he either didn’t tell it uniformly, or Sasha’s in a state where the Fire God Emperor doesn’t permit him to convey the situation inside.”

“But that’s inference, not proof, is it? There may have been reasons only I was told.”

“Yes, that alone certainly isn’t proof. So I was observing you all the while.”

“…Observing?”

“The day after you and I met, the guard on the phantom demons tightened, didn’t it?”

“That’s a mere baseless charge too. That was chance, and—”

“True, it may be chance. Granting that a hundredfold and setting it aside, the decisive thing is the position of the iron plates sealing the hidden passages. The guards’ response is just too perfect.”

Then, for the first time, a shadow of gloom rose in Clark’s color. Heedless, I went on.

“Those are walls thin enough that a human could never possibly slip through. By rights they’re not places anyone would address on merely hearing there’s a bypass. And yet, pinpoint, in every room, that spot alone was sealed… what that means is only one thing. It means the Fire God Emperor’s side grasped the exact positions of the bypasses.”

“…”

“The guard who was supposed to help when we contacted the phantom demons… if the leak came from anyone but you, it could only be there. And say you let slip about the bypasses to that guard, and the plan came out from there. But would you go to the trouble of telling him the bypass is in the partition wall between cells? Thinking of the case where the information leaks, ordinarily you’d keep that hidden, wouldn’t you?”

“…”

“It’s all inference, true. But stack three, and in my book it’s proof enough.”

When I flung it out sharply, Clark shrugged, as if to say good grief.

“Well, entirely as you say. It’s just as you say.”

“Why did you betray? Not me… but Sasha.”

“I admired strength, you see. My becoming Sasha’s disciple in the first place was because he’s strong, and there’s no other reason. There, a Fire God Emperor stronger than Sasha, whom I’d thought the strongest, appeared. Very simple and easy to grasp, isn’t it? Ephthal-kun?”

“I see… so that’s it.”

“By the way, I’ve a question of my own. Granting you noticed from the start, why bring it up only now? Surely not, did you come to make a victory declaration, I actually knew all along, before escaping?”

There, as if it were comical, Clark began to laugh, ‘Heh-heh-heh.’

“Let me tell you something good. Why I hindered the phantom-demon liberation you all were attempting, but didn’t hinder the escape to the world outside. It’s this, Ephthal-kun, the formula you all built so desperately these past days is utterly meaningless.”

“Meaningless… you say?”

At the question, Clark answered with a vile, twisted grin.

“You wove a program to self-destruct the formula, along Sasha’s blueprint, no? The Fire God Emperor foresaw such a thing, naturally. At the last new moon, the first maintenance, the Fire God Emperor rewrote part of the blueprint itself.”

“If that’s true… then, certainly, the odds are extremely high the formula I prepared ends in nothing.”

“Yes, which is exactly why the Fire God Emperor took it lightly even when you came to this world. That one is cautious, you see… without absolute confidence he’d never leave an existence like you alone. Fufu, ha, hahahaha!”

Clutching his belly, Clark began to laugh, and went on in a voice heartily amused.

“Now, how about it? After all that careful preparation, thinking at last you could get outside… how does it feel to have every bit of it come to nothing?”

“…”

“Well, without noticing it was rewritten, you fools built your do-or-die escape method with everything you had. Ah me, this was comical to the letter.”

“…”

“You can’t free the phantom demons, you can’t even escape. All that’s left is to wait for the new moon, for the Fire God Emperor to come round on his rounds, and it all ends.”

“So that’s how it was…”

“Ha, some ‘Thunder God Emperor’ you are. No, to begin with, weren’t you the inferior of the Four Emperors? Now bowed to the Fire God Emperor, in a cage, from here on you’ll never get outside your whole life, just awaiting death while put through misery in this world… fufu, hahaha! Truly a joke!”

At that, as if something had struck him, Clark clapped his hands together.

“Well, if you’ll repent and grovel an apology to me now, I might find it endearing enough to go easy on you. Even in hell, a little leniency isn’t beyond me.”

Right, letting him talk freely is about enough here. Letting Clark run on further, nothing new’s likely to come out.

“Ah me, truly a fascinating escape plan it was.”

“I knew that, all of it. No, thanks to you, I was able to notice… I’ll thank you. Truly, that’s the Fire God Emperor for you. At a glance he seemed to have laid no hand on it at all, and yet only the crucial part he rewrote cleanly. Sasha didn’t notice, and I likely wouldn’t have either.”

Drawing in a breath, I glared at Clark.

“Had a certain someone not done unnecessary meddling.”

“What… are you saying?”

“I said from the start I’d felt a wrongness, didn’t I? And you all, convinced everything proceeds on Buddha’s palm, in fact let your guard down. So you couldn’t notice this.”

“Wha…? This is…? Sur… ely… not…?”

Magic flowing from every part of the prison. Grasping the intent of the formula laid on it, Clark gaped, mouth wide. What was, at this very moment, activating with me, no, Sasha, as its origin point, was—

“The formula of collapse…? But why is it flowing from every part of the prison…?”

At this moment, plainly, a shade of bewilderment and fear ran across Clark’s face. The good color of his skin was already gone, going pale and bloodless before my eyes.

“I made contact with the confined phantom demons, split the work among them, and asked them to build a destruction formula that corrects even the parts the Fire God Emperor rewrote… on the very first day.”

“…Huh?”

“The formula I finished was a fake to blind you all. This is the real thing. The phantom demons are each champions, and magic experts besides.”

“The first day?! How could you do such a thing? There should have been no such time!”

“That, at that point, we could move freely about inside, you know that too.”

“It wasn’t a one-to-one watch, granted, but even so there were the guards’ eyes!”

“Optical camouflage, presence-erasure, and silencing… noticed if they’re on guard, but if they aren’t, that doesn’t apply.”

“Guh… b-b-but! Time…! At that time I was observing you all, and there shouldn’t have been time enough! No way could you go round ten rooms…”

“You underestimate my master a little too much.”

Sasha gave a nod. And at the same time as the nod, he made his palm-sized body smaller and finer still, and formed any number of copies of himself.

“Splitting… you say?”

“Grow big and shrink small, appear suddenly and vanish suddenly, rather, isn’t it stranger not to manage this much?”

“Surely not, with that, in that scant time…?”

“Yes, we finished everything needful on the first day. After that we had only to hold our breath and wait for time to pass.”

And as if to say the talk’s over, I clapped my hands and closed it off.

“Thanks to you, everything went off without a hitch.”

The moment I told him so, Clark’s knees buckled and he plopped onto his rump on the spot. And then—

“Kh, kh, khoooooo!”

He raised a wordless wail.

“B-but, Ephthal-kun. Why did you go to the trouble of telling me this? This world’s collapsing, barrier and all, isn’t it?”

“Ah, that’s so.”

“Then wouldn’t it be enough to just slip out with the phantom demons, as is?”

“Because I need your guidance. Bastet’s execution starts in six hours, doesn’t it? I don’t know the layout of the phantom-demon block.”

At that, Clark’s color worsened further, and with an ‘Uh-oh…’ his manner turned suddenly shifty.

“Ephthal-kun… that’s… hard to say, but…”

“Hm?”

“Bastet’s execution time… on a sudden change of plan, it’s been moved up.”

“…What do you mean?”

“Er… well……… letting you lot swim, and telling you Bastet was already executed when the escape plan broke… that way the despair doubles and it’s more amusing, the warden said……… since you lot would definitely come at the last moment… that’s how it went…. Ow, ow! What are you doing all of a sudden, Ephthal-kun!”

“Guide me, quickly!”

“Are you sane? The phantom-demon block is crawling with flame-curse insects.”

“It’s no recklessness at all. The phantom demons got their power back on the first day. Joining up as I go, I smash the ones who resist and rescue Bastet, that’s all. How much time is left?”

“Er, well… it’s under an hour.”

“You scum.”

With no pause, I drove a backfist into Clark’s nose.

“Ahee!”

“Hurry up and lead the way—at this point I’ll bust myself out by force!”

Bastet’s Perspective

—Ephthal-sama, the cleaning you set me is finished without a hitch. As a reward, won’t you pat my head?

—If Merlin or Svetlana see, it’s a nuisance; they’ll want it done for them too. Just this once.

Is this my whole life flashing before my eyes? Fond exchanges from long ago, from the far side of memory… I remember such exchanges, repeated tens, hundreds of times.

It was when my true work as a familiar bore fruit, a battle won. It was when my sideline as a familiar, a maid’s task, came out well done. At times like those, I’d unfailingly beg a reward, and that person would answer, looking troubled.

Before I was taken in by Ephthal-sama—

I was a guardian deity of a land, protecting the people from monsters. Day after day I gave myself over to battle, and the trust of the people I was to protect ran deep, I… think.

—Save us, O goddess.

—Help us, O goddess.

—Our lives, to the last of our line, be here in this land with the goddess.

To answer such hopes of the people, I became a shield to guard them from the wicked that would harm the land, and I felt pride in the work. Yes, until that day.

The Demon Lord, later struck down by the first-generation Four Emperors. When he led his army and worked outrage past all bounds, the land I guarded was, no exception, swallowed under the wave of his invasion. The Demon Lord’s power was vast, and mine did not reach. To let at least the people of the land flee, I slipped from the battlefield by the skin of my teeth. And just as I meant to go round the settlements where the people lived, I… learned the truth of that faith.

—It was nothing at all. Before they knew of my defeat, the inhabitants had already fled. I’ve no mind to blame them. Only, given the role of a guardian war-goddess… I came to know the worth of my existence, its measure, and it made me sad.

In the settlement gone empty, as I stood there in a daze, I met Ephthal-sama.

—If you’ve lost your place to live, will you come with me? A maid of the house just happened to leave.

And so I became Ephthal-sama’s familiar. Or rather, as a maid I passed the same time with him, and helped raise Merlin and Svetlana alongside Ephthal-sama. And before I knew it I’d joined in too… laughing and weeping, all but as family, spending warm hours, I… think.

—I’d like to have my head patted once more.

To think such a thing is, after all, an extravagance, I suppose.

When I heard on the wind that he’d reincarnated, reborn into the present world, I thought, when the time comes, without fail… But somehow, things go otherwise than one wishes more often than not. I am that person’s familiar. That he’s come here, I know full well. That he’ll never stay quiet here, I understand painfully well. And that he’ll get out without a hitch… I see as if by hand. But that is if I don’t drag him down. This world is already under the Fire God Emperor’s rule, and even Ephthal-sama, if I drag him down, on the off chance… such things happen too.

I don’t want to be that person’s burden. That my execution be carried out before his preparations are ready is, rather, convenient. In any case, I bear the karmic lot of reviving however many times I meet death. Only, what I do think, after all, is—

—I’d like to have my head patted once more… is it.

⁂

The deepest part of the prison island. Originally, no such thing as an execution ground exists in this facility. But for me, who led the phantom demons and plotted rebellion, a special venue seems to have been built this time. Since all the prisoners of the facility were to be called, as a warning, it had become quite the large-scale affair. In the middle of a room some thirty meters square, there stands an execution platform. Around it, in tiers, viewing spaces are set. And on the platform were a restraint chair, and right beside it a great hole from which came the sound of something writhing.

There, to me, seated in the restraint chair, the warden put a question with a coarse face.

“Now, it’s time for the execution, Bastet. Still, you really are an amusing creature, aren’t you?”

“…Amusing, how?”

“I’ve a laughable tale readied for the very end, so look forward to it.”

At this late stage, is he still preparing something? A joyless entertainment is quite enough with the insects in the hole… As I stood aghast at that, the warden went on, seeming delighted.

“Does this hole trouble you?”

“Well, I’ve a guess as to it.”

“Yes, just as you surmise, the kodoku dish for making flame-curse insects.”

Though it was as I’d imagined, still… I caught my breath despite myself. Seeing that reaction, the warden nodded, satisfied.

“How, I wonder, does a venom-spider that’s devoured a phantom demon evolve through the kodoku? I’ve an interest in that. And how does the one thrown in there feel? What’s the mood?”

“I’ve no particular thoughts. If I must say, it’s the very extreme of vileness.”

“Fufu, that face unmoved by anything, I look forward to seeing it twist in agony from now.”

A mental life that can’t die by the death of the body… by the nature of a phantom demon, death itself is nothing especially to fear. And pain, too, can be lessened by fiddling with magic at the electrical signals that give the body its orders. Only, being toyed with at insects’ pleasure is, after all, not a pleasant thing.

“Now, kill me quickly. You have to deal with Ephthal-sama too… you can’t very well spend forever on a thing like this, can you?”

“Wait, now. From here I’ve to gather the facility’s prisoners and fill the seats. And besides…”

“And besides?”

“You seem to think that man can slip outside, but we’re several steps ahead. By an informer’s hand, Ephthal’s escape plan is already broken.”

“What…?”

“Ha, a first, to see your flustered face.”

Just as the warden wore a triumphant look, an Ifrit guard came rushing in through the room’s entrance in a fluster.

“A rebellion’s broken out in the phantom-demon holding zones, the ninth and tenth blocks!”

“A rebellion… you say?”

To the warden, asking with a dubious look, the guard nodded hard.

“Report is that Sun Wukong and Cú Chulainn have been set loose!”

Following, one guard came running our way, a communication crystal in hand.

“W-word from the management room! The eighth and seventh blocks… Hanuman and Kresnik are outside their cages!”

“Give it here! What’s happening?!”

To the warden, who snatched the crystal as if wrenching it away, guards came running from the entrance one after another.

“Phantom-demon escape from the sixth block!”

“Fourth block, a Unicorn’s on a rampage!”

There the warden went pale and shouted into the crystal in a great voice.

“From the fourth block to here is a straight shot! You in the management room! Post the Ifrits along the main passage!”

From the far side of the crystal came a voice like a shriek.

“Posted the moment we had reports from each block, already engaged, warden! No… just now, word came in that they’ve been wiped out!”

“What… the… What, what is happening?!”

“There’s a report confirming the use of Level 10 magic! The phantom demons are joining the rebel force still further, they don’t stop, they’re heading your way!”

“So Ephthal is the ringleader?! But why are the phantom demons freed…?! Argh, what are the flame-curse insects doing?!”

“The four in constant operation are already silenced. Outnumbered, crushed under by force!”

“Set loose the whole stock this instant! Every insect in freezing hibernation too!”

“But do that and… control won’t hold! Worst case, they run wild without order and the facility itself is devoured by the flame-curse insects!”

“At this rate we’re only devoured by the phantom demons! Hold them down with maximum force!”

Ephthal-sama is… heading here? Most likely, to save me? In a state where I understood nothing at all, I simply fell into panic. If it were only him, he could have completed his aim and given himself wholly to the showdown with the Fire God Emperor… This is a nest of venom-insects; if it comes to it, the warden can handle more than a hundred flame-curse insects. The phantom demons held captive number, myself included, eleven in all. What each can handle is about five flame-curse insects. Even granting Ephthal-sama routs some twenty, the count still doesn’t add up.

We are hopelessly short of fighting strength.

Then it’s better he not come. No, he mustn’t come. But then, that person surely knows even that… There, from the crystal the warden held, a voice came further.

“Awakened a hundred and seven flame-curse insects in all. Guiding them toward you, arrival expected within two minutes.”

“Good work. We’ll meet them here.”

Ah, this is no good. At this rate, because I dragged him down, Ephthal-sama will… Gone teary-eyed, I cried out in grief-stricken appeal to the boy who appeared at the entrance.

“Why… why do you come?! A familiar is a thing cast aside in its master’s hour of danger! To put yourself in danger for a familiar, why are you always this way?”

“Why do I come? That’s obvious—”

Leading the phantom demons who’d been imprisoned here, the dwellers of the fantastic, Ephthal-sama stands at their head. His figure was too divine, too dear, and too… warm, unchanged from long ago. And, just as in the far reaches of my memory, with an open, untroubled smile Ephthal-sama said:

“Because you’re a precious maid of our house!”

At those words—

Before I knew it, tears were streaming from my eyes.

Ephthal’s Perspective

“Now, this’ll cost you dear. Seeing as you tormented our beloved cat, that is.”

Cracking my knuckles, I stepped one foot forward.

“Ha, the wrathful thunder-god, is it. Welcome, Ephthal… you’re welcome here.”

“No need to play it cool, and no need to put up a front, you know?”

“A front… you say?”

“Yeah. Far as I know, the Fire God Emperor hates an ugly outcome. You know that much too, don’t you?”

“True, this situation won’t be settled with a mere scolding. But that’s that. To hold this uproar down here, and let no aftershock reach the Fire God Emperor, is my mission. I am a shield, so long as the spear doesn’t reach him, that’s enough.”

“For a villain, your loyalty runs high.”

“And you, the blade, I’ve already stopped you. It will never reach… the Fire God Emperor.”

“Ho. You think you can stop me from here?”

Then, from the room beyond, a scream came.

“H-hiiii!”

“Stop, stop— abyu!”

When I looked, over a hundred flame-curse insects were swarming this way in a teeming mass. The two Ifrits who’d been leading them seemed to have been devoured too, and half-exasperated, I asked the warden:

“Looks like you’ve got no control at all?”

“Aye, I’ll grant it’s a desperate measure. But turn it around and it’s the finest chance, too.”

“The finest chance?”

“A first-generation Four Emperor bowing to me… that becomes a profit down the line. Show them despair, and it leads to order. To Oberon, to Titania, and to Bastet… all of them.”

“Teach ’em defying you lot gets you hurt, is it? Like breaking in beasts.”

“Say what you will. When that one takes full hold of the Otogi Fantasia, this becomes a great advance investment, a contribution.”

Saying so, the warden spread both arms and sent his gaze from the flame-curse insects to me and back.

“Now, Thunder God Emperor, be devoured by the insects, wretchedly. The age the Undead Emperor rules is over, and you become the cornerstone of the order the Fire God Emperor builds anew.”

“Listening quietly, you’ve been talking this whole time on the premise that I lose… but will it really go so well?”

To my question the warden answered with a face of scorn. And laughing at me down his nose, he returned these words.

“The flame-curse insect, by another name, Night Spear. Out in the world beyond it holds no power to speak of, but the curse it carries, in this world it turns into a strength without peer.”

“Ah, that was the story, wasn’t it.”

“Reckoned at five apiece per phantom demon. Your total is ten or so at best… the count doesn’t add up. Against more than a hundred insects, what will you do with a handful of hands?”

“Ah, but wouldn’t you know it, it isn’t a handful of hands.”

When I declared it flatly, the warden cocked his head, puzzled.

“What are you saying, you?”

“Long ago, there was a time I admired Sasha. Seeing that outrageous summoning spell, the Otogi Fantasia, I thought I’d like to use it too. So I threw myself into research for the longest while, and one day… by some chance I picked up a phantom demon.”

Shifting my gaze to Bastet, I laughed a little.

“Hear her out and it was a story of having lost her place to go, and being lonely. So I took her home. At first I meant only to look after her a while, but my wife took a liking to her, and living together, I grew fond too.”

“Old tales in a place like this… are you playing games, Thunder God Emperor?”

“Just hear it through. And before I knew it, capturing phantom demons, caging them, I lost interest in that sort of thing. After all, she’d become family. But sure enough, before that I had done the research. Ten years and a bit… in earnest.”

What I drew from my breast was a single tube. This is a media magic-tool to aid a formula. A signpost that guides phantom demons, quite literally, my trump card in this place.

“That tube… what is it?”

“It means I’ll show you a fairy tale.”

In Japan too there’s a yōkai called the kudagitsune, the tube-fox, in the old lore. From ancient times there was a notion that tubes and spirits go well together, in a video game, say, there was one where you put monsters in something like a test tube to command them, wasn’t there. And what I’m about to do now is exactly that. So I release the phantom demons I’d packed into the tube beforehand with a summoning spell I’d built.

I pour magic into the tube and pull the formula’s trigger. And at the same instant, streaks of light burst from the tube. One after another, like shooting stars, light comes spilling out.

“Oberon, Titania, Kurama Tengu, Tam Lin, Heimdall… one after another… what, what is this number…?! Thunder God Emperor?! What did you do?! Just what are you doing?!”

“It’s off the cuff, but let’s name it this. The Small-World Otogi Fantasia. Including the eleven phantom demons held on the prison island, there are in total about thirty phantom demons in this world, right? I’ve gathered every one of them to this spot, that’s all.”

“Wha…?!”

“To stop us, you were one digit short on your insect count. Now, you phantom demons! I won’t tell you to dance beautifully the way Sasha would; what I command is one thing only.”

To the thirty-odd champions that had appeared in this place, I declared:

“Trample them, one-sidedly!”

⁂

“Kishaaaa—”

“Gubi!”

“Agyu!”

Squelch, squelch, squelch, one after another the insects were crushed. Sun Wukong swings down his Ruyi staff, Kresnik drives in his sword, Oberon sweeps them away on the wind. Scattering purple body fluid, the spiders, the flame-curse insects, were trampled in the blink of an eye. And in the end, an insect is an insect. The moment they knew they were outmatched, they gave up resistance, scattered each their own way, and went into flight. Facing them, our side, the fruit of Sasha’s long years of training, perhaps, had teamwork among many hands down pat. It turned into a pursuit, no, a mop-up, and switched over wholly to a one-sided rout past all mistaking. This way, there’ll be next to no dead or wounded on our side. That we can get out to the world beyond in nearly the finest form is beyond doubt.

I slowly began to step toward the warden. After this, finish him and it’s settled.

“Fufu, true, this place is my loss. But, Thunder God Emperor? What’ll you do… about this?”

When I looked, the warden had set a knife-point at the base of Bastet’s throat. Bastet was seated in a restraint chair with a god-sealing effect, so escape by her own power looked impossible.

“A hostage, huh. Honestly… down to the last thing, everything you do is small-time.”

“I’ll take it as praise.”

With one hand the warden drew a second knife, cut the rope binding Bastet, and undid her bonds.

“I’ll take this one along as a hostage… clear the way, if you please. Try anything funny and I stab, deep.”

“…Well, nothing to be done.”

“I thought you’d assent readily. You would.”

The warden grinned a nasty grin, but that expression was soon wrapped in astonishment. No… at this, not just the warden, I too was startled.

“I won’t be your burden, Ephthal-sama.”

Toward the thrust knife, Bastet offered up her own throat. Without a sound the knife slid into flesh, and fresh blood gushed at once.

“You… you’re not a faithful dog, are you? A free-roaming… cat, aren’t you? Why do you always hold your master dearer than yourself… you idiot!”

The instant I shouted it, Bastet, bleeding like a fountain, crumpled to the floor. Blood spread over the ground in a blink; that it was a mortal wound was plain.

“At bottom… I’m a pitiful war-goddess who sacrifices herself. That’s my nature… you see.”

“…”

“One thing only I ask. If I come back again… and we can meet again… will you pat my head, like in the old days?”

“Yeah, when that time comes… I’ll pat you till your skin wears through.”

We gazed at each other a few moments, and Bastet quietly closed her lids. I gripped her hand, no response; I checked her heart, no beat. Put plainly… this is nothing but the empty husk of one who’s lost their life, a thing I’ve seen any number of times on battlefields.

“…”

When I glared, the warden’s voice cracked in agitation.

“Wh-wh-wh-what… absurd, absurd… this… such a thing…”

Silence. In sheer silence I seized the warden’s hair and dragged him down. Still gripping the hair, I began to walk.

“Ow, that hurts! S-s-stop! I’ve no will to resist!”

“The Fire God Emperor isn’t blessed with disciples, it seems. My disciple Merlin would, before saying stop the way you do… fire off two or three spells even knowing she can’t win.”

“Damn it, Level 6: Flare Burst!”

I snapped my fingers and nipped the spell’s activation in the bud. And the magic, robbed of its formula partway, turned to glittering particles and dissolved into the air.

“A thing like that couldn’t work on me.”

“Wh-wh-wh-whaaaa! Absurd, absurd! Absuuuurd!!”

The warden, seeming to fall into a panic, began, for some reason, suddenly to laugh.

“Fufu, ha, hahaha! I’ll die, surely, I’ve made my peace. But here I’ve cut down Bastet! With having been of even a little use to the Fire God Emperor as my parting gift… I’ll be waiting for you in the underworld, a step ahead!”

“Small-time to the very end. But too bad for you. You there, take a look at Bastet.”

“…Eh?”

Eyes gone wide, the warden let his mouth fall open. And no wonder, for at the end of his gaze, Bastet stood there, a smile on her face.

“H-h-h-how, what is this?”

“It’s a bother, but… go on, explain it, Bastet.”

Still, it should have been a fairly deep wound, and the injury’s closed in an instant. That’s her for you. The reasoning escapes even me, but at any rate I think it’s an ability handier than full-recovery magic. And Bastet’s version isn’t something a no-healing curse can counter either. And Bastet, with a look of scorn at the warden, began to laugh under her breath.

“Did you not know, warden? A cat has nine souls, you know?”

“Ah…” At that, grasping it all, the warden froze. Following, working his mouth open and shut, he said just one thing, like a man raving: “No, surely, that can’t…”

“A clean punchline, and here you and I part ways.”

Dragging the warden along, I made for the great hole bored into the execution ground. It seemed quite deep, and from within came the unpleasant sound of insects writhing.

“Hi, hi, hiii, s-s-stop, stop it! Don’t drop me! Don’t drop me!”

“Now, it’s not decided yet you’ll die, you know? Inside the hole is a kodoku dish teeming with venom-insects. Want to survive, climb out under your own power.”

Well, impossible, though. I’ve researched the state inside. That this guy could do a thing about a hell where a fearful number of insects writhe, I can’t see. And so I put strength into my right hand, and lifting the warden as I was, hurled him with a rush toward the hole, and told his departing back this:

“So long.”

And—

The warden was sucked into the hole with a filthy scream: ‘Ugyaaaaah!’

Right, and with that it’s settled. As I heaved a sigh, Bastet walked over to me. A cheeks-flushed, upturned gaze, she’s a striking beauty, not a thing about it changed from before.

“It’s been a long time. Master.”

“Yeah, truly a long time.”

Bastet, a touch bashful, lowered her lashes.

“As promised, till it wears through… you’ll pat me, won’t you?”

“If Merlin or Svetlana see, it’s a nuisance; they’ll want it done for them too. Just this once.”

With a little laugh, Bastet flung herself into my chest.

⁂

“Still, you really don’t let a man rest.”

Storing every phantom demon, Bastet included, into the tube, I at once set to running as Sasha urged me. Cutting the iron-grate partitions in the way with my katana, where I was headed was the heart of the island.

“It’s the magical central control room of this world’s magic system. For anything at all, that place is most convenient.”

“There are human towns here with a fair-sized population too, I hear. Even letting them out later, you can’t very well send them out all at once, is that it?”

“Just so. By the way, Ephthal…? Step outside here, and most likely it’s straight to the final clash with the Fire God Emperor.”

“…Master starting a countdown means a raid. Which means, at count zero, we’re smack in the middle of the enemy’s ground.”

“Mm. And you, throwing your life on the line without knowing the circumstances, would sit ill with you. About the Fire God Emperor… don’t you want to know why it’s come to this? The choice, to know or not, I leave to you.”

“That’s an awfully roundabout way of putting it. What do you mean?”

“You may come to waver.”

“Waver? About beating the Fire God Emperor senseless? No, that’s out of the question.”

“Bridget is deeply involved. The clash itself is already inevitable… Not knowing means less wavering at the crux. So I leave it to you. Now, what do you do?”

To that question, with almost no pause, I answered.

“I’d figured the cause was something serious, so it makes sense, if anything. Quit dithering and let me hear it.”

“Your reason?”

“If it’s about Bridget, I’ve a duty to know too, don’t I.”

Before long we reached the central control room, as Sasha called it. It was locked, so I kicked the iron door open by force.

“Mm. I thought you’d say that. It’s a long story, but—”

TUS Vol. 5 Chapter 1

Chapter 1 – The Fairy Realm of the Land of Otogi

Ephthal’s Perspective

In the middle of a forest. On the shore of a lake, sunlight glittering off it. Birdsong came down from the trees, and the early-afternoon breeze felt good.

I’d caught a snake a little while back, lopped off its head, seared the meat with fire magic, and was tearing straight into it. Maybe from losing too much blood, my head felt light and floaty… I’m not in great shape. The wound itself had healed clean once the curse lifted with time and I ran recovery magic over it. But at bottom I was just short on blood, plain and simple. Getting back to full looked like it would take a few days.

“Still, where in the world is this?”

Forest at my back, lake in front. And past the lake, maybe two hundred meters off, a sea of clouds spread across the space straight ahead. Islands hung floating in it, here and there… and around that point my head started to ache. For one thing, I’ve never once heard of islands that float. And what’s more, from what I’d checked earlier, it seemed the ground I was standing on was itself one of the floating islands.

I finished eating and started to get up, meaning to go on surveying the place. Just then, a shrill, blithe little voice came out of the forest.

“Yep-yep, yep-yep~♪”

There, sure enough, was a winged fairy girl small enough to sit in your palm. This is the species called a Pixie. So feeble they’re feared to be going extinct, a rare fairy, and few in number. Their strength is such a woeful thing that they’ve been known to come off worse against a common praying mantis. By the way, she didn’t seem to have noticed me.

“Gonna lick some honey~♪”

The Pixie shoved her face into a flower in bloom and cried out in delight, ‘So yummy~♪’ Just then, a rank, rotten-fishy smell drifted from deep in the woods.

“There’s a weird smell?”

She glanced around, on fairly high alert, it looked like. But she hadn’t noticed that the owner of that smell was a fishman, blended into the scenery over there like a chameleon. From the look of it, the fishman was mid-hunt, and the Pixie was the prey. Nothing for it, so I started toward her, and just then.

“W-w-whoaaaa! Wh-wh-what the heck is thaaat!”

It was a low, gravelly, menacing shriek, about as un-fairy-like as they come. The scream was so awful I laughed in spite of myself, but this was bad. Now that the Pixie had spotted it, the panicked fishman closed the distance in a rush, out to bag its prey.

I leapt sideways, level with the ground, and drew my katana. Then, one stroke. The blade flashed with a glint of light, and the fishman crumpled with a heavy thud. Riding the momentum, I kicked off the ground a few times and closed right up in front of the Pixie.

“You ought to watch your surroundings a little better… otherwise you end up like that.”

“Like that?”

Where I pointed, the fishman, cut clean in two, was being devoured by a giant frog that had lifted its head out of the lake. A long tongue lashed out, wound around the fishman’s body, and reeled it into the frog’s mouth. Then, from the sky… another giant appeared, this time a monstrous bird.

“Gr, graaawwk!”

The bird seized the frog’s head and beat up into the air with a heavy flap of its wings. And just as it made to fly off into the distance, a boulder about the size of a person came flying out of the forest.

“Grgyok!”

Taking the rock dead-on, the bird let out a weird cry and dropped into the lake with a splash.

“One after another after another… what is this place!”

I looked toward where the rock had come from, and out of the forest stepped a golem some five meters tall. It held a boulder in its left hand, so there was no mistaking that this was what had killed the bird.

“Please don’t worry! That one’s okay! That’s a Spriggan~♪”

The fairy said to guard the treasures of Lodoss, huh. On the fairy connection, I suppose it’s a friend of the Pixie’s?

“Meaning it came to protect you?”

“That’s right~♪ That one’s a guardian of good fairies like us~♪ The natural enemy of harm-spirits, an unbeatable, dependable copper on the beat~♪”

Seemed safe enough to relax for the moment, so I sheathed the katana. Just then, I hurriedly ducked. In the next instant the boulder the Spriggan had thrown whistled past a hair’s breadth over my head. Then, behind me, a pillar of water went up in the lake with a great crash. Well, if I hadn’t dodged, that was a direct hit. I turned a flat stare on the Pixie.

“Doesn’t feel remotely safe to me, though?”

“Huh? Huh? That’s wrong, that’s so wrong~! Oh, I know! You’ve gotta show him you mean no harm to fairies!”

Put that way, there was no help for it. To show I meant no ill, I raised both hands toward the Spriggan.

“I’m not your enemy, I’d like you to stop attacking.”

“That’s the way~♪ Mister Spriggan, no more mix-ups~♪ This big brother’s a good person~”

The Spriggan stopped moving; only the light in its eyes stirred. It was observing me, it seemed, taking my measure.

“Now it’s really, truly okay~♪”

The moment the Pixie said so, beaming, the Spriggan hauled back a great fist. And, just as you’d expect, brought it swinging straight down at me.

“Ahh, no good, no good! Looks like you’re marked as an enemy! Run for it, right now! If you can get away, it’ll all work out somehow~!”

Pressing her hands together in apology, the Pixie bowed her head over and over.

“This isn’t a pure fairy, is it, it’s the lifeless sort of familiar? The kind it’s fine to break?”

“Eh, break? This is a high-ranking guardian Sasha-sama made, you know? It catches bad humans, drives off monsters that wander in… an ordinary human could never break it, no way, no, eh?!”

My opponent was a lump of stone. Against it, a katana with no magic riding it does little. I judged as much, and thrust my right palm out at the Spriggan. That said, golem types generally have strong magic resistance, so, now, what to do.

“No! You can’t fight it! No way, no way, no way, no way, no way, José~!”

José? It caught my ear, but we were mid-fight, so I set it aside for now.

“Level 9: Levia Cutting.”

What shot from my palm was superhigh-pressure water. On present-day Earth it’s a famous fact that water pressure can slice through even diamond. But the Spriggan was a good ten meters off, so of course the cutting edge falls away over the distance. Still, stone, at least, ought to be manageable.

“…No. No good, huh.”

Its surface had been reinforced with a magic enchantment, it seemed. Up close might be one thing, but as a long-range water-pressure strike the water had lost too much of its force. Now, the options open to me here were two: close in and loose a water blade, or—

“How about this, then!”

The instant I let the water fly, the Pixie’s cheer rang out.

“I-i-it’s a dismemberment case~!! Amaaazing!”

Just as she said, the golem had its limbs severed and had gone to pieces on the spot. What I did was simple enough, I aimed for the seams of its body, at the joints.

“Wowie, that was amazing. A-maize-ing~♪”

A-maize-ing…? I know Pixies are a cheerful, happy-go-lucky species. But this might be worse than the rumors. Her face is pretty and she looks like a tiny child, so it’s just barely bearable, but honestly, dad jokes…

“Right, let me hear the story. Where is this… no, what is this place?”

At my question the Pixie cocked her little head cutely and went, ‘Hmm?’

“Here? Here’s the Otogi Fantasia~♪”

The strong aura of Sasha’s magic hanging over this whole world. And the presence of phantom demons I felt from every direction, I’d been sure those were tied to that outrageous summoning spell. But to go a step further, and have this world itself be the Otogi Fantasia? That, I’ll admit, I hadn’t seen coming, and I caught my breath despite myself.

⁂

“I didn’t know you were Sasha-sama’s number-one disciple, Ephthal-sama~♪ Sorry for the rude way I talked~♪”

No, your way of talking hasn’t changed one bit. Still, pointing that out would only fluster her, so I let it go.

“There’s one thing I’d like to ask. Were you born here? Or did you come from the outside world?”

“I was singing and dancing and spinning around in a flower field out in the world outside, and then Sasha-sama caught me in a bug net~♪”

“I see. I’ve got the gist of it.”

Still, what nagged at me was why the Pixie kept tacking a -sama onto my name. Or, hadn’t word reached them that Sasha and I had parted ways? Setting that aside, let me put together what I’d heard from her so far.

First, this world sits midway between the underworld and the world of the living. So it’s a place that’s neither the next world nor this one, an in-between, a world in the seam. In fact, drop down off a floating island and you connect through to the underworld, apparently. And this space seemed to be Sasha’s inner world, given substance through sorcery. That’s because a boundary world is a place where the laws of the living world often don’t reach. Magic itself is, after all, the art of making the power of the mind bear on real natural phenomena. So the logic runs that here, the power of the spirit acts more readily upon matter. Meaning: into this place Sasha gathered the very best of the sorcery he had, and projected something like his own inner world.

That’s how I decided to make sense of it, though naturally there was no end of things it left me thinking. First, projecting an inner world and giving it substance: the sheer difficulty of that. Even Sasha had judged it impossible in the living world, they said, and this is the kind of thing that ordinarily can’t be done under any conditions. On top of that, he’s keeping creatures of the living world inside it, and given it an ecosystem that cycles, food chain and all.

“Still, to raise a boxed little world like this, all just to make a spell hold together…”

But this was, in a sense, convenient for cracking the riddle of the Otogi Fantasia’s formula, which had puzzled me for the longest time. What I’d always wondered was how the phantom demons, mental lifeforms utterly off the standard scale, were being preserved. And how energy was being supplied to them.

Phantom demons are supernatural existences of the order of high spirits, heroic souls, gods and the like. Most likely they’re beings formed by collective cognition, the collective unconscious of a span of worlds that includes present-day Earth. Hanuman, Sun Wukong, sages like Nezha or Jiang Ziya, the Four Sacred Beasts, those too. In short, they’re the power of thought made manifest as mental life, out of what humans imagined ‘ought to be.’ Which is why you could call them beings that are everywhere and nowhere. But there’s certainly something you could call a core, and Sasha stores those here. And the ones he keeps and manages, he can call out into the living world at any time to wield their power. That is the peerless summoning spell called the Otogi Fantasia.

“This is guesswork, but phantom demons feed on the power of human belief. Which means quite a number of humans must live in this world, right?”

The number of phantom demons the Otogi Fantasia handles is vast. If, say, I were the one feeding them magic to keep them in existence, I’d be wrung dry in a few hours. And Sasha, of course, couldn’t possibly sustain them all either. So on any sensible reckoning, the power that keeps them in existence is being supplied from somewhere else. That much is certain. Since phantom demons arose from the power of human imagination, the very business of human living becomes their feed. And that’s what’s being supplied here, in this world… probably.

“There’s human towns on lots of the floating islands~♪ Everybody farms, and drinks every day, and lives happy~♪ We help the humans in their daily lives~♪”

“Help humans live?”

“We bless the land to make the harvests fat, and the wine fairies make the wine tastier, and the food fairies keep food from spoiling~♪”

It’s nothing but food with her. Well, food is important to living happily, I suppose.

“That’s the kind of thing us lowly little fairies do, helping out with Sasha-sama’s recommended ’Be Fruitful and Multiply Plan’~♪”

“If everyone’s living happily, then that’s a good thing.”

“But-but! Bad people get punished in the prison!”

“Prison?”

“There’s a place called the floating prison island~♪ Ones like that Mister Spriggan from before really earn their keep there~♪”

From what I could gather… this place seemed, somehow, to have a pastoral air to it. The scenery was easygoing, and the Pixie was as vacant as they come. In which case, my guess was that even ‘punishment’ here would be a pretty gentle affair.

“Just out of curiosity, punishment meaning?”

“Whipping, salting, branding, the water wheel, all sorts~♪”

Surprisingly hard-core. Well, it’s a world Sasha made, so, no wonder, I suppose. That man is thorough to the bone when he decides to be strict.

“And-and, the one that works best is the water-drop torture, they say~♪ They fix you so you can’t move, and for days and weeks, at the same interval, they drip water onto your forehead over and over~♪”

“A drop of water becomes torture?”

“When you drip nothing but water, slow, slow, and endless~♪ before long the human loses their mind, they say~♪”

Picturing it a little, I saw at once that yes, that would be terrifying enough, mentally. In fact, didn’t the intelligence services of Earth’s early modern age have exactly that as a torture, right down to the letter? At any rate, that’s Sasha for you. No mercy.

“The goal’s always correction~♪ So long as they don’t die, a little harshness can’t be helped~♪ Anyway, the story is it started as a place to catch death-row convicts from the real world and set them straight~♪”

“In any case, I understand your fairies are performing all sorts of services for the humans.”

From what I heard, Sasha had built the governing system in fairly earnest good faith. The power of the mind. Energy generated from the doings of human life, supplied to the phantom demons. That’s the aim this world serves. It isn’t hard to imagine that trouble arises unless the humans are, to some degree, mentally settled. And well, since they start as death-row convicts, you could even see it as a perfectly win-win arrangement.

“But those monsters from before? Given the nature of the formula, I can’t see Sasha permitting beings that harm humans or your kind.”

“That’s just it. Lately this world’s gone strange. Ever since that day, the day the red death-god danced across the sky, the phantom demons vanished, and instead the monsters that slip in from the underworld shot up all of a sudden~♪”

Come to think of it, Sasha had said something about the phantom demons being devoured by the Fire God Emperor, and taking them back. And just then… a faint numbness ran through my right hand.

“Ow!”

In the next instant, numbers surfaced on the back of my hand. Displayed as 168:00:00, and in the next instant they were—

—167:59:59.

—167:59:58.

“Is this… a countdown?”

Hmm… What on earth was this supposed to mean. No, I know what it is. I am that man’s disciple, after all. But why now, in this situation…? Nothing for it, so I put the question to the Pixie.

“Do you know where the Fairy King is? As far as I know, he’s the being closest to Sasha in this place…”

“I know, but, what are you suddenly on about~?”

“If none of this makes sense, then I’ve got to talk with someone it makes sense to.”

There, I felt the presence of the strong at my back. I drew, snatched up the Pixie, sprang forward, and looked back once I’d put distance between us.

“There’s no need to call.”

“Yes, there is no need to call.”

What appeared was a man and a woman in their twenties with faces like twins, dressed in gaudy noble finery. Beautiful as sculpture, and carrying a certain bewitching air besides… no, that stands to reason. A fairy, when you come down to it, is a bewitching spirit, and the one who rules over them is the Fairy King.

“My name is Oberon. Fairy King… primordial phantom demon.”

“My name is Titania. Fairy Queen… phantom demon of the beginning.”

It had been a while since I’d seen them. Sasha really does keep some outrageous things, I thought, with a wry smile. After all, these two had closed to within arm’s reach of me without my catching a whiff of their presence. Right up to where you could stretch out a hand and touch them… yes.

Could I take the two of them at once and win? There was no doubt they were spiritual beings a rank above Fenrir or the Azure Dragon. It’s not for nothing they call themselves the foremost of Sasha’s treasured phantom demons; their strength is beyond question, and I knew it. As I braced, the Fairy King and his consort smiled at me, beaming. No sign of a spell-formula being built for any attack, either. At the least, they didn’t seem inclined to strike right away.

“Thank you for saving our child, Ephthal. You’re welcome here.”

“Thank you for saving our child, Ephthal. You are welcome here.”

Thanks? In the plainest sense, these two, Sasha’s servants, are thanking me? The Pixie tacked a -sama onto my name too. All sorts of things are off, sure enough.

“So, why the welcome party for me? No… why is it the Fire God Emperor’s done nothing to you?”

“In the beginning, there was the Fairy King.”

“In the beginning, there was the Fairy Queen.”

“We are the root of this world; the Fairy King governs abundance—”

“We are the root of this world; the Fairy Queen governs the waters. The maintenance system of this world is us ourselves—”

“And we ourselves are the maintenance system. Should we vanish, this world collapses; it cannot stand. The Fire God Emperor understands that well.”

“The reason the Fire God Emperor took Sasha into himself is that he wants the system called the Otogi Fantasia.”

“Or rather, he wishes to make the system that is the Otogi Fantasia his own, independent of Sasha.”

Then, voices in unison, the two declared:

“So, we cannot be harmed.”

“Thus, we are inviolable.”

Hand to my chin, I thought a moment about what they were driving at. There, arriving at the fact of it, I clicked my tongue, damn.

I should have taken the one move of running the instant these two appeared out of nowhere. I already had an offensive formula built and ready to fire at any time. But… against this many, would it be enough? A little while ago, the phantom demons of this world had been dealt catastrophic damage by the Fire God Emperor. That much is certain. Yet the Fairy King and Queen had come through unscathed. To borrow Sasha’s words, where some were devoured by the Fire God Emperor, others were not. So the ten-odd phantom demons hemming me in completely right now had, at least, survived.

“I was told this was a welcome. Setting this many to surround me is hardly peaceable.”

Still, I don’t notice until I’m ringed by more than ten of them? There, spotting the shape of a Kurama Tengu in the woods, I clicked my tongue again. A tengu’s cloak of invisibility, well named. That one’s plainly skilled in the arts of concealment, just as the legends say.

“It’s an emergency, you see.”

“Yes, an emergency.”

Checking the exact number and placement of them, I asked the two:

“I’ll ask you straight. Why did Sasha pull me into this world? No… what is he trying to make me do here?”

I genuinely couldn’t read his intent. If the other side meant to, I’d be beaten down under a massed barrage. Yet so far there was no sign of it. There was that countdown that had shown up on the back of my hand. Because of it, I’d let my guard down more than a little, truth be told. But, would Sasha really flash a countdown just to make me drop my guard? No. That’s not it. Given his character, he wouldn’t go in for anything so roundabout.

Then, at my question, the smiles never leaving their faces, the Oberon couple said:

“Off to the prison, Ephthal.”

“Yes, the prison is what we have in mind.”

Having said it, the fairy husband and wife went right on smiling, beaming as ever.

Merlin’s Perspective

After the incident that blew the royal-capital council chamber to pieces, I returned to the ducal manor. The members of the ducal house had all come through without serious harm, and Anastasia and the others were untouched as well. The upheaval within the country was over, and had things simply gone on from there, that would have been the end of the matter.

But it did not go that way. Ephthal-sama, who had gone to the foreign tribe’s king, had not returned even now, three days on. It’s hard to imagine that man coming off worse against a mere foreign tribe, so the odds were extremely high the Fire God Emperor was involved. Judging as much, I threw myself into the work of compiling what records I had on him, leaning on my memory and the ducal house’s archive.

– Imperial Year 582: at twenty-eight, slays the Demon Lord, is granted the title of Four Emperor.

– Imperial Year 615: the Magia Burst breaks out. The Ice God Emperor dies.

– Imperial Year 672: the Nightmare of the Mireine Plateau. The highlands are swallowed in a great fire; a hundred thousand dead.

– Imperial Year 672: a saint appears who heals the gravely burned in the blink of an eye.

– Imperial Year 712: the city-state of Matarito falls in a single night. All slaughtered, so the details are unknown.

– Imperial Year 713: an anonymous magnate provides a vast sum toward Matarito’s reconstruction.

– Thereafter, on a fifty-year cycle, great destruction and reconstruction aid repeat.

The witness accounts common to both the destruction and the salvation point to a red-haired boy. It’s beyond doubt the Fire God Emperor’s doing, but why perform salvation for the very ones he set out to destroy? The reason he killed the first Ice God Emperor, the reason he loosed the Magia Burst that is the cause of magic’s present decline, his purpose in any of it, from beginning to end, I could not grasp. There’s no consistency to his actions; it verges, even, on the haphazard.

A fiend and a demon, or a saving child of the gods. What in the whole wide world… is the Fire God Emperor thinking?

And as I sat there with my head in my hands, a servant of the manor came to tell me that Svetlana had arrived. Svetlana had been due to head back from the royal capital to the Dragon’s Treasure Vault for a time. But with Ephthal-sama not returning to the ducal manor, I had summoned her in haste.

“So, what’s going on, Merlin-chan?”

“What do you think is going on. As the letter I sent by express rider said, Ephthal-sama has not returned.”

“Not returned… what’s that supposed to mean?! There is no way he of all people comes off worse against a mere foreign tribe!”

“Calm yourself a little, Svetlana. I want to shout every bit as much as you do.”

Table between us, we faced one another across the sofa. After a spell of silence, one or the other of us put our lips to the black tea a maid had laid out for guests.

“Good leaves, Merlin-chan.”

“Yes. The service isn’t showy, but… it has a certain grace. Duke Alcott would seem to have good taste.”

Gazing at the tea things, the phrase unadorned and sturdy came to mind. Come to think of it, the furnishings throughout the manor placed more weight on usefulness than on looks. I could get along with the current Duke Alcott, I thought, and the corners of my mouth loosened a touch. And perhaps steadied a little by the scent of the tea, Svetlana asked with a grave face:

“So, not returning. What’s the situation?”

“Moria, the former knight-commander, flew an express rider himself and scouted the state of the foreign tribe’s stronghold. But… all that was found was the corpse of the War-Maiden of Aegis and the foreign king’s hideout, wrecked and abandoned.”

“Mm. And?”

“The hideout was a cave in the mountains, sprawling and complex as an ant’s nest, apparently. Since remnants of the foreign tribe might still be lurking there, he came back without going in deep. Well, I’d worn my throat raw telling him not to go in deep, so there’s that too.”

“Meaning Ephthal-chan got caught up in something unforeseen somewhere around there, doesn’t it.”

“How many times must I tell you not to tack a -chan onto Ephthal-sama’s name.”

“Come to think of it, Ephthal-chan said the same thing. Fine, then, I’ll settle for Junior, as a favor.”

Talking with this one gives me a headache, as always. In my case, my feeling toward Ephthal-sama runs mainly in the direction of reverence, but Svetlana is another matter. She took a childhood promise at face value and is genuinely playing the wife, there’s a whiff of her regarding them as married, as full equals. Still, Maria’s the same, but isn’t Ephthal-sama a little too soft on his disciples? I can’t help thinking so. No, come to think of it, with the lady of the house, Bridget-sama, he was usually kept under her thumb. Which makes me think perhaps that man has always been weak to women.

“So, why are you lazing about in a place like this? There’s no mistaking Junior’s gotten himself into some kind of trouble, is there?”

“I was waiting to raise the odds. If I move carelessly, the odds are very high I merely become the mummy-hunter turned mummy.”

And Svetlana and I stood at the same moment, each of us cracking our knuckles.

“Unusual for you, Merlin-chan… waiting for Big Sis was the wise call. Since Junior can’t handle it, there’s no way you handle it alone. Big Sis’s power is a must, I should think.”

“Sasha-sama’s power, more like.”

We gave each other a firm nod. I tossed Svetlana the rucksack I’d stashed in the corner of the room, packed with travel rations and water.

“In any case, a survey on the ground.”

“Yes, there’s nothing else for it.”

With that we set off in a straight line for the manor’s front entrance.

“Do you know the exact distance?”

“Four hours one way by express rider. An hour or so by flight magic, I’d say.”

“No telling what happens. Better to avoid burning magic ahead of time.”

“In which case, the means is a horse after all…”

Out into the inner courtyard, and just as we’d started walking toward the stables, Svetlana laughed under her breath.

“Say, Merlin-chan? Were you really planning to go by horse?”

And with the words, Svetlana turned dragon. A vast body glittering jade-silver, so huge it made the ducal house’s sprawling garden look small. Even to me, who knew her, it drew a sigh of wonder, she’s beautiful. That grand, unhurried bearing is a magnificent thing. Emerald Dragon is well said; formed like a jewel, the sight of her forces awe, dread, and wonder on every soul who beholds her, no leave asked.

“On an ordinary day, I might have left it at that.”

“You really do hate asking me for anything, don’t you.”

“But time is pressing. Had you not done it of your own accord, I’d have been ready to bow my head.”

“Oh? Even though you’d started walking to the stables?”

“Because I knew you’d cave first soon enough… how many years do you think we’ve known each other?”

At that we both snorted a laugh and cracked up.

“Merlin-chan. But this once, I don’t think that snipe-at-each-other, drag-each-other-down mood is a good idea.”

“Yes. You and I… let’s set our usual grudges aside, just for this.”

“The enemy is the Fire God Emperor, and Sasha-sama’s gone missing too, yes?”

“Just so. Whatever else, there’s no chance of anything happening to Ephthal-sama of all people. But… this time the opponent is the Fire God Emperor.”

“I flatter myself I hold power enough to stand against the first-generation Four Emperors and Sasha-sama, but you’re another matter. Since the quality of our camp may be inferior, we’ve got to cooperate. If you understand that properly… shall we hurry?”

“Never have I envied the dragon race’s power that leans on no magic as much as I do now. Had I only not been caught up in the Magia Burst, perhaps I too could have somehow clawed my way up to the first-generation Four Emperors’ realm, the world of the heavens above.”

Just then, a voice came from the manor’s entrance. I looked, and there was Duke Alcott, running toward us with a pale face.

“P-please wait, both of you!”

“Oh? What’s the matter, Fraser-chan?”

“From the royal capital… an order of appearance has been issued against the two of you.”

At the words, Svetlana and I met each other’s eyes. ‘An order of appearance?’ And at once, the two of us snorted with laughter.

“An order of appearance, for Big Sis and company? Say, Fraser-chan? Even if whoever issued it is royalty, cart the whole lot off to the cells. If they still don’t understand after we thrashed them that thoroughly, there’s no treatment left but a truly rough time.”

My thoughts exactly. But even hearing Svetlana out, Duke Alcott’s face stayed stiff.

“The thing is… the situation is strange. And the reason for the appearance isn’t the matter of the earlier assault on the noble council, either.”

When I cocked my head with a ‘Hm?’ Duke Alcott showed us our order of appearance, more precisely, the signature at the foot of it. And seeing the names written there, we were struck dumb.

“You’ve got to be joking?!”

“Absurd… no, that’s impossible!”

It was no wonder Svetlana and I were shaken. Yes, the order of appearance bore two names, jointly. And those two names were—

—Fire God Emperor Cliff, and Undead Emperor Sasha.

⁂

We were floored from the very outset. The bridge spanning the moat around the palace. There, drawn up on either side to receive us, stood dozens of knights in formation. Now, that much is ordinary, nothing to be startled at. Whether toward me personally, or Svetlana personally, or the rank of Duke Alcott, each of us holds a weighty position, and grand receptions of that sort are nothing rare. But looking closely, the knights drawn up there were undead, corpse knights. There, the air finally turned to this is no ordinary business. To be precise: Svetlana and I went wide-eyed, and Duke Alcott’s face twitched.

After that, we were shown into the palace. There we came face to face with one horror after another, enough to make you cover your eyes. Passing through the entrance, we walked straight up the red carpet that led on toward the throne room, and the ones standing guard here and there were heavily armed undead infantry. Obliging as you please, even the maids working the castle were corpse-fiends, a sort of nightmare-breed, by the look of them.

“What… is this, Svetlana?”

“Don’t ask me.”

A grotesque state of affairs, the undead swaggering through the palace as if it were their own. And of course, the royals and their people had surely not gotten off lightly. So, all but retching at the sour reek of hell-knights and corpse-knights, we simply pressed on up the red carpet. After walking a while, we came out at last through a long, long corridor. And then the doors bound in gold and silver that led to the throne room reared up before us.

Whether an ogre comes out or a snake, then. Thinking as much, I pushed the doors open. The straight run of red carpet went on as before, and at its end I saw five tiered steps. Naturally, what stood atop them was the throne. Though the lord who ought to sit enthroned there was absent, of course. Beside the throne, seated cross-legged, a red-haired boy. And at the boy’s side, a silver-haired girl in gothic-lolita dress… no, an old man. There, confirming Sasha-sama’s presence, Svetlana and I bit our lips, guessing at a piece of the reason Ephthal-sama had vanished.

“The palace in this state… what manner of joke is this, Sasha-sama? And the first-generation Fire God Emperor from the order of appearance… borrowing a false name is poor taste.”

“Hn? Merlin. Had you no acquaintance with the first-generation Fire God Emperor?”

I’d meant to feign ignorance of the circumstances and lay on the irony. But the answer came back straight-faced, without a flicker of guilt, this is getting truly bad.

“I’m aware you’re fond of pranks, but this time it strikes me as going somewhat too far. Occupying the palace with armed undead…”

“Well, there’s no help for it.”

“No help for it?”

“I’ve no taste for people dying, you know… and even so, I’m holding it back, believe me. As far as I possibly can… yes.”

Sasha-sama gave a shrug, as if to say what a bother. And sent his gaze to the boy yawning boredly at his side.

“Er… you’d be Ephthal’s disciples, Merlin and Svetlana, is that right? Though whether the dragon princess counts as a disciple is a question that lingers.”

There, sensing danger, Svetlana and I caught up Duke Alcott and leapt back at the same instant.

“Yes, good instincts. Ephthal seems to have been an excellent teacher.”

“He teaches the ways of a brawl more than sorcery, that one. He’d be good at this sort of thing.”

The two of them laughed, well pleased, while Svetlana and I went teary-eyed, this is more than a person can take.

“What… is happening?”

Before I’d noticed, a man was standing just ahead of where we’d been standing a moment ago. His figure was one both Svetlana and I knew. A face familiar from childhood, when we’d both been in his care. The one who’d appeared there without a sound, all at once, was the one we revered—

—the first Ice God Emperor.

“Well, it’s like this. The whole tale about the Scarlet of Hades comes down, in the end, to right here.”

“Is this one the real thing? What… what is happening?”

“It’s a simple story. I kept the Ice God Emperor’s remains packed in ice, you see. Well, the Ice God Emperor, put on ice, quite literally.”

Finding whatever it was funny, the Fire God Emperor began to laugh under his breath.

“My apologies, Merlin. I did try to stop it, but the brat insisted it was absolutely necessary… he used the orb, and by necromancy brought the Ice God Emperor back as undead.”

“So, Ice God Emperor, if you would.”

Toward Svetlana and me, a Level-9-class water spell came flying from the Ice God Emperor. This is… a blade-spell by water pressure. Take it head-on and it would cleave your torso in two at a stroke, heavy armor or no.

“Level 7: Perfect Wall!”

My defensive magic was pierced by the Ice God Emperor’s water blade in the blink of an eye. But the water pressure felt to have weakened, if only slightly. And I set off the next defensive formula I’d built alongside it at the same time.

“One more, Level 7: Perfect Wall!”

The wall held a little better than before. But even so, it was on the verge of being slid through the way a heated knife goes through butter.

“Drag’s Field.”

The defensive wall Svetlana raised. My wall was reinforced by the dragon’s own battle-aura. There, at last, the water blade lost its cutting power and scattered to the four winds. There, I noticed my back had gone soaked through with a nasty sweat before I’d known it.

“The Ice God Emperor, beyond doubt. His magic is degraded by the undeath, but this perfection of formula… it’s not something anyone else could imitate.”

“Well, he’s the real thing.”

“But, Fire God Emperor, why launch an attack at us?”

“I’d no intention of hurting you. I was just a little curious how much the mages of the present age, you two, seated at the very peak, could manage.”

“Curious… you said?”

“Had you taken a wound, I’d have asked you to leave. At any rate… you pass. Though whether that’s fortune or misfortune for you, I couldn’t say.”

Pass…? I knit my brows in suspicion.

“The occupied palace, undead soldiers, and Ephthal-sama’s disappearance. Fire God Emperor… what is it you’re after?”

Nodding at the words, the Fire God Emperor pierced straight through to my eyes with a level gaze.

“Let me say it plainly, won’t you surrender to my command?”

“Surrender to your command… you say? And if I did, where lies the gain for me?”

“First, Ephthal is in our hands. Confined in the Otogi world Sasha built up, and in time he’ll turn corpse, Ephthal too is slated to become my puppet.”

“Wha… t?”

“Do as I say, and I’ll guarantee his person and his life until he dies a natural death. You’d be, in effect, the knight who guards him. Depending on the case, I might even do something so far as letting you meet Ephthal.”

Where Ephthal-sama was confined, I couldn’t know. But from this way of talking, the Fire God Emperor seemed to hold the power of life and death over him.

“Well, for my part, it’s a matter of adding a slightly useful pawn, no more. So, what will you do, mages without peer in the present age?”

“You’re a sorcerer who can even puppeteer the first Ice God Emperor. If it’s useful hands you want, why not dig up the graves of the world’s strong and make pawns of them? And surely you already hold, as pawns, a group that wields something called reincarnator skills.”

“Ah, that. The truth is I’m stretched to my limit.”

“Stretched to your limit?”

“As you’re aware, brainwashing is my specialty. But keeping several going at all times, watching and manipulating the insides of people’s heads in all sorts of places, even for me, that’s hard labor.”

Well, that’s true enough. That he’s achieving it at any real scale at all is itself a state of affairs beyond common sense.

“Besides, I don’t think I could brainwash mages of your level, and even if I could, it would eat too much of my resources. I really have my fingers in all kinds of things, you see… like so.”

The Fire God Emperor snapped his fingers. And, as before, four humans, no, undead, appeared all at once before our eyes. These, unlike the Ice God Emperor, were in the state of fleshless skeletons… but the presence of the strong was plain on them. Skeletons draped in black robes. The words high undead, a lich crossed my mind, but the air about them was nothing so mild.

“The second-generation Four Emperors. To put it bluntly, just controlling these four and the Ice God Emperor has me at my limit.”

A dry laugh spilled from my lungs despite myself. On the heels of the first Ice God Emperor, the second-generation Four Emperors…? Svetlana and I met each other’s eyes and shrugged at the same moment, as if to say hands up, we surrender. With Ephthal-sama gone… I couldn’t see us doing a thing about this.

“What your aim is, I don’t know, but do you seriously believe I’d lend some manner of aid to you, who harmed Ephthal-sama?”

“The odds are about fifty-fifty, I’d say.”

“Fifty-fifty? Such a thing is out of the question, categorically.”

“The Alcott ducal domain. Ephthal’s family in this life, and the disciples he’s picked up as things went along, and the household growing larger. You, who once had no direct acquaintance with me, may not know it, but—”

And with an expression that froze you to the spine, the Fire God Emperor went on:

“—I don’t choose my means.”

“For the first-generation Fire God Emperor to threaten by taking women and children hostage… how far you’ve fallen.”

“Say what you like. Only, I take responsibility for my words, for good or ill. If I say I’ll do it, I do it without fail, and if I say I won’t, I won’t.”

At that, Svetlana, silent until now, opened her mouth.

“Hold on a moment, you? First-generation Fire God Emperor or whatever you are, who gave you leave to talk down to Merlin-chan?”

“Hm? What do you mean?”

“Since you don’t seem to know, let me teach you. The only ones allowed to talk down to my family are… Ephthal-chan and me.”

A deep sigh escaped me. This is why… I find Svetlana hard to deal with. This woman means it, sincerely, without a trace of sarcasm, and then she comes out and says it.

“Svetlana, leave it.”

“Going down in flames suits me fine. So long as I can take one of their arms with me, no complaints.”

If the foster parent is that sort, so is the child, I thought. And my own foster parent is cut from the same cloth as this one. It’s been so from the old days, spend time with Svetlana, and in the end I’m always swept along. That I’m the more level-headed of us is beyond doubt. But at the root, in the shaping of character in childhood, we’re… in truth, exactly the same.

And, well, the other side was fully aware the situation was a hair from ignition. The Fire God Emperor, the Ice God Emperor, and the second-generation Four Emperors began refining magic and building formulas. Of course I too was readying for battle in kind, but the sense of winning simply wouldn’t come. Yet if I’m to fall alongside Svetlana… there was certainly a part of me here that found even that a clean enough end.

So, as the two camps glared at each other, Sasha-sama shouted in a great voice.

“Both sides, cease! You blithering fools!”

At the midpoint between them and us, a defensive barrier appeared, one that seemed to be Sasha-sama’s work. At that, the Fire God Emperor, a touch surprised, spoke to Sasha-sama.

“Why stop them? Isn’t this sort of dust-up your favorite dish?”

“What in the world do you take me for… I’ve no taste for pointless deaths. And Merlin, Svetlana… the two of you, cool your heads a little too. You’re grand-disciples of a sort; I’ll weigh your circumstances to the fullest.”

What are you on about, you traitor, I thought, glaring at Sasha-sama. But receiving that glare of mine, Sasha-sama shut one eye for the barest instant. Hm? That was… a wink? In a situation like this?

“In any case, hear the man out properly, at least. You’ve scarcely heard a thing yet, have you?”

As he spoke, Sasha-sama tapped the back of his own right hand once with the fingers of his left. This is… he’s trying to convey something? Careful not to let the Fire God Emperor catch it, I stole a glance at the back of my own hand… and hid a mouth that threatened to loosen behind it.

The countdown has begun. I see… so that’s it. This is a signal-fire passed down in Sasha’s school. And of course, to me, of Ephthal’s school, the meaning of the sign is well understood. In short, what it means is, at the count of zero, the whole school storms the enemy’s stronghold together. Back when Ephthal-sama spent his days as Sasha-sama’s disciple, the countdown was run nearly every month, or so I’ve heard.

“Understood, Fire God Emperor. If it’s only talk, I’ll hear you out properly.”

“I’m glad, Merlin. Were you Ephthal, the fight would be well underway by now, Sasha’s words be damned. It does seem there’s room to talk with you after all.”

“Don’t mistake me, I only listen, no more. Before that, there’s one thing I’d ask.”

“Ask whatever you like. To win you over, I’m prepared to spend a fair bit of time.”

“Just what do you mean to do, going to these lengths for fighting strength? What is it you want? Do you mean to conquer the world?”

“Conquer the world? I’ve no interest in anything so small. It’s only that, to protect that child, this much deterrence is the bare minimum.”

“That child?”

“By rights, Ephthal and I ought to share the same aspiration and walk the same road. But even with the same goal in sight… were I to lay out the circumstances, Ephthal would beyond doubt refuse to agree to my methods.”

“What are you saying, Fire God Emperor.”

“I protect my little sister; Ephthal protects… his wife. Our aspirations are beyond doubt the same, and yet, a fated thing, isn’t it.”

“Wife? Little sister? Don’t tell me…”

The Fire God Emperor looked up at the ceiling with a melancholy face, and said, sighing:

“Yes. My little sister, and Ephthal’s wife, Bridget.”

TUS Vol. 5 Prologue

Prologue – Battle at the Summit

“Level 10: Undead Emperor Sasha.”

A blast of dark-colored magic came tearing toward me.

I threw up two Level 7 barriers side by side, thrown together on the spur of the moment, though I knew from the start it was like a bucket on a bonfire.

“Level 7: Perfect Wall!”

I shoved both palms out. A ward unfolded from each hand, left and right, straining against the press of Sasha’s magic. And just as I’d figured, in a few seconds my barriers gave, and the black wave came bearing down on a straight line for me.

With the seconds I’d bought, I unfolded one more. Still a bucket on a bonfire, of course. In the blink of an eye the last of my wards was breached, and just as I braced myself, thinking this is the end—

“It… missed?”

Sasha’s Level 10 bent off its course, tore through my right arm just past the wrist, and shot away behind me. A beat later came the blast, deep in the ruins. The whole structure took the hit—the ceiling too, by the look of it, and boulders large and small started raining down.

“Finishing it with a cheap shot would be… well, dull.”

So he’s holding back? No, he’s toying with me. Well and truly looked down on, aren’t I. That’s what I’d like to think, except it’s also a plain fact that my right arm got carried off on the opening move. I tried to heal it, but they’d countered full-recovery magic too. Well, of course they had. Locking me out of healing would be step one of any plan built to stop me.

So what now. The more I read the situation, the more it looks like I’m already checkmated.

While I stood there grinding my teeth, the Fire God Emperor called across to Sasha.

“As we planned, go for total destruction of the limbs. We mustn’t kill him.”

“Mm. Then I shall take the left hand.”

“And I’ll help myself to the left foot.”

The Fire God Emperor and Sasha loosed Level 9 spells at the same instant, Cliff a lance of flame, Sasha a blade of wind, each aimed exactly where he’d called it, left foot and left hand. I was building a formula of my own, but one Level 9 was as much as I could manage. One on one, I’d never lose on construction speed. But there were two of them, twice the hands, twice the pace. I wouldn’t make it. No, there was no way I could make it. These weren’t amateurs; they were experts working at the same level I did.

“This is bad.”

By throwing up a wind blade of my own I just barely canceled Sasha’s. At the same moment I twisted clear of Cliff’s flame, didn’t quite manage it, and the fire grazed my left foot.

“Guh…”

The wound was shallow, nothing lost. My leg would still move, barely. But that sealed any hope of quick footwork.

“You two… why aren’t you going for the kill?”

Sasha’s opening shot was the same. Aim for the torso or the head and, if he’d wanted to, he could’ve killed me on the spot. I could tell they were pulling their punches; I just couldn’t work out why.

“It’s not that I’d mind taking your life. It’s that internal organs don’t come with replacements, Ephthal.”

At that, Sasha and the Fire God Emperor traded a glance.

“Still, brat, going easy on Ephthal of all people… you’ve saddled me with a rather difficult job, haven’t you?”

“That’s exactly why it’s the two of us,” Cliff said.

“Hold on there, Fire God Emperor. Just now it sounded to me like you said this is no longer needed to my face. So why not take my life?”

“Ah—that.”

“To put it plainly, I need your brain and your organs. In as undamaged a state as possible.”

“My brain and organs, you said?”

“I’ll turn you undead and make you my private soldier. The combat power drops by a fair margin, but… you were you to begin with. In a world leveled down as far as this one, that alone makes you a tactical weapon.”

This guy… he’s completely off the rails. To even think of doing that to an old comrade.

“You’ve really and truly written me off, haven’t you?”

“I have, in fact. Even four hundred years ago the gap between us was plain, wasn’t it?”

As if to say why state the obvious, the Fire God Emperor went on, flat and unhurried.

“I climbed all the way to the Level 11 tier, and you’ve grown weaker than you were. On top of which, we’ve got Sasha here, one of the handful counted the strongest in the world even back then.”

And the Fire God Emperor started to laugh, low and delighted.

“By the way, what’s the matter, Ephthal? Your mouth’s lively enough, but your color’s been off for a while now.”

“Ah, I’m just savoring the boundless good fortune of a kind-hearted master.”

The barb seemed to land; Sasha’s face went through something there wasn’t a word for.

“I do feel for you, truly. But the phantom demons of the Otogi Fantasia were taken from me. Those were the jewels I gave my whole life to gathering, you understand? So there’s no help for it, is there. Ephthal, stay quiet and I’ll see the thing done without pain… what will you do?”

“As if that needs asking…”

Then I fired off the Level 10 I’d been quietly building behind the scenes since the fight opened, careful not to let either of them catch on.

“Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal!”

White lightning washed across everything, a bolt running dead straight for the Fire God Emperor.

“Given the time elapsed, this is well within expectations. Level 11: Zero. A formula that nullifies any magic of Level 10 or below. Convenient, no?”

He’d casually pulled off something monstrous. Never mind. I hammered three quick Level 7s at him anyway, and in the same breath I sprang toward Sasha on my one good leg.

“That inhuman burst speed of yours, same as ever, Ephthal. Though it’s only the flailing of a man too slow in the high tiers, a talentless weakling’s sleight of hand.”

As things stood, going one against two, I could say with flat certainty my odds were zero. So what I wanted was a little time to focus on Sasha, the easier of the two to handle. That was the whole reason for the second helping of Level 7s, the kind of thing the Fire God Emperor would swat aside in an instant. I knew that going in; the barrage itself meant nothing. It was cover, and in the instant after that blinding spray, I’d lobbed an artifact at the Fire God Emperor.

“…And what’s this?”

Snap, snap, snap—ice crawled up from under the Fire God Emperor’s feet and raced across his whole body.

“An ice-binding artifact. A keepsake of the Ice God Emperor.”

Sheryl’s foster brother had passed it to me; it ran on nearly the same formula as the spell that had almost sealed us in a room once before. Cliff would shake it off soon enough, but a masterwork of the Ice God Emperor, however far gone, is still a masterwork. It would buy a sliver of time.

“…I see. Here I’ll grant you, well done.”

In moments the Fire God Emperor was sheathed head to foot in ice, sealed inside the block.

“Level 8: Invisible. Level 6: Assassin’s Pride. Level 5: Air Wall.”

Three formulas fired in parallel: optical camouflage, a scrubbing of my presence, and three-dimensional maneuvering off walls of compressed air. Kicking off them with one leg, I closed the gap to Sasha fast.

“Ha, this is a marvel. Truly, that torrential construction speed is the one thing even I can’t match.”

I thrust a palm at him and called up fire.

—Level 6: Flare Burst!

“Level 7: Extra Magic Guard.”

Level 6 canceled clean by Level 7. A total shutout; I doubt so much as the heat reached him. This damn old man. He shouldn’t even know where I’m firing from, and he’d caught the exact instant my spell went off. I kicked off a few more air walls and swung around behind him. And—

—One more on the house. Take it, thief! Level 6: Flare Burst!

“Behind me now. But you only ever do what I’ve already accounted for… where’s your fire, Ephthal? Level 7: Extra Magic Guard.”

Cool as anything, not even turning, Sasha raised a ward at his back.

And in that same instant I drew my katana one-handed.

“Guard it or don’t, it makes no difference! The magic was all a decoy!”

Fwoosh—the blade, a single flash of Raikiri. It bit into Sasha’s back, and I felt the solid answer of it run up my arm.

“Even Sasha can’t block thi— …tch, monster!”

“Level 9: Self Material Guard. A sword-stroke on muscle alone won’t cut me.”

Sasha sprang forward, opening the distance.

“Fufu, Ephthal. This new power you’ve picked up—swordsmanship, was it? What you can do and what you can’t… I’ve done my research.”

At Sasha, snorting a laugh down his nose, I drove off the air walls and charged again.

“No use however many times you try. You’ve judged you can’t beat me with magic and gone for close range, but half-learned tricks don’t reach me.”

I paid the words no mind, leveled the katana, and rushed him at full speed, cutting down at him in the same motion. It was like taking a blade to steel. One-handed, I couldn’t ride the shock, and the katana slipped from my grip to the ground. It rang out, clattering away, and Sasha gave an exasperated shrug.

“So you’ve dropped even your last hope, that katana. Well. This ends it. First let me strip away that optical camouflage of yours—Level 7: Mirroring Wash.”

Then, laying eyes on me directly at last, Sasha’s face filled with sheer astonishment.

“Wha—?!”

By the time he noticed, it was already too late. The instant I let the katana fall, I’d already come at him a different way, hand to hand.

—a flying cross armbar.

One leg hooked under his arm, the other swung up as though to reap his neck; then, riding the weight of the drop, I hauled him down and rolled him to the floor. As he hit, I wrenched the joint straight into a lock.

—Crack!

The moment it locked I broke it, no hesitation. I fixed a no-healing curse on the break and shifted into groundwork, mounting him and grabbing him by the collar.

“You can armor your skin all you like, you can’t armor the joints or the blood vessels. There. Dragged you down into the antlion’s pit.”

“I was wary of a throw… but what… is… this…?”

I’d shown Sasha a throw before. But the flying armbar, the joint locks, the ground game, those I’d never let him see. Working the collar, I bore down on his carotid. My right hand blown off past the wrist made it a miserable job, but it more or less held its shape.

“Ka… ha…!”

Sasha’s color went blue before my eyes, then to the gray of clay. That’s oxygen starvation, the blood cut off in an instant, no oxygen reaching the brain. And a brain that can’t take in oxygen, that can’t be worked, means no spell-formula of any kind can be built.

“As a decision between mages it’s a shabby thing, I’ll admit… but you’re the one who let his guard down, so that’s on you.”

Right, choke Sasha out fast, then I’ve got the Fire God Emperor to deal with. I cinched the collar tighter, and just as Sasha’s eyes rolled white and his head lolled, consciousness slipping—

“That’s far enough, Ephthal. Let go of the choke.”

What I felt at my back was, past all mistaking, the premonition of death.

—Level 10: Fire God Emperor.

The name of a spell for a small-scale nuclear blast in a bounded space. Put plainly, right now I’ve got a gun barrel pressed to my back. Pull the trigger and that’s the end of me. With no choice, I eased off the choke, and the Fire God Emperor’s voice came, sing-song.

“Ha, no helping you, Undead Emperor. That pretty little face, all blue and ruined.”

“…Be quiet… brat…”

Well. The blitz failed, plainly enough. My damage came to two places, left foot and right wrist. I could keep fighting. But the situation was far worse than where I’d started. I couldn’t get anywhere without at least forcing it back to one on one, and even that looked hopeless.

“Right. Nothing for it now.”

I let go of Sasha’s collar, took the crown of his head in my left hand, and set the stump of my right wrist against his jaw.

“Sorry, Master… make your peace.”

I poured everything both arms had into turning his head clean around. The gist of it being: spin the head a full turn and wring the neck apart at the vertebrae. Whether the Fire God Emperor’s spell went off first, or I killed Sasha on the spot and got myself set… that was the race. A rotten bet, a downright impossible one by the look of it, but there was nothing to do but try.

Sasha grinned.

“Don’t underestimate me, Ephthal… look up.”

An overwhelming weight of magic, sprung from nowhere, bore down from overhead. Dreading it, I raised my face.

“You have got to be kidding me… oh, come on.”

A jet-black coffin hung in the air. This is the coffin Sasha favors when he handles the power of darkness, the one that opens, he says, onto the underworld.

“Now—take this!”

The coffin’s door swung wide and came falling toward me. He means to drag me inside? From past that door rolled the thick reek of death and darkness.

Looking up, all I could see inside the coffin was blackness: a jet dark that simply went on and on.

Then a pull started up in there, as though the coffin had grown a gravity of its own—and my feet came off the ground. It was drawing me in.

“Whoaaaaaa?!”

Either way, evading it… not a chance.

The next instant it had me: the coffin took me in and flung me out into a space of pure darkness. Right after, the door of the coffin fell shut with a small flat clap, and the sound went ringing away through the black.

And then, at the very last, faint and from nowhere I could place, I caught Sasha’s voice, and the Fire God Emperor’s.

“Sasha? What was it you just did?”

“The order was that I not kill him, after all… Well. Call it taking him into my own belly.”

TUS Vol. 4 Epilogue

Epilogue

Deeper still, past the foreign tribe’s stronghold.

I pressed on through a cave of cold, bare rock.

“…Well now. Will it be an ogre that comes out, or a snake?”

From deep within, a faint flow of magic reached me, one I knew. From the moment I stepped into the tribe’s dwelling, I’d been aware of it. No, he’s got no intention of hiding it. Or rather, it’s as though he’s inviting me in… That’s the scent this challenging magic carries.

Trusting to the flow of that well-known magic, I went on through the cave that sprawled like an ant’s nest, dimly lit by luminous moss. Through a long, long descent, and where I came upon an underground water vein, the scene changed. It seemed I’d stepped into an underground ancient ruin.

—A hemispherical underground space, a hundred meters or so in radius. At its center, a structure like an ancient Aztec ruin. Climbing the stairs to its midpoint, I found an entrance to the interior. And after some twenty meters down a passage, I came out into a great chamber.

“…Sasha?”

A chill in the air. In the center of the sprawling stone room stood a huge block of ice. And within the ice, frozen solid, half-naked, eyelids shut, was Sasha.

I see, so Sasha wasn’t giving off magic to lure me in, but to call for rescue from a prison of ice.

“…Who did this to you?”

Even as I spoke, I shattered the ice block with a dispelling spell. At once, with a clatter, it flew apart.

“Truly, it was cramped past bearing… and who did this to me, you ask? The one with any chance of doing me this much harm, in this age… save for yourself, there’s but one other. The Fire God Emperor. Well, done in by a boy, and there’s no living it down, hm.”

How long he’d been frozen in the ice I don’t know. But there wasn’t the least sign of weakening in him; he seemed no different than ever. Well, this one’s a monster among monsters, so there’s little point wondering at it.

“In any case, glad to see you well. But, Master, you had that Extra Level summoning magic, didn’t you?”

“…Ha. Otogi Fantasia, was it? That got beaten to a pulp by the brat, past all mending.”

“That’s absurd… that outrageous spell of yours? How in the world was it cracked?”

At my question, Sasha shrugged and heaved a sigh.

“It was eaten.”

“…Eaten?”

“Thanks to which, the collection I gathered over ages beyond counting—my bug-cage of phantom demons—stands empty.”

In that moment—I felt sweat spring from every pore of my body, and I spun around.

“Hey, long time no see, Ephthal.”

“…You have got to be kidding me.”

There stood a beautiful boy with long red hair. His age about the same as mine now. And glimpsed at his brow, past the fringe half hiding it, a scar… Yeah, he’s younger, sure, but the trace of him is there, and the scar’s in the same place.

—By one name, the Hundred Flame.

—By another, the Outside Magician.

And this fellow’s most famous epithet is—

“Long time, Fire God Emperor.”

Without saying Cliff, I called him by his epithet on purpose.

“Ha, how coldly formal of you. Won’t you call me Cliff, the way you used to?”

“Thanks to your worthless doings, I’m the one put out here.”

“Still, it’s a truly strange bond, isn’t it, Ephthal.”

“Yeah. Truly.”

Then the Fire God Emperor swept his long hair up with his left hand, showing the pointed ears particular to an elf.

“—Bridget. Ever since you took my little sister to wife… yes.”

“‘Dear brother-in-law, it’s been far too long’… would saying that satisfy you?”

“Ha, you really haven’t changed a bit. That you don’t know, that you can stay so blithe in a moment like this, I’ve never found so hateful as I do now.”

“What you’re scheming is no concern of mine, but—”

I glared, but there wasn’t a fragment of any sign he felt the weight of it. With the same airy manner as ever, the Fire God Emperor shrugged.

“Why did you kill the Ice God Emperor?”

There are any number of things I want to ask. But the first thing that has to be settled black and white is, beyond doubt, this. Because, depending on his answer, it’s decided without argument that this guy is my enemy.

The Fire God Emperor thought something over a while, then turned his gaze sadly to the ceiling.

“Beings that hold no aptitude for magic, the birth of the Demon Lord. It all began there. The Magia Burst I made using the Ice God Emperor is, in the end, no more than a byproduct. Yes, only by changing the very way this world is does the road to the Ideal open.”

“Slippery as ever, you bastard… quit the runaround and answer the question. Why did you kill the Ice God Emperor?”

“My parents, my child, my friends, and the Ice God Emperor too… I’ve offered up everything that could be called the other half of me.”

And in that moment.

Sasha, who’d been standing beside me, began to walk toward the Fire God Emperor.

“Hey, Master, I get how you feel, but if you’re going to start a brawl with this guy, do it after we’ve finished talk—”

Just as I started to say it, the skin crawled all over my body. Because the Fire God Emperor was even wearing a smile at the approaching Sasha. What’s more, not a sign that he’d built any spell-formula to intercept. And Sasha, the same, not slipped into any attack or guard stance either.

Sasha walked right up beside the Fire God Emperor. With a pat on his shoulder, Sasha turned slowly back toward me. And then—

—an offensive spell-formula, assembled at ferocious speed. Its target not the Fire God Emperor but… me.

“Hey, cut the jokes, Master.”

“’Tis no joke.”

Straight-faced, not a brow so much as twitching, Sasha went on.

“I told you just now, did I not? The Otogi Fantasia was eaten by this boy. So, you see, the collection I must have back, I must have back from this very boy.”

“What… does that mean?”

“You’ve no objection, I take it? Cliff?”

“None. I’ve observed a great deal, but—Ephthal’s stubbornness seems not to have changed in four hundred years… he’ll lend my words no ear. So—this is no longer needed.”

“Hey, you two… what the hell are you talking about?”

“It’s not as though I was frozen in the ice against my will, you know. This ruin is a facility for refining the Scarlet of Hades, and I was pouring magic in to bring it online.”

At last… I was starting to read the situation. But by the time I’d noticed, it seems it was already too late. Sasha hadn’t been asking me for rescue; in the plainest sense, he’d been luring me in. The reason I’d kept so at ease even when the Fire God Emperor showed himself was that Sasha was there. No matter the foe, there’s no one alive who could handle me and Sasha both single-handed. But… it seems the Fire God Emperor’s position and mine were completely the other way around.

“In short—I have surrendered to this boy’s command!”

Before Sasha’s eyes a huge coffin appeared, standing upright on the ground. This is a technique Sasha favors when drawing out the power of darkness. At once, the coffin’s door swung open with a heavy, grinding creak. Amid the overwhelming pressure of magic pouring out, I flicked a glance at the Fire God Emperor, and he too had already finished readying for battle. Both of them looked able to wield a Level 10 this very instant.

You have got to be kidding me. One of them alone is trouble enough… and these two mean to come at me together!

—This is bad… this is really bad!

“Farewell, then, Ephthal. Level 10: Undead Emperor Sasha.”

And so Sasha’s Level 10 was loosed, straight at me.

TUS Vol. 4 Chapter 6

Chapter 6 – The Royal Capital, Under Thunder and Dragon

The King’s Brother’s Perspective

The Valley of Death.

The tribe’s stronghold, and my present lodging. The former Duke Alcott’s coup failed, and I met the misery of exile to an island… well, that too is a diversion.

“Stop, please, stop!”

In the cavern, its passages and rooms threaded through the sheer rock like an ant’s nest, a woman’s screaming carries well again today.

“Learn first that if you behave, we won’t hurt you, that’s the lesson!”

“Stop, stop it, aaah!”

The tribe are hard at it night after night. Every night the screams of some woman carried off from who-knows-where echo from who-knows-where, well, well, a fine performance as ever. Eat, sleep, drink, and violate. The tribe put on no airs. They mind no fine points. They live simply as they wish to live, and do as they please to do.

—Yes, this is how a human being ought to be.

Well, an inn done up as a cavern with the bare rock left showing is a touch beneath me, but set that aside and it’s a splendid lodging. The orchestra of screams each night is a particular favorite. Want a woman, and women bubble up endlessly from the cells; want a meal, and I can eat it without minding manners. To my surprise, the tribe’s food is better than I’d have thought. Or perhaps it’s only that, in my thirst for freedom, I take pleasure in a meal where I tear at meat straight off the bone.

As a candidate for the succession, I was born and raised amid the nagging of greybeards—dignity, and what a royal must be. The coup failed, I was exiled, and the cramped life there was beyond imagining. Even those I might meet were limited, and with anyone of some rank, every word of conversation was recorded… truly, even now, nothing but a nightmare. That I, a royal, should be placed under management, that I, born to a special station, should writhe in the loss of freedom, such things must not be.

And while I passed my days on the island, near forgetting the very concept of freedom, that red-haired boy drew me out into the wider world. It was he, they say, who granted the tribe this land, and the protection of the War-Maiden of Aegis, besides. That the boy is worshipped as a god among the tribe I learned only recently. The devotion runs fervid; when the War-Maiden of Aegis broke a subjugation army two hundred years ago, the celebration is said to have swelled so out of hand that it left a heap of dead and wounded.

In any case, the boy gave me vast sums, and connections with the tribe and other well-behaved sorts keen to rough work. And on top of it, a chart of the court’s present balance of power, and a list of upright nobles who’d take a bribe. As payment, he says, he’ll take his fill in the form of the people’s suffering, once I am king. I feel a faint chill at it, but very well. The boy laughed and called it a devil’s bargain, selling the people down the river, but that suits me.

—I am content so long as it goes well for me.

However the people suffer, their voices don’t reach the court. Let the people starve, and the court overflows with food all the same. That is the truth of this world, no different in the least from this dwelling of the tribe, where the strong rule all. Yes, I, who am royal, who am a vessel of the true king, have the right to sit the throne and revel in freedom, as the tribe do. To set the kingdom to its proper shape, the people’s suffering isn’t worth weighing in the scale.

“But, is this truly all right, Your Highness the King’s Brother?”

The one who spoke was Orgren. A baron, the lowest rank of noble, but the clever fellow who bowed his head to me first of all. Just now he’s charged with guarding some frontier fort, I hear, but a proper act deserves a proper reward, and I mean to make heavy use of him hereafter.

“All right in which respect?”

“Both. A raid on the royal capital by the tribe, leading an army of the undead. In concert with it, an armed rising by the nobles who back Your Highness… truly, with this we could bring the capital down. But…”

“Ha, come to think of it, the tribe are pitiable creatures, aren’t they. Descendants of past felons though they are, a people who can live only by pillage on barren ground… if they lend a hand to fulfilling my dearest wish, ceding a quarter of the realm is cheap. No, it’s proper payment for their labor.”

“Well, for my part, however much the realm shrinks as a whole… so long as I’m raised from baron to duke, I’ve no complaint. But House Alcott is said to be this kingdom’s talisman blade, you know? Your Highness surely knows the old saying?”

“The words left by the king of four hundred years past, the benevolent King Arvine?”

“Just so. The Thunder God’s protection is not with the nation. It is with House Alcott. That saying… catches at me a little.”

At that I burst out laughing. I’d thought I knew this man for a coward, but I hadn’t dreamed he was this far gone. Well, that’s exactly what makes him an easy subordinate.

“Don’t be a fool. What is there to fear in the ravings… of a four-hundred-year-old ghost? That House Alcott was truly the nation’s talisman blade is a tale of four hundred years ago, when the Thunder God Emperor yet lived.”

“W-well, that’s so, but.”

“In any case, use that commoner-born Ephthal you saw at the fort to corner the ducal house. Among the Crown Prince’s faction, the current Duke Alcott, Fraser, seems oddly well-liked.”

“A warning to the Crown Prince’s faction… you mean?”

“That you couldn’t work the men I arranged to send from the capital to the fort into an army of the undead was your bungle. Botch this any worse, and the talk of making you the successor to House Alcott may come to nothing, hm?”

At that Orgren went pale and bowed his head, over and over.

“A-as you command! Leave it to me! I’ll bring House Alcott down in fine style!”

And Orgren rose and left the room. And there the white-haired dotard who attends at my side opened his mouth, worn utterly thin.

“Your Highness… at this rate the nation will perish.”

“What is it, greybeard? If it’s your nagging, I’ll not hear it.”

“Luring the tribe into the realm… what you are doing is the inviting of foreign aggression. Royal or no, you’ll not escape a death sentence!”

“A pity. I found you a nuisance, yet never sent you off as an aide. Because as my tutor in childhood… we have a bond that runs deep.”

“A pity, you say?”

“To think you were a spy of the Crown Prince’s faction.”

“What foolishness! I was charged by the late king to watch over you. That whatever happened, in any circumstance, I alone was to protect you! And so, and so! Aghast to the depths of my heart, I have yet never cast you off…!”

And there the dotard, as if resigned, sat himself down cross-legged before me.

“Your Highness! Watch well!”

Then the dotard stripped off his coat and bared himself to the waist. As I looked on, curious what he meant to do, the dotard drew a short blade and glared at me.

“What? So you truly were a spy? You mean to harm me with that blade?”

“No. As my last loyalty to the late king, I stake my life… and persuade you!”

“Ho, persuade, is it?”

“Your Highness, you mean to make of your lands a war, a hell. This is the last work of your old tutor! You, think far too lightly of a person’s living and dying! Because you’ve never seen death before your eyes! Because you’ve never seen a man’s blood! Then this greybeard will show Your Highness death!”

And the dotard drove the short blade into his own belly.

“This… is a man’s death. You kept me… at your side… this long. Then… let my death… not be… in vain… and this meaning…”

“Come to think of it, in the East there’s a custom called seppuku, isn’t there.”

The dotard moved the driven blade sideways, cutting his belly open. By the natural course of it, blood and viscera came bursting out.

“Con… sider it… I beg… let my… life… not go… to waste…”

Eyes flung wide, to the dotard with his death’s-resolve face, I gave a small nod.

“Aye, I’ll not let it go to waste.”

“…Thank… good…”

“The tribe king was saying so, you see. Your life won’t be wasted, henceforth you’ll live on inside a Minotaur.”

“Wh… at…?”

“A monster, the tribe king’s favorite pet. It’s fond of lively feed, it seems. He and I are sworn friends… now there’s a fine gift I can give. You there—someone! Is no one about?! A fine, fresh live feed here!”

And the dotard, saying this at the last, closed the nagging mouth he’d opened at me every day these last decades.

“To think… you were… this far… a fool…”

To the corpse that crumpled with a thud, I gave a “hmph,” a snort of the nose.

Ephthal’s Perspective

“A noble’s inquisition is to be held against me?”

Woken by a knock at the door, summoned to my brother’s study, I let out a thoroughly bewildered voice.

“Yes. This afternoon an inquisitor visits the house. At the least, we can’t avoid submitting to his questioning… I’m afraid.”

“Wait a moment, what does this mean?”

“The truth is—” And my brother laid out the situation, and it was an ugly one.

The fort where we’d fought alongside Angus-san had that baron’s man commanding it as captain, and it seems the fellow was a piece of work. In the thick of that battle he fled, alone, himself, but it appears he’s sent all manner of reports to the court, true and false, about me, the quasi-noble who took part in the fighting. By my brother’s account, the charges laid on me are desertion before the enemy and assault on a superior officer. The tale runs that, terrified of the monster-horde the tribe wielded, I fled alone, cut down the baron who tried to stop me, and ran off by myself.

“…What an outrageous story. He was the one who fled to begin with.”

“Yes, and of course… you’d do no such thing, Ephthal. Your magic is in a realm beyond human ken, after all.”

“Ah, keep that part quiet, would you, Brother.”

“That, of course. From your account, most of it is him spouting true and false alike to muddy his own crime of desertion, I’d say?”

“But I’ve brought a nuisance down on you at a hard time for the whole ducal house. I’m sorry, Brother.”

At that my brother smiled.

“You’re not at fault, so there’s no need to mind it. In any case, let’s tell the noble inquisitor the truth.”

“…Mm.”

“But, Ephthal. The palace now is a nest of vipers. There’s no telling what may happen… in the worst case, pay no mind to my position, and use your true power if you must.”

“What do you mean?”

“If it looks as though you’ll be hauled off and thrown in prison, escape by force. You’re able to.”

“Well, that’s so, but I can’t do a thing like that and leave you behind.”

Well, in any case, there’s nothing for it but to tell the truth, as my brother says. I’ve a bad feeling about it, but whatever comes, it depends on how the enemy plays his hand. And I let out a deep sigh.

⁂

“There’s no explaining your way out of this, Duke Alcott!”

In the drawing room, a portly man, a short-sword in hand, cried out with a lofty air. Or rather, it was Baron Orgren, the fort’s garrison captain, doing the crying.

“This is the sword, a treasure of our house, that was stolen during the fighting at the fort! And it turned up from the room of that quasi-noble there, Ephthal!”

Fraser nii-san and I traded a look, our heads filling with question marks.

“This boy Ephthal cut down me, who tried to stop his desertion, and made off with this treasured blade! And the blade turned up in Ephthal’s room, there’s physical evidence, so it can only be said that Ephthal’s guilt is now beyond all doubt!”

Once more, Fraser nii-san’s head and mine filled with question marks.

“No, first of all, why is a garrison captain serving as inquisitor?”

It had been my question all along, but he’d only ranted one-sidedly, so there’d been no chance to ask. And at my words the baron gave a great nod.

“By the arrangement of an influential figure at court, I was granted the chance to clear the wound and disgrace I suffered.”

Ugh… whatever else, this is atrocious. An inquisitor is granted judicial authority too, a being feared even by great nobles. To make private use of it… truly, the court’s situation looks near its terminal stage.

“I see, that much I follow. Then, why do you hold what turned up from my room?”

“A maid who grieves for the nation carried it out of this mansion, and made a brave denunciation to us together with the evidence.”

At the words, Fraser nii-san tilted his head, all how so?

“A maid, by what name?”

“A maid called Emelda, I’m told.”

“No, we employ no such maid in this house… surely there’s some error?”

“Hahaha, your little jokes. There’s my testimony as a baron, and the evidence is assembled. What error do you call this?”

“No, as I say…”

And there the inquisitor smirked.

“Well, well, to cut down the on-scene commander who tried to stop your desertion… a rather valiant younger brother you have there, Duke Alcott.”

“Might you lend our side of it an ear, Inquisitor Orgren?”

As if he’d no ear to lend, the inquisitor went on.

“But, Ephthal-kun? Far too shallow an act. In the end it’s the doing of a low, commoner-born wretch—coveting a bit of pocket money, you stole the treasured blade and left the evidence behind…”

“As I keep saying, will you hear us out!”

It’s rare for my mild-mannered, courteous brother to raise his voice. Well, I’m quite irritated too. But there’s no point trading words with this man here. Because—

“Fraser nii-san, talking is a waste. The conclusion came first, and they’ve prepared the scenario and the evidence both. Words change nothing. The groundwork’s long done, and the sentence itself was surely settled from the start.”

“Ho,” Orgren nodded, as if impressed.

“Well, resent your having a brother who can’t read the times, siding with the Crown Prince and all, Ephthal-kun.”

Yes, they’re conducting this on a foregone conclusion, gone so far as to fabricate evidence. Naturally, whatever’s said is beyond doubt a waste.

“I see. So you don’t even mean to hide that it’s a false charge.”

“As you gather, it’s already decided within the court… fufu, no, that was rather a slip of the tongue, wasn’t it?”

Then the inquisitor cleared his throat, and, with a coarse grin, leaned back on the drawing-room sofa and crossed his legs.

“Now then, a message from the noble council. The last chance for your brother’s crime to be overturned, you’ll lend an ear?”

“…If it’s only talk, I’ll hear it.”

“In short, change sides. It’s said the former Duke Alcott and His Highness the King’s Brother were sworn friends beyond mere lord and vassal, and congenial companions besides, so there’s no reason you two can’t come to an understanding.”

Right, for the moment, it’s settled that the King’s Brother is no good at all. Seeing as he’s the congenial companion of that man.

“You may take it that within the court the King’s Brother’s banner already flies. It’s no exaggeration now to call the duke’s a lone, embattled stand.”

“…And?”

“Shall we have done with the stubbornness about here? If you, young yet well-liked, change sides, the last scattering of the twisted holdouts will switch over to us in a body as well.”

“…In that case, what becomes of the Crown Prince? He’s still a child, you know?”

“The thoughts of the exalted are beyond a lowly sort like me, but… well, it’ll be this, I’d say.”

The inquisitor held up one finger and, playing the fool, made a throat-cutting motion.

“The son of the late king is, by his very existence, a bomb that breeds strife. His Highness the King’s Brother has mercy too, against a child he’ll not bother with torture, and do it clean in one stroke, I should think… so rest easy on that.”

Then the inquisitor smirked and held up three fingers.

“I’ll grant you three days’ grace. Convert your allegiance and Ephthal-kun too goes free and clear. If not…”

“If not?”

“Then, by the court’s will, every manner of calamity will rain down on House Alcott. Its reach: your family, your kin and retainers, and your people. The fangs it bares choose no target… well, cool your heads and think what profits you.”

Then the baron rose, and, waving a hand behind him, said:

“Ah, yes. Should you switch sides, when His Highness the King’s Brother is crowned you’ll be stripped of your title all the same, as one of the forces that resisted to the last. Shall you be a gardener at my house, as a commoner? A most rare thing, a former duke for a gardener… fufu, splendid! For so precious a talent I’ll pay you double the other gardeners’ wage, hahaha! Ahahaha!”

And, laughing, the baron took his leave.

⁂

That night—

Having called Merlin to my room, I was gazing at the moon.

“Honestly… neither of us is blessed in our descendants, are we, Arvine.”

A lord I once served, a friend I once had, and one of the few benevolent rulers I’ve judged worthy of my respect. Quick to tears, somehow unreliable, deep in mercy, and yet a man who did what had to be done when the time came. Laying his troubled profile, the one he always showed me, over the moon, I sipped my tea.

“Ephthal-sama? What did you call me for?”

Seating the Merlin who entered with a knock on the sofa, I poured her tea. As she made to rise—the chores are mine—I stayed her with a palm, and, grudgingly, she settled onto the sofa.

“Merlin. There’s a thing I want to ask of you… no, of all of you.”

“Something to entrust to me? If it’s within my power, command me as you will.”

“Thank you. First, let me lay out the situation—”

As I told it, thus and so, Merlin’s expression dyed by degrees with exasperation and anger.

“I see. I have the picture.”

“So, I no longer think the court can be set right by ordinary means.”

“A noble inquisitor… private use of a part of the judiciary. Whatever measure one took, it’s too late in the day, as you say.”

“So it’s rough medicine… to put it plainly, a thorough house-cleaning.”

At the words house-cleaning, Merlin’s ears gave a twitch.

“Merlin, and… with the two of you, you and Svetlana, it should be possible.”

The instant Svetlana’s name came up Merlin made a sour face for a moment, then at once turned it to something bright and glad.

“Not me alone, but me and Svetlana, is it?”

“Aye, that’s how it is.”

“Let me confirm. That is an order to crush a nation flat, is that right?”

“I told you, didn’t I. A house-cleaning.”

“I see,” Merlin said, and broke into a delighted grin.

“You’re finally coming to sound like yourself again, Ephthal-sama.”

“The situation being what it is. And there’s the promise from a past life, to protect this nation.”

“The benevolent ruler… King Arvine?”

“In any case, we do it the day after tomorrow. At the noble council, they’ll make a spectacle of me and denounce Fraser nii-san, the Duke Alcott. There, the two of you… well, I leave the method to you.”

“And… what will you do, Ephthal-sama?”

“Go and cut out the cancer at its root. Crush that, or it’s round and round in circles forever.”

“There’s said to be the War-Maiden of Aegis… a guardian, at the tribe’s stronghold?”

“That’s part of the house-cleaning too.”

“…I see. Understood.”

And there the ducal mansion suddenly went loud. The clatter of running feet, and raised voices from here and there.

“His Grace the Duke… where is His Grace?! The tribe… in our lands… the tribe have appeared!”

As I made in haste for my brother, another shout reached me.

“Word from the harem! Miss Cecilia, captain of the Royal Guard, was set upon by persons unknown and wounded!”

Trembling… my body shook. From the pit of my belly, something black beyond any likeness rose as a dragon into my head.

—Enough already, you rotten filth.

And to me, gone silent, Merlin spoke.

“Before the ducal house gives its answer… they’ve thrown a scare our way, it seems.”

I nodded at Merlin’s words. I’d considered leaving the King’s Brother alive, but no more. Exiled once and still not chastened, back on his feet, rotted this far, there’s no treatment but to cut it out at the root. And so we made for Fraser’s room.

⁂

“This is… a larger number than I’d reckoned.”

Merlin knit her brows over the map. Reports from every quarter were coming into the ducal study one after another, and in small villages across the domain the tribe’s pillaging had begun.

“What do you mean to do, Duke Alcott?”

At Merlin’s words Fraser wore a face like a man biting a bitter bug.

“The mage corps the ducal house once prided itself on is gone now, and our own hands are few. Against the tribe on this scale… subduing all of it will be difficult.”

“The ducal house’s situation, understood. So, three villages are under attack, correct?”

“Yes. Leave them and the damage grows worse and worse. We must act quickly, but… still, our hands are few…”

And there a rough, hammering knock rang through the study.

“Another word of a tribe raid?!”

My worn-out brother, but his face eased at the person who entered.

“Principal… Moria?”

“Former principal, mind.”

“But why are you here?”

“There’s a fellow named Angus down south, well, an old subordinate of mine, posted now at a border fort. He confirmed the tribe on the march and came to me with his own troops. I hustled over here, and sure enough…”

“Er, I don’t follow?”

Snatching it up, Moria took the map Merlin and Fraser had been studying.

“The eastern village, Angus and I take.”

“No, but you can’t just use border soldiers on your own say-so?!”

“The nation’s a mess right now. Reading the convenience and the moods of the high-and-mighty while the people suffer, what kind of a knight-commander is that?! Former, mind.”

Unchanged, I thought, and gave Moria a wry smile.

“In any case, Ephthal seems to be here too, so it’ll work out somehow! North and west you handle yourself, Fraser!”

And as Moria made to leave, Merlin called to his back.

“Wait, Moria, or whatever your name is.”

“The hell’s with this lady?”

“Alone, there are things you can and can’t do. Struggle single-handed as you like, the fort’s soldiers alone likely won’t subdue the tribe. Anastasia, Maria, you two, go with him!”

Thrown into it suddenly, the two froze an instant, then gave great nods at once.

“You want me hauling two brats along?”

“Their strength I’ll vouch for. Magic included, they’ll serve well enough as your right arm.”

Merlin had seen through Moria’s caliber in an instant, it seemed. Well, the same as my own read.

“I said brats are dead weight, didn’t I?”

“I vouch for them, so I say.”

The two glared a while, and when Merlin let out a pulse of magic power, Moria nodded at once.

“I see, there’s a monster in this house besides Ephthal. Right, I’m taking you along, so get ready, chicks!”

“Chicks…? However much older you are, ordering us around out of the blue is a bit much, don’t you think?”

At Maria’s words Principal Moria broke into a grin and, delighted, began roughly ruffling her head.

“Ha, I don’t dislike a mouthy firecracker!”

And Moria left through the door with Anastasia and Maria.

“…An unlooked-for reinforcement, that.”

“So, Duke Alcott. The remaining two?”

Just then Mother, who’d been turning worried eyes our way, wore a fragile little smile.

“Lead all the ducal house’s hands and go to the rescue, Fraser-san.”

“No, but then the men to guard this mansion… you’d be in danger…”

“It’s all right. You are a duke before you are my husband. You have a duty to protect the people’s safety.”

“But Ephthal is here. The enemy has numbers… there’ll be harm to the people, but victory itself is a settled thing, you know?”

“Because Ephthal-chan is here, we win? What do you mean?”

Fraser turned my way with a face that said I’ve said something I oughtn’t. Well, said is said, no help for it. He’d surely never imagined my own mother didn’t know, and there was no ill will in it. I gave a small nod, and Fraser nodded too.

“Ilya-san, hear this without alarm, would you? Your son is… the strongest fifteen-year-old in the world.”

Leaving Mother blinking, blank, I gave Merlin her orders.

“The west, best left to Fraser leading every hand the ducal house has.”

“But the Duke Alcott is lame in one leg from a wound, isn’t he?”

“Sheryl, go as Fraser’s guard.”

“…Mm. Understood, Ephthal.”

That settles east and west. Now the northern village, and the guard of this mansion, but—

“Say, Merlin?”

“Yes, Ephthal-sama.”

“I’ll go raise hell in the north. You stay here… I’m counting on you, Merlin. She’s precious to me. Keep her safe.”

“…As you command. I’ll not let a single finger touch this lady, whoever they be.”

“Ephthal? To guard Ilya-san, no, this whole mansion, from the tribe alone… that’s reckless, surely?”

At that, Merlin spoke to Fraser and Mother.

“You may rest easy, Duke Alcott. Once I’ve said I’ll protect, I protect without fail. Keep your word, that was the very first teaching of my master.”

“…You mean to say you’re a considerable adept?”

“When I went east on a warrior’s pilgrimage, I was even called the Thunder God Emperor. Well, to bear the same title as my master was too great an honor, so I had a ‘Lesser’ tacked on.”

“The Lesser Thunder God Emperor… no, I’ve heard of that. Her signature was, I think… a fierce barrage at Level 7…”

“Here in the West some call me the Thunder God of Flashing Chains. Well, that’s from the great war of a hundred years past.”

“Merlin… don’t tell me you’re…?”

“Aye. The first and foremost disciple of your ancestor, the first Thunder God Emperor.”

Mother seemed not to have grasped the circumstances at all, but Fraser, by the look in his eyes, was starting, dimly, to piece together his brother’s situation.

“Ephthal? For the hero of the demon race to serve you… you… and that air about you…”

And there I stayed Fraser’s words with a hand.

“Brother and younger brother, mother and son, that’s enough, isn’t it?”

At the words Fraser thought something over, then shrugged, exasperated.

“Yes, best not to ask further. Ask, and we might not be able to remain brothers.”

“Aye, that’s fine.”

Now then, and I cracked my knuckles and made for the door.

“Ephthal-sama? Where to?”

“As I said, the north. And along the way I’ll head for the capital and carry off Cecilia. Once I’ve sent her somewhere safe, the tribe’s stronghold, the Valley of Death.”

“I see. The old Duke Alcott style, is it… then leave the rear chores to me.”

“Aye, I’m counting on you.”

From long ago, when rough business broke out at the ducal house, it was always this way. I charge in solo, wreck the place to ruin, and after that, Bridget and the aides run about tidying up whatever’s left. Slam a Level 10 in at the outset to decide the whole thing, and the mopping-up, the post-battle bargaining, the wringing of reparations, all of it: I rage, I tear through. And the tedious remainder… I dump wholesale on someone I trust.

“Right, a good thorough house-cleaning of the nation, all at once… let’s have at it.”

Merlin’s Perspective

The royal capital.

Two days on, the Duke Alcott and I were summoned to the capital’s council. As for the villages, the moment the Duke Alcott and Moria reached them they drove the tribe back, and the harm was held to the least. As for Anastasia and Maria, “These two are something else; lend them to me a year and I’ll train them up!” Moria snorted with eagerness, but by the pair’s own firm will it seems they declined.

“I will absolutely never study under you!”

“Ha, I really don’t dislike a firecracker! How about becoming my daughter-by-adoption?”

“Absolutely not!”

By the time they returned to the ducal mansion, it had come to you and you. They’d struck up an oddly good rapport, and I half thought she really ought to take him as a master, but…

As for Miss Cecilia, Ephthal-sama plucked her from the capital, and she’s sheltered now at the ducal mansion. Wounded in the assault, she was in a state where she might be taken hostage at any moment. There was no leaving her alone in a harem where no one knew where the enemy lurked… a sound judgment.

But that aside, the capital’s council. Within, the impression was of a magic-university group lecture hall enlarged, a circular tiered classroom, one might say. The Duke Alcott and I stood at the center, and over a hundred nobles looked down at us from desks ranged up the steps.

—Well, a public execution by rhetoric is on the program, I’d say.

Beginning with Ephthal-sama’s false charge, every manner of quibble is to be piled on from here, so the scenario seems already settled.

“For a noble’s son to desert before the enemy, worse, to cut down his superior, is unheard of!”

“House Alcott, ringleader of the late upheaval, we ought to have stripped the title after all!”

“…”

That Fraser says nothing is as we arranged. If they mean to force it through by the court’s viper’s-way, then whatever’s said is a waste; words are needless. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth, then I’ll force through Ephthal-sama’s way.

“I’d have you wait! I am Merlin, direct disciple of the first Thunder God Emperor. By the compact with my master four hundred years past, I would guard House Alcott!”

No, there’s no such compact, but a bluff has its uses. In any case, the position of hero of the demon race, which usually only stiffens my shoulders, is fairly useful in a place like this. In proof, the whole assembly has fallen dead silent. And there, without delay, I snapped my fingers. Then Deputy Captain Angus, whom we’d met at the fort, appeared in the council chamber.

“In the fighting against the tribe at the fort, the boy Ephthal acted together with this Deputy Captain Angus, is the story.”

At the words Angus gave a great nod.

“I’m told the boy Ephthal cut down Captain Orgren, it is groundless! He fought bravely, I testify, as one who was on that battlefield!”

Still deeper the hush, but—

“Is this Deputy Captain Angus a noble?”

“No, I’m of common birth, but…”

At the answer, sneers leaked out here and there in the chamber, and the nobles began to speak up, each in turn.

“Which are we to believe, a baron’s word or a commoner’s? Merlin-sama asks the unreasonable.”

“To summon a commoner to a noble council is beyond common sense, is it not?”

“There’s physical evidence, they say, now, at this late hour, to be told a thing by a commoner’s word…”

Looks of contempt were sent Angus’s way, but this too is as expected. Among these people it’s settled that they’ll use the chance to strip the Crown-Prince-faction House Alcott of its say. There’s even a line to be supposed where the title itself is stripped here, as scripted. Yes, to these people fact is a matter of no importance, and we’ve not the least intention of humoring it.

“Still, for one playing at defense counsel, isn’t this a touch clumsy, Merlin-sama?”

Seated as witness facing me, Orgren smirked.

“You, what have you mistaken?”

“Hm? Mistaken?”

“What talk is this of defense counsel?”

“No, you appeared in this place to protect the Duke Alcott, descendant of your old master, did you not?”

“Aye, I am here to guard House Alcott, true enough.”

“So it’s to make a defense, isn’t it?”

Now then, about here’s the turn of the tide.

—From here I’ll do it in Ephthal-sama’s way.

“I said I would guard, not defend. And what guarding needs is not eloquence, but—force!”

“What are you saying, you?”

Turning my palm to the ceiling, I smirked.

“The nobility of this nation seem poorly ventilated. Shall I air the council chamber out a little, at least? Level 8: Thor Hammer!”

KRA-KOOOM!

A thunderous roar, and the ceiling, blasted by the lightning strike, came crashing down. Fragments of the building scattered down toward the nobles—

“Hiiii!”

“L-lightning?!”

“The ceiling, the ceiling’s coming dowwwn!”

The nobles screamed. In their midst I loosed Level 6 wind magic and shoved the falling debris back up toward the sky. Well, killing them isn’t the aim.

“Now then, a great hole in the ceiling, and the ventilation’s improved, it seems.”

“Y-you, you! Do you understand what you’re doing?! Hero of the demon race or no… to destroy the capital’s council chamber… have you come to declare war on this nation?!”

Orgren glared at me and went on.

“You mean to pick a fight with a nation? However rare the strength you hold as an individual—”

“If you want a fight with me, shall we have one?”

“—yes, to pick a fight, one against a nation, is a thing impossible at the root… wait, what did you just say?”

“Shall we have one, I said.”

Orgren’s eyes flung wide, struck dumb, cold sweat on his face. And the assembled lords, hearing my words, fell silent, and the chamber was wrapped again in stillness.

“It seems you’ve finally grasped that I’m in earnest.”

“Th-this is… beyond sane.”

And there Orgren, as if he’d caught on to something, smirked.

“But hero of the demon race though you are, you’ve the entanglements of demon society, surely? Now head of a prestigious school… and the title promised you in time, the pinnacle for a mage, one of the Four Emperors. You don’t wish to throw away the road of advancement, do you? What you’re doing now is a grave matter of foreign relations!”

“Well, entanglements I won’t deny. I am, for all that, the most senior of the Ephthal school.”

“But—” I declared, sharp and flat.

“My standing in the present magical society… means nothing to me. What worth is there in a Four Emperors’ title won by political struggle? Unluckily, I know the real thing. Not one whit of my heart is drawn to the present-day counterfeits.”

“Then you truly are…?”

I gave a great nod. And, so all in the chamber could hear, I called out, loud and long.

“If you’ve complaint against House Alcott, say it to me! If it’s a fight you want, I’ll take it up in their stead!”

Dead stillness, deeper yet. Not the rustle of cloth, not even the sound of a person breathing. From the very start, behind the scenes, these people know which side holds legitimacy. And they know, too, why my anger stands bared. Now then, about here, the finishing blow. And with this, the King’s Brother’s whole strategy of ensnaring the nobles comes to nothing.

“Svetlana!”

When I looked up through the hole in the ceiling at the sky, the nobles too looked up as one. What showed there was an overwhelming mass shining jade and silver.

—The figure of the Dragon Princess. Reigning over the great sky, a colossal dragon.

“Th-the… the Dragon Princess Svetlana?!”

“Wh-why is such a thing in the capital’s sky…?!”

“Svetlana and our nation are in alliance… surely!”

The whole assembly’s color went to a single hue of terror. Svetlana lowered her altitude and, forming a human shape amid light, came down from the sky into the center of the chamber. Then, turning once about and sweeping her eyes over the chamber, she laughed a low, mocking laugh at the nobles.

“By nature Big Sis is stronger in human form. Well, the greater or lesser of an overpowering one’s strength is beyond the likes of you to tell, I suppose.”

Then Svetlana set her rear on a desk and gave a yawn.

“In any case, to you who understand nothing, the lizard shape looks the more fearsome, truly absurd. Now then, boy over there?”

To Orgren, with a look of contempt, Svetlana spoke.

“You do understand why Big Sis and the others are angry, don’t you? Spare me the excuses and pull your hands off House Alcott.”

“The hero of the demon race Merlin, and the Dragon Princess Svetlana… two deeply bound to the Thunder God Emperor… to have dragged out figures this great, Duke Alcott. But, Svetlana-sama? By the old compact you and we are in alliance, an equal relationship. Meddling in domestic affairs is uncalled for, this is interference in internal matters.”

“Fufu, fufu, fufufu! Ahaha! Hahahaha!”

And Svetlana began to laugh, clutching her belly.

“A human… equal to me, you say? If you’ve mistaken it, I’ll correct you. This is a command, backed by force. Four hundred years ago might be another matter, but a human nation cannot be a threat to the blood of the Dragon Emperor.”

Svetlana snapped her fingers, and just above Orgren’s head an explosion went off. No, not Orgren’s alone, but above the heads of every noble in the chamber.

“Hii!”

“You do understand, I trust, next I put it dead in the center of the skull. I don’t recommend it; I’ve no wish to see a great blooming rose-garden of filthy brains and blood.”

“B-b-but from four hundred years ago you and we are bound by treaty—”

“The alliance Big Sis made with you in the past was a personal promise struck not with the nation, but with House Alcott.”

“Wh—?! That’s sophistry! The treaty does read so, but it must be an alliance with House Alcott—and, thereby, with the royalty who hold House Alcott in their power—with this nation!”

“Do be quiet. From the start Ephthal-sama never became the underling of this nation’s king. Four hundred years ago, at this nation’s king’s entreaty, he merely came to reside here.”

“B-but—”

And Svetlana rose, spread both arms, and turned once about on the spot.

“Oh my, the medicine still seems short. Then this time, not just the ceiling as Merlin-chan did, shall I blow the whole of this place, you lot and all, sky-high?”

At the words the nobles’ faces froze over. And toward Orgren—stop answering back!—pens and inkpots came flying from every side at once.

“Stop, stop it! Stop it, everyone, please!”

“My, my, a falling-out among friends? Fufu, it’s amusing, do carry on.”

Watching it merrily, after a while Svetlana abruptly went straight-faced, as if the interest had drained out of her. And then—

“Feeble, flabby, spineless, wispy, frail, poor… and at the last, a falling-out among friends. Ah, truly, weak humans are a dull sort of creature. Then at least, know it. Cease being fools. Yes, what you should know is—”

Throwing out her chest, with a challenging air she went on.

“—The Thunder God’s protection is not with the nation. It is with House Alcott… that, and only that.”

And, as if to say this is the end, Svetlana clapped her palms together.

“Well, in short, there’s just one thing I want to say. In short, if it’s a fight—”

Svetlana looked my way, so I’ll answer this eye-signal, no help for it.

“—this Merlin and Svetlana… we’ll take it up any time.”

Then, to Orgren, I put the final question.

“So, Orgren? Any complaint left in you?”

“N-n-nothing whatever!”

Backside gone to jelly, he sat down hard on the floor, and on all fours Orgren began fleeing for the doorway. And there Svetlana smiled and, with the eyes of a lion hunting a rabbit, went slowly after the baron.

“Mm, a good answer. An honest boy is to Big Sis’s taste. But… I’m not so fond of villains, hm?”

She trod on Orgren’s hand, and the crunch of pulverized bone rang out.

“Big Sis has been doing a little investigating, you see. There were plenty who talked entertainingly at the breaking of just two or three fingers. Isn’t that so, boy? You were up to all sorts, it seems, but if you’re going to keep hirelings, you should keep ones who can hold their tongues.”

And I set the documents I’d prepared beforehand on the dais.

“The flow of bribes, the threats and violence against Crown-Prince-faction nobles, and the whole account of the tribe being ushered into the domain, the evidence, you see, is already assembled. Oh? Many of you gentlemen seem to have gone pale on hearing that; has something happened?”

Well, for lack of time only a few cases were gathered, and this too is a bluff. In any case, dig from here and it’ll come out endlessly.

“Er, Fraser-chan… is that right?”

“Y-yes…”

“Fufu, cute. A little like that person, perhaps? But you, you look a touch too gentle. To stand above others, gentle alone won’t do. Because, when Big Sis does a garbage-clearing, she does it thoroughly… so Ephthal-sama taught me.”

Svetlana clapped the Duke Alcott on the shoulder.

“Now, Fraser-chan? Big Sis takes all responsibility. Full authority over this nation’s judiciary, I, with my personal force behind me, knowing full well it’s interference in internal affairs, grant to you on my own say-so.”

And Svetlana smiled brightly and said it.

“The nation’s house-cleaning, it’s yours to handle.”

Ephthal’s Perspective

—Racing across the gravel wastes.

—Through the Valley of Death, on toward the tribe’s stronghold.

The wilderness wind on my cheek, and I caught it: a faint charge of lightning off the quarter of the capital. About now, things’ll be under way over there too.

Anyway, the ringleader is going to pay in full for the contempt they’ve shown me. But first—

“…The tribe’s guardian god, is it.”

Ahead on the path, at maybe twenty meters, stood a chimera that looked nothing like any war-maiden. The War-Maiden of Aegis exists, in truth, not to protect the tribe but to guard an ancient ruin uncovered three hundred years back.

By the look of it, five meters tall or so. A giant’s torso, a griffin’s wings, and the lower half… a horse? And crowning that great body, from the neck up, sat the upper half of a slim, pale-faced woman.

In a word, an ugly piece of work.

“Some breed of magitech bio-weapon, I’d guess.”

Strip it down: a giant centaur grown wings, the human part a woman. And what it holds is no bow. A sword and a shield, that shield being where the name Aegis comes from.

“Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal!”

A full-power strike to open. I’d known from the start this thing would be waiting, so the spell-work was built and ready long ago. A full blast, half to gauge what that great shield could do, and, as I’d figured, the lightning that landed dead-on scattered to nothing.

“Not going to be a walkover, then.”

There’s variance among the guardians. But not one of them is a half-measure, and even four hundred years back they gave me real trouble. There’s a doubt in me whether I can break through alone, without the Ice God Emperor.

Still, no damage from a Level 10. I’d faintly hoped a little might get through; the magic resistance is beyond belief, as ever. Well, Aegis by name, and a guarding power that doesn’t shame it.

For now, judging that magic won’t crack the shield’s defense, I moved to my next attack. Not leaping up, but bounding level, like a flat stone skipped across a river, and closed the distance in one go.

—CLANG!

A shrieking clang, and my kick burst against the shield. As its frame buckled I swung my right leg high in the air. Axe-kick style, I dropped the heel onto the upper rim of the shield and rode the rebound up. The kick knocked the shield from the war-maiden’s grip, and, still airborne, I set my sword high, aimed down at it below.

—Got it.

Falling with gravity, driving the cut down, and yet, I thought.

Slower than I’d expect, this thing. The magic resistance that shrugged off a long-range Level 10 had me impressed, sure. But at close range, at this level of strength, how did it drive off a large human subjugation force, weakened as those armies were? This sluggishness, this opening all but begging to be struck, like I’m being lured in…?

There, I triggered wind magic and flung myself back in an emergency dodge.

“You have got to be joking!”

No good, that was bad. This isn’t a thing you dodge by trying to. Might’ve been the right call to take the trade and drive the cut home after all. Because—

—from all over the War-Maiden of Aegis’s body, countless metal gun-barrels bristled out like a porcupine’s quills.

“Anything goes, does it, ancient civilization!”

Well, the ancient magic civilization ran a hybrid of science and sorcery. An attack like this might not be impossible after all. In any case, how do I dodge an all-directions barrage?

—Rat-tat-tat-tat-tat-tat.

From the mouth, from the shoulders, the back, the belly, the wings, the horse’s barrel. From more gun-barrels than I could count, rounds fired off in every direction faster than sound.

“Level 8: Material Guard!”

Gathering the iron-sand in the earth, I threw up a wall of iron in an instant. Magic defense only ever works against magic. But this Material Guard is a wall of pure physics in the plainest sense.

“—?!”

Krak-krak, krak-krak-krak, krak-krak-krak!

A wall of iron ten centimeters thick, ground down bit by bit under the sheer brute number of rounds.

“Level 8: Material Guard!”

I hurried a second wall over the first, but an instant before it set, rounds that had bored through caught me. Two in the shoulder, one in the thigh, near enough.

“Level 10: Perfect Heal.”

I clicked my tongue. The flesh didn’t knit at once; the healing came slow. Some strong curse laid into the rounds, it seemed, resisting the holy power of the recovery magic.

There, the sound of rounds grinding the wall stopped.

“Out of ammo?”

With no resupply out here, that’d mean losing a whole weapon outright, for it. So I can stop worrying about the all-directions fire, no. Wrong. Temporary, maybe, but by the nature of a thing like this as a weapon, no way it’s spent for good.

I put my face out from the side of the wall and took a glance. Sure enough, the thing was picking iron-sand from the dirt too, absorbing it, refilling its rounds. Looked to be running something close to Material Guard itself. No idle boast, a solo autonomous weapon built to run without maintenance; scrounging resupply on the spot is second nature to it.

“But I’m not giving you the time!”

An all-directions barrage I can’t easily heal from isn’t a thing to eat twice. And I’ve no intention of eating it twice. My opponent’s a living weapon built to resupply itself; my recovery magic works poorly, and dragged into a war of attrition I’m at a certain disadvantage. A long fight’s a fool’s move too.

—So I settle it here.

I strengthened my body to the limit. If the enemy’s a monster of magic resistance, then I’ve no choice but to write my answer in the language of the flesh.

Another level bound, another flying kick.

—CLANG!

A shrieking clang, my kick bursting against the shield. To go into an axe-kick from here is a repeat of before. —So what do I do?

Using the rebound off the shield-kick, I sprang backward and swept the blade level in a single stroke.

“Level 7: Magic Sword—Sword of Möbius!”

Space manipulation and wind magic, making a blade of wind appear all at once at a target a short way off and cut it to ribbons: Level 9 magic, Dimension Edge. This is a minor variant that lowers that spell’s difficulty. Put plainly, a magic sword that bends space to send the blade’s edge itself to a spot a short distance off. A technique I picked up recently, and the highest-difficulty magic sword I can manage as I am now.

The war-maiden boasts absolute magic resistance thanks to the shield. So, an attack that passes clean through the shield?

“Now, how’s this!”

The instant I touched down, the war-maiden tipped its massive frame, and with a heavy, grinding crash the great body toppled to the ground.

“Stronger than I bargained for, though.”

Without the power of the magic sword, whether I’d have broken through is an honestly doubtful thing, I’ve got to admit.

—The Fire God Emperor, Sasha, Svetlana, and the guardian of a relic left by the ancient civilization. Looking at this weakened present-day world, Sasha aside, honestly, I’d figured Merlin was about the only real article left. There was a time I wondered whether, even at my strongest, there’d be nowhere left to swing that strength. But that worry looks like it’ll come to nothing.

The pain in my shoulder and thigh, unhealed even by Perfect Heal, feeling something almost like comfort in it, I set off walking through the Valley of Death.

⁂

A scream, near enough, rang through the tribe’s cave.

“What the, who are you?! Appearing out of nowhere… and that sword… do you know whose room this is?!”

To the King’s Brother, backing away, I stepped in and closed the gap.

“S-stay back! You, do you know I’m of the royal blood?!”

“Royal blood? What nonsense is that?”

“Not the tribe’s royalty, the royalty of a whole nation!”

“And what world has a royal who runs riot through his own country, thick as thieves with the foreign tribe?!”

I drove a kick into his gut, and with a “Gwheh!” the King’s Brother crumpled where he stood. Then the door from the next room opened and four armed tribesmen came flying at me.

“Y-y-you bastaaard! At him, at him, cut him down! Kill him! Kill him! Tear him to pieces!”

The first to leap, an overhead blow down onto his skull.

—Fwoosh.

His head split, and as he dropped, blood and brains spilled to the floor. On, a one-handed level sweep of the blade. On again, my left fist into a tribesman’s cheek. Bone cracked, the fist sank in, the eyeball forced out like a ping-pong ball.

“Ah… ah…”

Three gone to corpses in a blink, and the last tribesman turned tail, showing his back to bolt for the room he’d come from.

“Showing your back on a battlefield, that’s no good.”

A Level 4 wind spell; I loosed a blade of vacuum. The next instant the tribesman’s head parted ways with his body, and a fourth corpse took shape in the room.

“That the end of it?”

The moment I asked, the King’s Brother laughed. “Hahaha!”

“You fool!”

“You’re the fool.”

I’d known there was a tribesman stuck up on the ceiling, using the confusion. I thrust my sword straight up, and it ran through the body of the tribesman dropping toward me, hatchet raised.

“Wh-wh-wh-whaaaa?!”

The King’s Brother’s legs gave out; he sat down hard, and yet threw his voice up in false bravado.

“Quite the swordsman, but you can’t beat the tribe king! His room’s near here. He’ll catch the noise in no time, and you—”

“The tribe king, you mean the owner of this?” I drew the spoils from my coat, a magic-crystal bracelet, and held it up. “Had some rare magic gear on him, so I borrowed it a while.”

The King’s Brother’s eyes flew wide—

“Wh-wh-wh-whaaa?! Y-you! To do this to royalty—!”

“Like I said, there’s no such thing as royalty that runs riot through its own country!”

I grabbed him by the collar and cocked my right fist back.

“Gbgyahpaaaah!!”

—Crunch. My fist sank into his nose. He blew back in grand style, rolling and tumbling to the far end of the room.

“A-a-agh! G-g-g… gooogh!”

Then the King’s Brother’s eye lit with glee at the gong hung on the wall.

“Y-you, you’re finished! The tribe run deep in loyalty to their king, and you’ve gone and killed the tribe king! You sneaked in this far well enough, but the sound of this gong will bring the whole guard swarming down on us!”

He took up the great beater set beside it and hammered the gong with all his strength.

—GONG.

—GONG.

—GONG.

—GONG.

Well, it just echoes, and to no purpose. The ones the gong should reach aren’t here anymore. Every last one set out for the land of the dead already.

“Why? Why does no one come?! Damn it, guards! Someone, is there no one?!”

The King’s Brother got up and, nearly tripping over himself again and again in his panic, made for the doorway. And the moment he threw the door open—

“Kah, kah, kah, kaaaaaaaaaaaah!”

He loosed a weird shriek at the heap of guard-corpses strewn along the passage.

“And, well. That’s how it is.”

Slow, I advanced on the King’s Brother.

“H-h-hiiii, stay away! Don’t come! Stay back!”

A pebble off the floor came flying my way, so, a single whistling stroke of the blade, and it split clean in two.

“A sore loser to the very last, this is the picture of it.”

“Th-the guardian?! Why is there an intruder here who isn’t of the tribe?!”

“Took whatever looked useful off the guardian’s body. That carcass is a parade of magic tools you can’t even make anymore, these days.”

Mouth gaping like he couldn’t believe it, the King’s Brother clapped his hands over his ears.

“There’s no way, no way a thing like that happens! Impossible, it’s a dream… yes, this is a dream, Agyu!”

A kick into his flank. Frothing blood-flecked foam, the King’s Brother writhed on the spot.

“Sorry to say, but there are the men who died because of you to think of. I’ve no mind to send you off dreaming.”

The fort’s guards, Angus’s men, there’s them, too. Unless I make the King’s Brother understand his own crime and the pain he dealt others, there are far too many who’d never rest.

“S-s-sp-sp… spare… p-p-plea… spare me… I-I’m… roy… roy…alty…!”

And with a feeling I couldn’t name, I set my blade.

“Four hundred years back, your ancestor was a benevolent ruler. A man who’d take the lead and till the fields alongside the farmers, for the country’s sake.”

I fixed the sword’s aim on his neck. This is about enough, now.

“A man who, when his own brother did wrong, wept as he passed sentence, because there’d be no keeping face before the people otherwise. I fell for that man, and came in under him. Yeah, not the title of king. It was the man, Arvine, I fell for.”

And then, the whistle of the cut.

At once the head parted smoothly, dropped, and rolled to the ground.

I wiped the blood from the blade with oiled paper and sheathed it.

“Still, having a poor descendant is a hardship, for us both. Eh, Arvine.”

And I let out a long, heavy breath.

TUS Vol. 4 Chapter 5

Chapter 5 – The Thunder God Returns Home

“Eeeeh?! Brother and Mother… ended up together?!”

In the end, after all that, we decided to leave Svetlana at the Dragon’s Treasure Vault. No, having someone like that along really would have been a trial, a thorough nuisance to boot. Still, she’s an old acquaintance, so I mean to look in on her now and then.

Anyway, at long last we’d reached home, or rather the ducal mansion. I’d sent word of my return by letter, so we were welcomed in the drawing room, Cecilia nee-san included. But the greetings were barely done when Mother, a wedding ring on her finger—

“I’ve married Fraser-sama.”

—dropped that sudden confession. And to me, frozen, my brother, seated beside her, gave a small, sheepish nod.

“That’s… how it’s turned out.”

No, thinking it over carefully, there are things that add up. Cecilia nee-san loved me far too much, and used to visit endlessly at that house where I lived with Mother, the two of us. And, my brother had been visiting at a tremendous pace too. Unable to watch our money-grubbing father any longer, he’d personally been helping with our living expenses, or so the story went, coming to the house on that account. My brother is a kind man. So there’s no doubt he had a wish to save a younger brother in financial straits. Yes, of that there’s no possible doubt. But… well… that there were other circumstances behind it besides, I can’t deny either.

—In short, on the sly, behind the scenes… Fraser nii-san and Mother had… ended up together.

As the son, being made to watch the two of them looking so happy leaves me at a loss for how to react. My brother and Mother share no blood. She’d be an older wife, but they’re close in age. Both are good-looking, and as a well-matched couple they’re a well-matched couple.

—But, bluntly, it’s awkward.

No, there are, of course, things I think, along the lines of surely not.

“But you know, Ephthal-chan?”

“Eh? What is it… Mother?”

Mother, who’d been seated across from me, rose and came over. Shoving Merlin aside, she wedged herself in next to me on the drawing-room sofa and… hm? Why is she wrapping both her palms around my right hand? And why is she gazing fixedly into my eyes, cheeks flushed?

“Listen, Ephthal-chan? I don’t want you to misunderstand, but Mother’s true darling will always, always be Ephthal-chan alone.”

“No, you’re already my wife, aren’t you?!”

To a flustered Fraser, Mother declared, sharp and flat:

“That’s one thing, and this is another.”

“What do you mean by that, Ilya-san?!”

“There’s a saying, too, that sweets go to a separate stomach.”

“Ilya-san! I don’t understand you at all!”

There Cecilia nee-san, likewise seated opposite, sprang to her feet with force. This time she shoved aside Anastasia, who’d been sitting beside me, and wedged in on the side opposite Mother. Then Cecilia nee-san wound both arms around my left arm.

“Your big sister’s true darling is Ephthal too, always and forever!”

How to put it, these two… never waver. Not in the slightest… not by a single millimeter do they waver. And in the thick of that intense scene, Merlin, elbowed aside by Mother, began to tremble. Then Merlin drew a great, sharp breath—

“My true darling is Ephthal-sama alone!”

“What are you saying, Merlin?!”

“Don’t lay your hands so freely on Ephthal-sama, you mere human!”

Merlin’s roar of fury… And really, why is she in such a rage? In any case, at her words Mother and Cecilia nee-san instantly went red in the face and started to tremble too.

“Ilya-san! This is exactly why I was against sending my transcendently beautiful, ultra-cute Ephthal-chan to the magic academy! And sure enough, my Ephthal-chan’s been stalked by some old crone…!”

“Who are you calling an old crone, you?!”

No, you’re over four hundred, Merlin. Crone or not, there’s no doubt you’re advanced in years.

“Ephthal-chan?! Mother will not permit it! I will not permit you to consort with some hippopotamus whose one selling point is a big chest! A big-chested woman is a hippopotamus, that’s been settled since the old days!”

No, Mother… I’ve no idea what you’re saying. She spotted the chest and disparaged it in her rush to deny Merlin, I suppose. And a hippopotamus, of all things… I don’t understand why it’s a hippo…

“A hippopotamus, you say?! And if it comes to that, your own chest is the bigger, isn’t it?!”

Well, Mother’s rather busty too. Setting Svetlana’s off-the-charts case aside, at the human level Mother’s in the top class… no, what am I thinking.

“Big chest or no, I’m shielded by the love-power of loving Ephthal-chan, so I’m perfectly fine! And how many years do you think Ephthal-chan and I go back?! For a nobody who’s just turned up like you to complain… you’re a hundred years too early!”

Sorry, Mother. In all seriousness, I’ve no idea what you’re saying…

And at those words, veins throbbing up on her temples, Merlin’s eyes rolled to white.

“Ephthal-sama and I have four hundred years of history!”

At that, Mother and Cecilia nee-san traded a look and considered a while, then, in perfect unison, harmonized:

“Now, now, your little jokes.”

Well, that would be the reaction, yes.

“In any case, I’m telling you not to paw so freely at Ephthal-sama, you mere human!”

There Anastasia and the others, who’d kept quiet, began whispering, flustered.

“M-M-Maria-san? What are we supposed to do in this situation?”

“Keep quiet, Anastasia. Right now the wise move is to wait, still and silent, for the storm to pass.”

“…Mm. Bluntly, nothing we say will do a bit of good. These people are the genuine article.”

And so, one way and another, my brief homecoming began with an ugly quarrel among women.

⁂

That day—

I carried several materials that looked to be fairy tales from the mansion’s archive room back to my own room. Reading through the fairy tales from the angle of encryption, I could quickly pin down which book it was. Splitting the work with Merlin, we set to cracking the cipher. Some ten hours from the start… I finished at three in the dead of night, and let out a sigh.

“Now then, a dead end, at last.”

“Yes, so it is, Ephthal-sama.”

“…The material for the Key of Solomon that opens the road to the goddess is… in the poorest possible taste.”

The Scarlet of Hades too is a necromancer’s artifact, and its material is a human soul. And from Sasha’s note that it could be substituted, I’d formed a rough guess, but the truth was far above what I’d imagined.

“The soul of a human close to the subject… a loved one, or one held in affection, in short, the soul of someone precious, isn’t it.”

“Aye. It wasn’t because Sheryl’s sister was a spirit that Brad opened the road. It was because it was the soul of someone precious. The power of that grief, of that emotion, the wailing of the soul is the key that crosses the dimension of the wheel of rebirth.”

Damn it!, and I nearly hurled the book down on the spot. But Merlin reached out in an instant and stopped my hand.

“What will you do?”

“I’ve learned the method of the dimension-transfer rite that leads to the goddess! I’ve learned that offer another’s soul as material and the goddess grants an aptitude correction! But do you think a thing like that is something I could do?!”

“…”

“It’s a checkmate.”

“If I can be of use… I don’t mind offering up this body of mine.”

A dry crack rang through the room. It was the first time, I think, that I’d truly struck Merlin’s cheek with an open hand. Blood at her lip, Merlin stood rigid on the spot, wearing an expression beyond describing.

“Don’t say it twice. Next time I use my fist.”

“…My apologies.”

“…”

“…”

“…Sorry. And… thank you.”

“…I accept the thanks, but there’s no need for the apology.”

Still, with this, everything’s back to square one. Curing magic aptitude carries a sacrifice, and there’s no way I could choose that road. Sacrificing someone precious is out of the question. And curing aptitude with another’s soul for material is likewise out of the question. The Scarlet of Hades can apparently stand in for another’s soul, but if it can’t be used for the crucial work of opening the dimensional door, it means nothing.

“Are you all right, Ephthal-sama? Your color isn’t good.”

“…It’s a bitter thing. And I’m downcast, too.”

A dearest wish carried since a past life, just when I’d thought it about to be granted, and it’s this.

“But if there’s no road, there’s no help for it. It was fated, I suppose, that I take the plain, steady way by some other road.”

There Merlin turned her gaze to the fairy tale I’d set down on the desk.

“Ephthal-sama?”

“What is it, Merlin?”

“The title, did you translate it?”

“No, I hadn’t…” and I took up a pen and a fresh sheet and set to work on the book’s title. There being few characters, it was done in a few minutes, and the letters that stood written on the clean sheet were—

—The Lesser Key of Solomon ~The Reincarnator’s Goddess and the Road to the Ideal~

“The road to the ideal…?”

“Not to the root?”

I thought a while, then gave a small nod.

“If there’s a lesser key by the name of a loved one’s soul, then does that mean there’s a greater key that uses something else?”

“In any case—” I let out a small sigh. “The trail breaks off here. If it’s come to this, it’s faster to ask the Fire God Emperor or Sasha directly. In the Fire God Emperor’s case it’d mean crossing a very dangerous bridge, though.”

“You’d change tack to seeking contact from our side… you mean?”

“Whatever else, our hand, family, connections and all, is surely wide open to them. In any case, leave the Fire God Emperor be and he’ll make contact from his side, if only indirectly. And when he does, once I’ve got hold of his tail… next time I won’t let go.”

At the words, Merlin gave a small nod.

⁂

Now then, the sea.

Lately it feels like all I’ve done is fight, and all I’ve done is turn heavy thoughts over besides. Anastasia and Maria too showed the kind of tiredness that comes from a worn-down spirit, and, so, to the strong-sunned sea. Our nation faces the sea, and some twenty kilometers from the ducal mansion there’s the sea, plain and simple. Even in this world, sea-bathing in summer is an ordinary thing. It doesn’t get packed with people like a seaside near a Japanese city, but a beach with decent conditions has decently many people all the same. And we were on a private beach, making the fullest use of the ducal house’s privileges, but—

“Fufu, how about it, Ephthal! This swimsuit… how about it?!”

Ta-da!

Hands on her hips, Maria threw out her flat chest, same as ever. A hibiscus set in her hair, and a red bikini, low on exposure. Mm, simply cute, and it suits her well.

“Mm, cute, I think it’s very nice.”

“Just cute?”

“Mm, I think it’s cute.”

At my words Maria went bright red and, floundering, puffed out her cheeks.

“I-i-it’s a bikini, you know?! I’m putting up with the embarrassment to wear it! What’s with that reaction, ‘cute’?! You’re the worst! You’re the absolute worst! What is with you?! Honestly unbelievable!”

No, embarrassed in a bikini…? I don’t quite get that feeling to begin with, and it really is low on exposure.

“Master! What about mine?! How about this swimsuit?!”

And, looking at Anastasia as she came running over, I lost my voice.

“A-a-a micro-bikini?!”

Anastasia spun once for me. No, this one’s exposure is genuinely absurd. Sexy, or rather, so far past exposed that it’s at the level of having no decency. The back of it is almost nothing but a string. As for the top, it’s less cloth than a scrap of something like nori seaweed, covering the vital spots by way of a token apology. At the slightest jolt the cloth could slip and something that must not be seen could pop out to say hello. It’s that precarious a situation. And Anastasia wore a triumphant “ufufu” at me as I struggled for somewhere to put my eyes.

“Since it’s a seduction contest against Maria-san… I gave it my best♪”

A seduction… contest? What in the world are the two of you competing over… I let out a defeated sigh.

“What is with that, Anastasia?! That’s cheating! You’re basically just an exhibitionist pervert!”

“There’s a saying, too, the winner writes the rules!”

“What is with this exhibitionist?! Winning isn’t everything! Say, Ephthal?! Something perverted like this is out of the question, surely?!”

No, as I keep saying, what are the two of you competing over… And, with another sigh, all but unconsciously I answered from the heart.

“No, it’s not bad, though.”

“Idiot! Utter idiot! I’m done! I don’t know any Ephthal!”

Half in tears, like a defeated general, Maria spun on her heel and ran off the other way. No, where does she mean to run to, I thought, watching her back… ah, she tripped. Went down in a beautiful head-over-heels. As I laughed despite myself, Merlin, who’d somehow gotten behind me, spoke up.

“Hmph… little girls. This is true seduction!”

Anastasia and I opened and shut our mouths at ultra-high speed, like fish washed up on a beach. No, small wonder—

—You’ve got nothing on up top, Merlin-san.

It was a strong-style boldness that made me tack a -san onto my own disciple despite myself. A clean, unflinching figure that carried even a kind of bushido about it.

“Fufu, cowed, little girls?! A hundred years too early to think of beating me!”

Still, Merlin’s chest was a fairly dark color, are half-vampires all like this… no, what am I studying so closely?! And, coming back to my senses, I quickly turned my face from Merlin.

“Anyway, put your top on properly, Merlin!”

I flung the parka-style jacket I’d had on at Merlin.

“Ephthal-sama? What are you embarrassed about? You’ve seen not only my chest but… down to the hole of my backside.”

“No, that’s from when you were a baby, isn’t it?!”

As I floundered, Anastasia chimed in—

“The hole of the backside… between people who aren’t even both men, that’s impure! Out of the question!”

Er… Anastasia-san? What are you saying. Come to think of it, the other day, when she thought Sasha and I were entangled, she was gleefully chanting men’s bottoms, bottoms over and over… No, let’s not think too deeply about it. Yes, let’s not. Let’s not, I say, let’s not. The rotten-girl suspicion only makes the story more complicated. As I stood there with a chill crawling up my spine, Sheryl, who’d somehow appeared behind me as ever, spoke up.

“…Ephthal? How’s this?”

“A white school swimsuit… you say…?”

There Maria, who’d somehow come back this way as ever, raised her voice.

“Hold on, Sheryl?! The whole point this time is to startle Ephthal with seduction, isn’t it?! It’s a prime chance to see Ephthal fluster, and… a swimsuit with zero exposure, what’s the reasoning?!”

“There’s a proper reason. A white school swimsuit is…”

There Sheryl fell silent. Then, drawing a great, great breath, she said it.

“…popular with the enthusiasts.”

Now then, a hard remark to react to.

“…”

“…”

“…”

Mm, sure enough, everyone’s at a loss for a reaction.

“…So, actually, how is Sheryl’s, really, Ephthal?”

I thought a while, then gave a small nod.

“…Cute. Isn’t it the best of them?”

“…”

Maria’s eyes went wide.

“…”

Anastasia was struck dumb, frozen in place.

“…Ephthal-sama. Even I… can’t quite cover for the genuine article there…”

Merlin, for her part, wore a troubled face.

Eh? Did I… say something odd?

And there, “Ah!”, I caught my slip.

“No, not in a sexual sense! In the way a dog or a cat is cute! And ‘the best’ meaning the most decent!”

And at the words, Sheryl went instantly teary-eyed.

“…I’m treated like a dog or a cat?”

“No, that’s not what I mean!”

And Maria, veins standing on her temples, raised her voice as if about to lunge at me.

“If it comes to that, however you look at it, I’m the most decent, surely?!”

Ahh! I was seized by the urge to shout what a pain you all are!, and it was just then that Mother and Fraser nii-san came walking this way. At which Merlin zipped up the parka, and Anastasia hastily started throwing a jacket on.

“No, if you’re embarrassed to be seen by others, then don’t show me such a state either…”

Well, Mother wore a black-based swimsuit. Ordinarily one would call it high on exposure, but coming right after Anastasia’s and Merlin’s, it looks perfectly ordinary. Still, as her son, I suppose I’ll say a word.

“Mother? Why such a daring swimsuit? That’s a bit much…”

“It’s because Fraser-san is shy.”

At Mother’s troubled words I tilted my head, all how so?

“Shy?”

“That’s right, Ephthal-chan. The truth is, since we married we still haven’t shared a bed, you see…”

Now then, trouble. Mother’s started saying something outrageous.

“It’s been months since the wedding, and we’ve only kissed three times… I’m truly at my wits’ end.”

—I don’t want to hear it! I absolutely do not want to hear that kind of talk between family! The two of you share no blood, but I share plenty of it with each of you, don’t I?!

“H-hang on?! Ilya-san?!”

“Now really, it’s Fraser-san’s fault. However long it goes, he won’t lay a finger on me… so I thought I’d give a little stimulus.”

“B-but, you see, there’s an order to these things—”

“No, I’d say marrying first is the odd part, myself.”

Well, that’s a sound point. To a Japanese sensibility, at least, doing that sort of business before the wedding does seem the norm.

“Listen, Ilya-san. I’ve kept quiet until now, but…”

“Yes, what is it?”

“The truth is, I’ve never had a lover before, nor any such experience. That I long for you and pine for you is certain, but not knowing how I ought to treat you…”

Oh my, Mother’s eyes went wide.

“Well, so that was the circumstance.”

“Yes, to my shame…”

“Your words just now, that you pine for me… I’m truly glad to hear them. But you see, Fraser-san?”

“What is it, Ilya-san?”

“A woman can’t know unless it’s put into words. Unless it’s shown in word and deed… she grows anxious. Months into the marriage, have you ever thought of the feelings of a bride you haven’t touched at all? That there might be another woman… feeling that way is a natural emotion.”

Turning something over a while, my brother gave an apologetic little bow.

“So… it seems I made you feel lonely.”

“But I understand now, and I’m reassured. I long for you too, you know… Fraser-san.”

The two of them gazed at each other, cheeks coloring, hands clasped… mm, mm, so Fraser nii-san too, now that he knows Mother’s feelings, will screw up his courage and, step by step, the two of them will move things forward, I suppose. Mm, mm, good, good, and—

—I don’t want to see it!

Family gazing at each other, a scene of sweet nothings about to start any second, I absolutely don’t want to see it! And so, one way and another… at a sea-bathing outing meant for a rest, I ended up thoroughly worn out in spirit. Incidentally, Anastasia, Maria, and Sheryl, for all that, seemed to have savored the holiday mood and enjoyed themselves.

⁂

And so, one way and another. Mother and Fraser nii-san turned out to be a lovestruck-fool couple beyond my imagining, but that aside. Spending my days at the mansion, that day I paid a visit to the ducal study—

“Brother? Have you a moment?”

“Hm? Ephthal? Once I’ve reached a good stopping point in my writing… wait a little, if you would.”

Entering the room, a maid showed me to the drawing-room sofa and set out a tea service. Fraser soon came to the sofa opposite, smiled at the maid, and she bowed a “pardon me” and left through the door.

“So, what is it, Ephthal?”

“Brother… what’s happened? You look a little tired, I think?”

“Ha, you’re imagining it. Thank you for the concern, though.”

“Imagining it…? Then why are the servants fewer in number? And the damage on a conspicuous part of the front gate hasn’t been repaired… that’s not damage from a day or two ago, is it?”

At that my brother thought something over, then smiled.

“The servants have a lot of leave today. And repairs to the gate? I hadn’t noticed. Where’s the damage?”

And I let out a deep sigh. He doesn’t want to worry me, most likely. But that something’s happening to this house is a settled fact.

“You always were bad at lying… that habit of the corner of your right eye twitching for an instant hasn’t been cured.”

At the words, my brother shrugged, all I surrender.

“Honestly… there’s no hiding anything from you, Ephthal. To put it bluntly, the King’s-Brother faction is regaining power.”

“The King’s-Brother faction? Father plotted a coup using the tribe a while back… and after that the faction was wiped out, wasn’t it?”

“Yes. The affair was settled, and we nobles would support the young Crown Prince as one solid body. That’s how it was supposed to be… but His Highness the King’s Brother has returned.”

“His Highness the King’s Brother was… supposed to have been exiled to an island, taking responsibility for the affair?”

“It seems he’s gained a powerful backer. Say, Ephthal? You know these last few years’ poor harvests have worn the noble lords down?”

“Well, this house is at least a ducal one, and I’m counted among the nobility, so that much yes. So, what happened?”

Well, noble though it is, I’m treated as a quasi-noble… but say that and my brother’s liable to sink into a serious funk and apologize, so I’ll leave it unsaid. This man seems to carry a strange indignation and guilt over not being able to treat me publicly as a full-blooded brother.

“First… money was scattered about.”

“Money?”

“From the month after the king passed away, the month before last… it’s guessed that a fearsome sum was scattered, centered on the neutral faction and the former King’s-Brother faction.”

Every noble house now is in dire straits running its lands, for the poor harvests. When you can’t help yourself, slapping a man’s cheek with a stack of bills is a highly effective style in this case.

“Then, next, suspicious deaths came one after another. Or, several lower nobles have been confirmed to have lost their lives, their lands assaulted by hordes of monsters or undead.”

Now then, the story’s turning suspicious. And, with an unpleasant premonition, I put it to my brother.

“So the dead were, most likely…?”

“Yes, members of the Crown Prince’s faction. The tribe’s movements have grown active too, and particular territories have come under attack. In short—”

And, my unpleasant premonition turned to certainty, I stayed my brother’s words with a palm.

“Those too, then—aimed at the Crown Prince’s faction?”

“Yes, that’s how it comes out. That flagrant way of doing things has drawn fierce backlash from some lords, myself included, but by this method, hard and soft mixed together, some eighty percent of the nobility have already gone over to that side.”

“So this house is being pressured, openly and covertly? For instance, works that ought properly to be carried out as state projects are being stalled by the court, leaving you in financial straits… that sort of thing?”

“Ha, truly, there’s no hiding a thing from you. Where did you learn such things, not only magic…?”

Asked that, I found myself at a loss for words. No, I can hardly say I was the first Duke Alcott in a past life. Though even then, I dumped the administrative side wholesale on Bridget and trusted aides. My real trade was mage.

“In any case, it’s whispered plausibly. From that method of using even the undead, that His Highness the King’s Brother may be possessed by a Progenitor vampire.”

“And where is His Highness the King’s Brother now?”

“The Valley of Death… I hear His Highness is being sheltered in the dwelling of the foreign-tribe king. Officially he escaped the island and is missing, but it’s nothing of the sort. Everyone at court knows His Highness’s whereabouts.”

At the words I froze on the spot. Since the coup earlier they’d likely built friendly ties with the tribe, but for royalty to be sheltered in the tribe’s very stronghold…

“But that’s far too…”

“Yes, a dreadful business. The other party being the tribe that assaulted the royal capital. But knowing it, no one can lay a hand on him. Before the money was scattered there was not a single soul of the King’s-Brother faction, so there was even talk of seizing His Highness in the confusion of a tribe-subjugation… no, truly, we ought to have forced the subjugation through back then.”

“There was a reason the tribe couldn’t be subjugated, you mean?”

“It’s a matter close to a military secret, so keep it quiet, Ephthal.”

“Yes, of course.”

“Three hundred years since the tribe made their stronghold in that place. Ever since, the neighboring nations have had their trade routes raided and their frontier villages plundered, it’s given kings and nobles no end of headaches. But while we can subdue the tribe’s small outposts, laying a hand on that stronghold has been beyond us… all because the War-Maiden of Aegis guards the tribe’s stronghold.”

“The War-Maiden… of Aegis?”

“A guardian that watches over the ruins of the ancient magic civilization. When it comes to guardians the eastern Taishang Laojun is famous, but her power surpasses that of a great nation’s knight order.”

She was a troublesome foe even four hundred years ago, true. The ruins of the ancient magic civilization are, once you defeat the guardian, all but a mountain of artifacts, so the reckless would boldly take them on. Every time word of a ruin’s discovery came, the reckless would rush to be first to charge in, gaining vast wealth, or falling halfway. Well, fundamentally I think of them as a dreadfully dangerous mountain of gold. In practice they were a resource of the fight-over-it kind. For the record, eighty percent of my past life’s fortune came from selling artifacts of the ancient ruins I’d split with the Ice God Emperor. Alone it would have been hard to clear them. And, in proof of a death-line crossed, I still remember well the tremendous sense of achievement at the post-clearing feast. It’s a rare thing to see the usually cool Ice God Emperor drink himself under the table.

But in the present world it’s become unconquerable even with a nation’s strength, is it. Fundamentally a guardian is a self-governing, ultra-durable weapon. Put it that way, and perhaps that’s only to be expected, no host, however vast, amounts to anything if it has no means of landing an effective blow; the damage simply won’t go through.

“The tribe’s stronghold is a refit of the ancient civilization’s ruins. So there’s no laying a hand on it from our side.”

“No, wait a moment, Brother? Why doesn’t the guardian, the War-Maiden of Aegis, remove the humans who’ve invaded the ruins… the tribe?”

Every living thing that invades the ruins, slaughtered to the last. That’s supposed to be the guardian’s unwritten law. When I cleared ruins, it doubled as research into the guardian as a magical lifeform. So I attempted communication experiments any number of times during a subjugation. But by any method whatever, they’d lend no ear.

—A killing machine that brooks no argument.

Exactly that… nothing a mere tribe should be able to control.

There I felt a faint headache.

—No, or perhaps… the Fire God Emperor could.

Everywhere I turn, everywhere, the Fire God Emperor’s shadow surfaces. Truly, I’m about to come down with neurosis over it. But if this too is the Fire God Emperor’s doing, it’d be the tail-end of the broken trail to curing magic aptitude.

“What’s the matter, Ephthal?”

“Ah, don’t mind me.”

“Hmm…? Well, in any case, the house’s present situation isn’t good. The remaining twenty percent of the Crown Prince’s faction… their going over to that side is only a matter of time as well.”

“The Crown Prince and the King’s Brother. Money and suspicious deaths. And the undead, the monsters, and the tribe… is it.”

“Yes. The tribe especially is unsettling. They seem to lead a preposterous number of monsters, and rumor says the tribe may be commanding the undead too. In any case, a splendid piece of work, hard and soft interwoven.”

“…I see.”

“And… well, I’ve told you a good many tangled circumstances, but politics is my domain. You needn’t worry. As a student of the magic academy, you need only focus on your proper work.”

“Mm. Thank you for telling me all this, Brother.”

And I nodded, but that’s not how it can go.

—Because I came home precisely to secure my brother’s and the others’ safety.

TUS Vol. 4 Chapter 4

Chapter 4 – The Dragon’s Treasure Vault

Having recovered the Scarlet of Hades, we came back to Svetlana’s vault.

As for my identity being out, Captain Orgren, the one who knew I was a baseborn son of the Alcott ducal house, had fled without seeing the battle, so that’s no trouble. I’d asked Angus-san to keep it quiet, and he’d gladly agreed. There’s no doubt a man like him would never speak a word to my disadvantage, so I’ve no worries there. But there were plenty of other witnesses among the adventurers, and there’s the Dragon Zombie’s carcass, too. On that score I’ve made my peace with it, more or less, as unavoidable.

In short—

—I’ve pinned most of it on Merlin.

Anastasia, Maria, and Sheryl fall, just barely, within the range of ordinary people. So we’ve made it out to be something like a secret weapon of the academy Merlin raised, and as for me, the directly damning parts were seen only by Angus-san, so that’s fine. Merlin and her merry band, cutting it that fine, the affair has settled down. Well, well, a famous disciple is a fine thing to have.

Incidentally, the Scarlet of Hades I’ll hand over honestly to Svetlana, to keep in the vault for us. My basic line is that I’ve no intention of revealing to Svetlana the truth that I’m me. But even if we can’t get hold of this Key of Solomon, which seems deeply tied to curing magic aptitude, Sasha wrote that the orb can serve as a substitute, so it’s a kind of insurance. And so, should it come to needing it, if I reveal the truth that I’m me, Svetlana won’t say no. No, she’s liable to start on about being my wife, so I’m dreadfully reluctant, but.

And so, one way and another—

“All right. I’ll give you leave to view the materials Sasha-sama passed into my keeping. Ah, but I can’t answer for it if you die, so do take care.”

Saying so, in the entry lobby of the vault, Svetlana pointed at a staircase deeper in.

“The inside is a layered dungeon, with any number of anti-thief traps and dangerous creatures. Well, to enter the vault, even with leave, takes a certain qualification, is what it comes to.”

At that Anastasia puffed out her cheeks.

“Ehh?! We don’t even know where it is, and you want us to go search it out?!”

“Now that’s a surprise. Turn it around, did you mean to send Big Sis off to fetch it on her feet?”

“That said,” Svetlana went on, “it’s a request from none other than Junior, so… what to do. But you’ve got that Merlin-chan with you. There’s the one sticking point that keeps Big Sis from being honest.”

And Merlin and Svetlana glared at each other. Dragon and tiger to the life, an ordinary monster would bolt on the spot from the pressure of the two of them.

“…It’s a bother, so please, no fighting.”

“Oh my, Junior looks troubled… fufu, that troubled face is cute too.”

There, there, and she patted my head.

“Fufu, truly cute. From here on I might start wanting to tease you, just to see that face.”

No, knowing the honest, adorable Svetlana of her childhood, this leaves me with genuinely mixed feelings. To think she’d grow into a character like this… but that aside.

“The material’s in a conspicuous spot, the sort you’ll know when you see it, so for now just head down.”

“Know it when I see it?”

“Yes. And, the truth is, there’s a reason besides Merlin-chan that Big Sis is being like this.”

Svetlana settled onto a nearby sofa and set a crystal ball down on the table with a little clink.

“With this crystal ball I’ll watch how Junior does. I want to see your ability… and the possibilities of a mage of the present age. It’s a difficulty far too heavy for the mages of this era, so I’m looking forward to how it goes.”

Ah, so that’s the shape of it, I thought, and nodded.

“Right then, let’s go, Anastasia, Maria, Sheryl.”

At which Svetlana’s eyes went wide.

“You’re taking these dead-weight little girls with you? Well, suicidal, I’d call it, but I won’t stop you.”

“Hm? Weren’t you calling me one of your own? You’ll send me so lightly to a place you take for a place of death?”

“Shouldering a burden and walking through hardship on purpose… well, that’s a man’s training, isn’t it? Big Sis likes that sort of thing… fufu, Junior really does do the things that person would do…”

Ah, this is bad. She seems to be laying my past self over my present self. Best I flee into the dungeon quickly.

“A-anyway, I’m going.”

And as I made to take the three of them along, Svetlana tilted her head.

“Oh? You’re not bringing Merlin-chan? Whatever else, I’d think the little chicks need a minder.”

“Well, there’s no need for me to go.”

At Merlin’s words Svetlana made a dubious face.

“Hmm… say, Junior?”

“What is it?”

“If you’re in danger… say ‘help me, Big Sis!’ and I’ll come save you. Fufu… truth be told, I’m saying this partly because I’d thought Merlin-chan would go too. Letting cute little Junior die on me is honestly more than I could bear.”

No, say a thing like that to Svetlana and Merlin would laugh at me the rest of my life. Even if real danger came, that alone is out of the question.

“That occasion won’t arise, but I’ll take the thought and thank you for it.”

“Oh, how cold. But… seeing Junior scream and cry mightn’t be so bad, either. Fufu, Big Sis… if I saw a Junior so cute and so pathetic… I might get excited and start to ache.”

Twisting her body bewitchingly, Svetlana sent me a smoldering look. She really is alluring, though… if I hadn’t known the adorable girl she once was, I might have gone a bit weak at the sensuality.

“Well, whatever happens, lean on Big Sis if it comes to it. I truly think of you as my cute little Junior, so I’d be sad if you died.”

“No, this one has no need of that, Svetlana. Most likely… should the difficulty of this dungeon force him to fight in earnest, it’s you who’ll be surprised.”

“Hmm…?”

What’s this fellow on about?, Svetlana tilted her head, puzzled. And Merlin wore a fearless smile, and even Maria, Anastasia, and Sheryl wore easy little grins. No, everyone seems to be picturing that scenario, but I’ve no intention of going in earnest. Svetlana doesn’t mean to cause any deaths, and this whole thing is partly for Anastasia and the others’ experience anyway. There’s a worry these girls are just starting to get carried away—I’m strong, after all their fights with the foreign tribe.

⁂

“I-I-I’m dying! I’m going to die! Save me, Ephthal!”

“Just avoid dying outright, Maria! Dead I honestly can’t fix!”

“M-M-Master! That really is too cruel!”

Now then, we’re on the fifth floor of the Dragon’s Treasure Vault. A forest zone despite being inside a dungeon, an oddly uncanny sort of place. But the Dragon’s Treasure Vault, dungeons themselves are the very picture of things that have made no sense since ancient times. So there’s no point objecting to it.

By the way, on the first floor Anastasia and Maria were surrounded by five orc berserkers and beaten flat. And, with me backing them with healing magic, it turned into a long, drawn-out slog of a mud-fight, the two of them pummeled all the while. On the second floor they were pummeled by an evil demon too, and this went past half-dead to the very brink of all-dead, so I backed them with a touch of attack magic. On the third floor they were chased about by a herd of over five hundred river-horses. And on the fourth, Anastasia’s quick wits told, they gave a one-sided beating to four minotaurs stuck fast in a trap.

And now, the fifth floor.

Just now the girls are strung up in the air, caught in the vines of a man-eating tree. And, more than that, several—

—acid slimes are clinging to them and dissolving their clothes.

Half-naked, with a fair portion of even their underthings melted away. Young girls in a scandalous state, so it’s not quite proper to study it too closely. But I can’t very well look away either. When it comes down to it, I do mean to save them just short of death.

“Damn it… I’m not going to end here, dissolved in a place like this! Level 4: Explosion!”

A blast spell centered on herself. Well, in this situation it looks a fair move. But—

“It’s not working?!”

Slime-kind have high magic resistance. Say “slime” and in a Japanese RPG it’s a byword for a weakling. But in overseas games it’s actually a fearsome foe. And in this world, slimes go by the overseas standard. Four hundred years ago slimes were called adventurer-killers, if I recall. Just past your rookie days, a full-fledged adventurer starting to get cocky, that’s when this tricky foe would often turn the tables on you.

The thing is, in most cases a slime pairs with a fixed-installation, trap-type monster like a man-eating plant, the man-eating tree here, for instance. In this case, first the man-eating tree binds the target with vines and stops it moving. Then, after the slime dissolves and eats the target, it supplies magic power to the tree… a symbiosis of that sort. By their nature, slimes are often set up together with an underhand approach, an ambush or a trap, and that’s the trouble. Fall into the trap, and by the time you notice… deaths in that pattern were without end. In short, inexperienced young adventurers prone to leaning on raw power made the slime’s ideal prey.

“Level 5: Muscle Powered!”

Still, good instincts, the pair of them. The moment they saw the high magic resistance, they switched at once to a temporary all-out boost of physical ability. This spell is a kind of primer for Merlin’s Divine Enhancement. After using it your usual body-strengthening weakens for a while, but it puts out real force. And, thrashing their limbs for all they were worth, they tore the vines free.

“Right, escape successful!”

Then Maria, hauling the clinging slime off by main strength, bolted and put distance between herself and it.

“Now, take this!”

Well, she raised the smoke-signal of a counterattack with her specialty, a barrage of fire arrows. Anastasia backed her with wide-area fire magic too, and the fight against the man-eating tree and acid slimes was decided. Slimes and man-eating trees are sluggish, the tree can’t even move at all. Get your distance and it’s nothing to fear.

Ah, incidentally, the two of them have been drilling their daily magic practice with tremendous focus lately. Fired up by the fact that Sheryl can use Level 5, and having found something worth learning within real fighting over these last two weeks against the tribe, it seems. Thanks to that, their talent’s been blooming by leaps and bounds, and at last they’ve reached the lower-tier Level 5 range. Their non-magic fighting’s coming into its own too, and in ability they’d reach the level of a full-fledged adventurer even four hundred years ago.

And so, watching the one-sided attack, I waited a few minutes. Worn to the bone, Anastasia and Maria came tottering over.

“You really do put us through it…”

Sheryl and I tossed them cloaks, which they each caught and wrapped around their half-naked bodies.

“Well, it’s necessary, so there’s nothing for it.”

“But we went through all this, so we’ll get stronger, right? Surely there’s a reward like suddenly being able to use Level 6 or something?”

“Eh? There’s nothing like that.”

At my words the two of them froze, eyes flung wide, mouths agape.

“H-hang on… what are you saying? After making us cross this many life-or-death lines?”

“Strength is a thing you gain one step at a time, at the end of dizzying, repetitive drilling, up a long grind of plain, steady work. However many death-lines you cross, that kind of experience alone won’t make you strong. A thousand effective drills beat a thousand real battles, that’s the truth of it.”

“Th-then why make us do this? Since we came in here I’ve nearly died over and over!”

Of course there’s a meaning to it. They have built up real fighting against the tribe, true. But they haven’t crossed a death-line. Because, in all seriousness, the gap in strength was simply too great.

“When a true crisis comes to you, there’s no way you’ll handle it without having had this kind of experience, is there?”

“What do you mean?”

“What matters is that you can move as you drilled in the midst of a crisis. Take now, Maria, do you think you could have shown your true strength at that fort, without me?”

“Hah? That goes without saying, doesn’t it?”

“You went pale at the sight of a savaged corpse. If, that time, the tide had turned against you and your life were in danger, could you swear you’d put out your usual strength without losing to fear?”

At that Maria thought something over and made a chastened face.

“No, that’s…”

“Building the experience of crossing a death-line means exactly that. Which is why I have you fight on the edge and go through hell.”

“Then what about Anastasia? This one, I’d say, has had her nerve steady from the start?”

“In Anastasia’s case, it’s the very resolve to face an enemy that I’m having her learn.”

“The resolve… to face an enemy?”

“In your case you’re over-specialized in the ambush. Even when you meet an enemy, unless the foe is quite weak… you think first, in your head, of running, don’t you?”

“That’s… true. Yes, there’s that in me.”

“Basically that’s fine, but you’re too specialized in it to think flexibly. Run and run, and the last place you reach can be a dead-end where death is certain, it can go like that too.”

“I see. Um, so… Master? Then what about Sheryl-chan? Why is she lazing along beside you without a care?”

“Sheryl’s a child.”

“…Mm.”

Sheryl flashed the two of them a V-sign, and I set my palm on her head with a little pat.

“Ehhh?! That’s not fair!”

Anastasia raised a protest, but I paid it no mind. Well, what I want to teach Anastasia and Maria is, in short, to look at their own lives from a vantage above. I want them to learn that sense in the body. Not to be swayed by fear or other negative feelings, but to think coolly about what gives the best odds of surviving, I want them to have eyes that see that way. For instance, take a lethal poison on a fingertip, can you decide, without hesitation, to cut off your arm at the elbow, then and there? A judgment like that is, in a sense, something you can’t make without casting off part of your humanity. In that respect, Anastasia and the others are surely inferior to the adventurers at that fort. And honestly… I realized it at the fort the other day, but Sheryl seems already to have that resolve complete. Whether it’s the spirit blood in her, or her sad upbringing from childhood, as if something in her feelings is broken. She burned the tribe with magic without twitching a brow, without her heart stirring at all. Well, an odd one, I’d say.

“Still, how far down do we go…”

“…You said it was placed where I’d know it, didn’t you?”

We’ve already been descending the dungeon for half a day. We’ve no camping gear, and I’d rather be spared a night in the open. Well, it’s not that we couldn’t scrounge everything on-site from scratch. And there we stepped into an open patch of the forest, a zone of lake and grass. There a great stone monument stood, and on the ground beside it I could see a staircase leading down to the next floor.

“Well, if he hadn’t set out a monument this easy to spot, there’d be a chance of missing it.”

Studying the monument, the letters were worn and unreadable, however I looked. Left to the weather for a few hundred years, by the feel of it, but that aside.

“Svetlana’s no ogre. If it took many days, she’d have said so at the start… so the road left can’t be so long! Come now, one more push, everyone!”

“…W-we’re still going?!”

“I’m all worn out… my legs are shaking… have mercy, Master…”

“No. The enemy on a battlefield won’t wait just because you’re tired!”

“…Usually he’s kind, but the man’s an ogre…”

“…Ngh, and I like it when Master’s kind…”

“Kind and soft are different things.”

“I heard from Merlin-sama… and I begin to see a little why the Thunder God Emperor got badmouthed by his disciples in the old days. If this is him after mellowing…”

And so, one way and another, the two of them, teary-eyed, began walking toward the stairs.

Svetlana’s Perspective

KABOOM.

KABOOM.

Blasts rang out, and at the intermittent shaking that came rolling in, I cried out despite myself.

“Eh? Eh? What is this?! What in the world?!”

Until a moment ago I’d been watching them with Merlin-chan through the crystal ball. And the black-haired boy and his party… had skipped straight past the fifth-floor monument Sasha-sama donated. And then they began descending to the floors below, but. Down to that floor I’d lowered the security level, on the grounds it was too dangerous, so, naturally, I was surprised. I truly hadn’t meant to kill those children. So if they set foot on the sixth floor or below, where death is all but certain, that would be a problem, and, well, I was in a real, frantic panic. But—

—from there it was astonishing.

The moment they set down on the sixth floor. The instant an ancient monster appeared, the kind that would kill the little girls outright, Junior’s whole air changed.

“Svetlana… this isn’t the deal! They’re out to kill, plain and simple! Maria! Anastasia! Sheryl! Don’t get away from me, not for a second, understand?!”

“Level 7: Cocytus!”

“Damn it! Magic resistance hard as rock! Then how’s this, Level 8: Thor Hammer!”

In the blink of an eye Junior slaughtered the ancient monster, and at the sight of him wielding Level 8, I flung my eyes wide in sheer shock. No, but this is the child who endured the Dragon Emperor’s aura. Beyond what I’d imagined, but it’s no wonder he can do this much. And so, relieved there’d be no instant deaths, I set my lips to my teacup.

“Fresh ones? And an ungodly number… what a pain. Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal!”

And I sprayed my tea clear across the room with a great pfft.

Knew you’d do it, across from me, Merlin-chan dodged my tea with teleport magic, and only grinned and grinned my way.

“Hang on, hang on! What is this, Merlin-chan?! I-I-I wasn’t told anything about this!”

“Aye, no doubt. Seeing as I said nothing.”

Well, from there on it was Junior on a rampage. As one walks an empty field, that’s exactly what it was. He tore through top-tier monsters and flung them aside, tore and flung, descending the floors at blistering speed, it was a shock, I tell you. And when he reached the bottom floor and became a raging Fierce God—what the hell is going on?! Sasha’s materials aren’t here!, he started back up the floors, again tearing through top-tier monsters and flinging them aside, at a ferocious pace.

“I said I wasn’t told! What is that boy?! He used Level 10!”

“For that matter, I wasn’t told either! In a place like that I’d have gone at his side, that’s a difficulty where even Ephthal-sama might take a wound!”

“Merlin-chan? Wh-what… did you just say?”

“Ephthal-sama… I said.”

“…That name wasn’t a joke?”

“Turn it around, do you think I’d let anyone else give that name, in jest?”

A silence, for a while. A hesitation, of a sort. And to me, frozen in place, Merlin-chan gave a great nod, all finally caught on, have you, fool.

Thump.

My heart leapt without my leave. Ah, so that’s… why. Whenever I caught sight of that person, before all else I’d rush headlong to his side. And then, and then—

—arms flung wide with a beaming smile, I’d hug him with all my might.

So, all but unconsciously, I’d thrown my arms around that child. Even if my head didn’t understand, instinct knew that child for that person… that’s what it was.

“Fufu, well then… no wonder I’d catch sight of Junior and hug him on reflex.”

And there Merlin held out a handkerchief to me.

“What?”

“Don’t hold back the tears. There’s no shame in it… I cried, too.”

“Ah…”, and the tears overflowed as if a dam had broken, and spilled down. That tears come when you’re happy, it turned out, was true.

“That’s the way. It’s not as if you and I stand on ceremony with each other.”

“…You really don’t change, do you, Merlin-chan.”

“To hear Ephthal-sama tell it, you and I have both changed a great deal.”

Ah, it’s no use. No words come. I want to see that person more, and yet—

—the tears blur the crystal ball.

My beloved Ephthal-sama. Ephthal-sama, who is also my master. The promise of a distant day, from that time to now, unchanged, the Ephthal-sama I’ve gone on adoring, all this long while.

“Give me… a moment…”

A great, deep breath. Little by little, I felt the turmoil in my heart come loose. And once it did… I could grasp the present situation, a little, with a cooler head.

“Still, he’s truly furious, isn’t he.”

“Aye. As you know, that man shows no mercy when his own are put in danger. It wasn’t your intent, but you’d best brace yourself, Svetlana.”

“This kind of anger… in the old days, a hundred smacks on the bottom… would it be?”

“No, this could well be the three-hundred course.”

“Fufu, those truly did hurt. Long ago, when I played a prank on the alchemy pot, people can die from that, you idiot!—”

“Aye, I’ve a like experience. I once cried my eyes out a whole night through.”

And there, watching the crystal ball, I caught my breath. He’s coming, already that person has come back up to the stairs joining the first floor and here. And—

“Svetlana! The old you was one who never told a lie! What in the world is this outcome?!”

Not through the crystal ball, for the first time in four hundred years, I came face to face with a furious Thunder God Emperor.

Ephthal’s Perspective

“Won’t you give me three hundred smacks on the bottom? Ephthal-chan!”

“No, I won’t be doing that.”

“Please! I’m begging you, the spanking! For pity’s sake, for pity’s sake!”

Hearing the exchange, Merlin seemed to turn something over for a while. And then, after a moment, her face went to pure revulsion. “Ah… so this is what you’ve become…” And she turned on Svetlana a look reserved for something regrettable, and only went on turning it her way. As for the me on my side—

—I’m your wife. And since I’ve lived four hundred years, I’m the elder now. So, with all my love, I’ll call you this… Ephthal-chan!

—at Svetlana’s opening salvo, even the rougher me, still simmering from the dungeon, threw up his hands—right, the rest’s on you, and beat a hasty retreat, leaving it to the softer me.

“For a start, ‘Ephthal-chan’ takes all the starch out of me… could you at least settle for something like ‘Junior,’ Svetlana…”

“…All right.”

Svetlana was sulky and put out about it. But this is a hard one to handle. Originally the Dragon Emperor’s daughter, and my old station was human duke, well, her rank is the higher. And even totting up my whole span, my Earth life before included, she’s the elder. So there’s a grain of reason to the “Ephthal-chan” treatment, grain of reason and all.

“So, Sasha’s research materials. Was that the fifth-floor monument, the one with the unreadable letters?”

“Yes. Going by what you say, perhaps it had weathered away. It was before I managed this place, the previous keeper’s era, a matter of four hundred years back.”

“Four hundred… years ago?”

“Yes. The story from right after you died, Junior.”

If so, then, the same period as when the Fire God Emperor established the magic-aptitude theory? Or perhaps Sasha knew all sorts of things from before the Fire God Emperor. But by the maid’s account, the cure was established only recently… In any case, that the material had weathered to the point of being unreadable is a real bother.

“This is bad, Merlin. Back to square one, it seems.”

“Yes. We’d come so close, too.”

Truly, this is… “Downhearted” is the only word that comes. Just when I was about to touch the very heart of curing magic aptitude. And there Svetlana asked, puzzled.

“But, Junior? Why do you want to see a thing like that so badly? That’s a fairy tale every child in the ducal domain knows.”

“A fairy tale…?”

“Yes. I’d thought your way of saying ‘the materials’ was odd, too, but that’s the heroic fairy tale told of the Thunder God Emperor. The author’s unknown now, and it’s handed down in the Alcott ducal domain.”

The heroic fairy tale of an unknown author. That, I know. Or rather, there ought to have been several copies at the ducal mansion. Being tales that extol an ancestor, that sort of thing has a room’s worth of space set aside as material connected to the founder. Naturally, folk-tales and the like, fairy tales included, are kept there too.

“Merlin, what do you make of it?”

“Most likely, some form of encryption, I’d think.”

To protect their research, mages will sometimes lay an encryption over the text, so that only their own kin can read it. The method of decryption is passed by word of mouth alone, and naturally I, as Sasha’s disciple, have had that sort of lecture too.

“So Sasha scattering it far and wide, in public, means…”

“That he feared it might be taken by someone, I’d say. Or, when danger closed on him, foreseeing, in this case for instance, that Ephthal-sama would reach it. A measure that couldn’t be announced openly, yet would reach the one who ought to receive it.”

In fact, that’s exactly the situation we’re in, so Merlin’s reading carries weight.

“Still, round and round in circles, and the answer’s at the ducal mansion.”

Darkest at the foot of the lighthouse, this is that to the letter. At my rueful, exasperated smile, Merlin shrugged and laughed too.

“Then, as first planned, shall we make for Ephthal-sama’s birthplace this life?”

“Aye,” I said, nodding, and put a question to Svetlana.

“So what will you do, Svetlana?”

“Oh my, Junior. A wife waits at home for her husband’s return, that’s the dragonkin way. And there’s the vault to manage… a few days is my limit for leaving it, really.”

Plural marriage, so perhaps that’s the dragonkin custom. In any case, I’m glad Svetlana, who carries the possibility of being a runaway train worse than Merlin, won’t be forcing herself on us like an uninvited bride.

“Still, Big Sis wants to be spoiled by Junior too, so try not to make me too lonely.”

“Well, you’re not a stranger to me either.”

At the words Svetlana froze a while, colored in the cheeks, and gave a small nod.

“Mm, that’s so, isn’t it. Because Junior is the husband… and Big Sis is the wife.”

“Just so,” I began to say, then hastily corrected myself, “No, I’ve no memory of making you my wife!”

“But, Junior?”

“Hm? What is it, Svetlana?”

“That Big Sis is the first wife… if you forget that… I’ll be angry, you know.”

Ah, this child’s hopeless. She isn’t listening; my words don’t reach her at all. And so I let out a deep sigh.

“Well, I’ll say I’m grateful you’re fond of me, at least.”

“But, Junior?”

“Hm? What is it, Svetlana?”

“The dragonkin are long-lived. Living long is, unexpectedly… a thing with many hardships in it. Grown weary of living, did you know the top cause of death among the dragonkin is suicide?”

“A common enough tale for a long-lived people.”

“Honestly, for a long while… I’d seen only the ugly parts of weakened humans, grown disillusioned with all manner of things, and part of me was already… tired of it all.”

“But,” Svetlana said, and smiled.

“Because I could meet you again, I came to feel that living long isn’t so bad. So—”

And with that, Svetlana threw her arms around me and said it.

“Stay my number-one beloved from here on too, won’t you, Junior.”

TUS Vol. 4 Chapter 3

Chapter 3 – The Fierce God Descends on the Fort

The morning after our second night at the fort.

And so, one way and another, we were walking the fort’s interior, taking stock of how things stood. The place was a walled fortress, and just now we were up on the passage that ran along the top of the wall. Being up on the wall, that passage would be the front line if the fort came under attack. Naturally it had its share of clever fixtures for dropping arrows and stones from above, and on that score I’d call it neither good nor bad.

“Still, Ephthal-sama? You bore that remarkably well, back there.”

“Best to leave that sort be. He didn’t do anyone any harm.”

I’ve a personality that makes enemies easily myself, but a man who raises hell around the clock is just a lunatic, when it comes to it.

“Besides, it works out nicely.”

“Nicely?”

“Stay here and the tribe holding the Scarlet of Hades comes to us, doesn’t it? If anything, I ought to be glad they’ve saved me the trouble of getting inside the fort.”

“Well, that’s true enough… But what do you make of this, Ephthal-sama?”

Merlin held out the layout map she’d been glowering at a moment before. Ah, incidentally, it seems I’m being treated as a quasi-noble of the barest possible sort. Which is precisely why we’d been handed the planned deployment map against the tribe in advance.

“The militia are treated abominably. That’s the long and short of it.”

Inside the wall a number of wooden fences had already been strung up, a formation that took it as given the gate would be breached. Up on the wall and around the gate, it was almost all militia, adventurers and the like, while the regular troops would form their main camp on the inner side of the fences.

“Cannon fodder… you mean to say. Just the sort of thing Orgren would dream up…”

“The adventurers will get quite a shock the moment they’re posted, especially the militia stationed around the fences.”

“Indeed,” Merlin muttered, all but spitting the word.

“The militia are close-combat armed, on the outer side of the fences, and behind the fences a great many of the regular army’s archers are massed. Throw the delaying militia at the tribe once they’ve broken the gate and come charging in high on their success… and rain arrows on the pair of them, I should think.”

“It might be a fair way to knock the wind out of an enemy who’s already tasting a mopping-up, but it’s utterly without character. And that, over there, is no good either.”

“That…?”

Where I pointed, behind the fences a great mass of pots had been set out.

“Oil pots.”

As she caught my meaning, the blood drained from Merlin’s face.

“Militia and tribe alike, flung into a sea of arrows and fire… a scene straight out of hell, I’d say.”

“There’s more that troubles me. Going by the disposition, if it comes to it the regulars even have arrangements to slip out through a hidden passage.”

For a fort of this kind to keep an escape route ready for the upper ranks is common enough. As I studied the layout closely, a special intent of one sort or another gradually showed through, beneath the surface. This one was fairly easy to read, so easy, in fact, that it turned my stomach.

“That man… uses commoners for cannon fodder, and speaks of a noble’s pride. What gall.”

“And we’re slotted neatly into the militia positions, at that. Did it never occur to him we might complain, looking at this map?”

“Are we not being made light of? On the assumption that we’d never grasp it, no doubt.”

Haah… As I let out a sigh, footsteps and a voice reached me from behind.

“A fine read… have the pair of you studied military strategy?”

Mid-fifties, at a guess. An eyepatch over one eye, long white hair swept straight back, and a huge frame that spoke of a warrior seasoned in many battles.

“No, we’ve never studied it… but are you one of the fort’s regular soldiers?”

“Aye, Angus, the deputy captain. And yet you’ve never studied it… well, well, that’s something. You especially look no more than mid-teens, and to read this much from the map alone, with no briefing on the plan, I’m impressed.”

Well, I’ve been through a real battlefield any number of times, and the same goes for Merlin. And it truly isn’t much of a read.

“Personally, I’ve a great deal to say about this plan… and as the deputy captain, might your position do something about it?”

Meeting my reproachful look, Angus-san shrank his great frame down small and gave an apologetic little bow.

“My apologies. Were I still captain… I’d not permit an outrage like this.”

“Still captain… you say?”

“Half a year ago, this fort was taken once by the tribe. We managed to retake it somehow, but the gate and walls are slapdash, thrown up in a rush. Which is why the true camp is pitched within the grounds.”

“…And? Why are you the deputy captain now? We’ve exchanged only these few words… but I’d say you’re the better man for it than your present captain.”

“When the fort fell, I was the one in command here. A mixed host of anything and everything, tribe, monsters, undead, assaulted us, and in fighting strength we hadn’t a hope. The soldiers garrisoned here were wiped out to a man.”

“That the tribe use monsters, I understand. But, undead?”

“Aye. Necromancy… high-order forbidden magic. Where the tribe came by such a technique I don’t know… but the men stationed at the fort were annihilated.”

So it’s as I thought, I suppose. The Scarlet of Hades is, in effect, a kind of magic-power tank for a necromancer, and that’s about the only use it has. I’d wondered why the tribe would want such a thing, and it turns out that was the use after all.

“But the story is that everyone was wiped out. So how is it you’re alive?”

At the words, Angus-san slowly looked up at the sky and gave a self-mocking little laugh.

“A death-squad was formed, and some of us were to break out of the encircled fort and carry a plea for aid to the capital. By the time I reached it, I was the only one left. And when I came back with the relief force… there was no one of our own still alive. So I alone survived, shamelessly, and here I go on, a living disgrace.”

“…Is it possible… that you’re looking for a place to die, on the battlefield?”

At that, Angus-san’s eyes went wide with surprise.

“How… did you know that?”

“One look at your build and I can tell you’re a veteran of many fights. But right now you don’t have the eyes of a warrior going into battle. Worn down to nothing… the eyes of a man contemplating his own death. And, forgive me, placing yourself on a battlefield in search of a place to die makes no atonement whatever to the men who fell. Or so I’d have thought.”

“…Truly a strange boy. I feel as though I’m talking with the Satori, that creature out of eastern legend. But it does make atonement, I think.”

“Meaning?”

“It was in the guard journal that survived. That sending the captain for reinforcements had been a mistake.”

“A mistake?”

“Aye, there was a line saying we don’t need reinforcements, so come back. That, most likely, was a bitter reproach aimed at me, the one man who lived. If we’re to die, then let us all die together, myself included. To have saved yourself, and only yourself… a curse to that effect, I should think.”

Angus-san gazed off at the far morning sun and murmured, all strength gone from his voice.

“They were subordinates I’d doted on once. We ate from the same pot, close as family. I’ve grown tired… of being wracked by nightmares. Ha, I never imagined I’d be worn down quite this thoroughly.”

Then he made the best cheerful smile he could and clapped his hands together.

“Now, enough of the maudlin talk. And though I seek a place to die, I mean to fall only after giving my all. I intend to save as many of your lives as I possibly can.”

“Our lives?”

“Aye. I’ve volunteered as commander of you militia. It’s the least atonement I can make for failing to save them, that time. I want to keep as many of you alive as I can. Or, even should you die, I’ll not let those creatures do as they please with your bodies… not as they did with them.”

“Your bodies, you say?”

“A custom of the tribe. They carry off an enemy’s corpse and drink while they look on it. Sometimes it’s the head they take, I hear, but in this fort’s case, every last body was carried away.”

Even in Japan’s warring-states age there were tales of carrying off an enemy’s head as proof, to claim a reward. But… well, this is a far uglier business than that. And there Angus-san gave me a little bow.

“Honestly, I’d like to tell you that you’re free to flee… but given my position, I can’t quite do that. There’s a grain of reason in what the present captain says, as well.”

“If you carry a sword, then work for the nation, that sort of thing.”

“Aye. I’m sorry to ask it, but I’d have you help with tonight’s raid. That it means defending the realm is… also the truth.”

“Well, I’ve no objection to that.”

“Then I’ll count on you tonight.”

And with that, looking apologetic, Angus-san took his leave.

“So, Merlin, back to where we started. Ethics of throwing the militia to the front aside, what do you make of this formation, purely as a formation?”

“Against a human enemy, a scorched-earth tactic that takes your own side down with them would be effective. On the premise that we set the ethics aside, that is.”

“Mm. I think so too.”

“But if the enemy is a beast-tamer…”

Merlin fell silent a while, then let out a small sigh.

“I can only say they don’t understand what a monster is.”

⁂

And then, the night of the new moon.

On the wildly arbitrary grounds that Maria carried a bow, we’d been posted as guards atop the wall. Well, this is the front line for a breach of the gate, so it suits well enough for keeping the militia’s losses as low as possible.

As for how the fort’s regulars had guessed the tribe would strike tonight, the reason is very simple. As a rule, the tribe’s fighting strength divides into two.

One is human beings. The other is monsters.

The beast-tamer’s way of fighting has no shortage of drawbacks. To wield monsters as a force, for instance, is to take losses among your own from their rampaging as a given. And for an ordinary nation to fold monsters into a standing army would mean keeping them, like horses, in the regions where people live. Using them only on the battlefield might just barely pass, but keeping monsters in a town is no good, for public order and for the residents’ feelings alike.

On that count, the tribe is a gathering of people who make their living by rough trades, and they pitch their homes in mountains forever teeming with demonkind besides. So among the tribe, the beast-tamer’s method is fairly popular, and rational too.

And as for why the new moon, a monster’s ferocity shifts with the waxing and waning of the moon. It’s not so far from the werewolf legends: the nearer the full moon, the more savage they grow. So for a tribe whose strength is largely monsters, a new moon becoming an absolute condition is only natural.

Naturally, one could turn that around and set a defense to match, but the other side knows all of that perfectly well. Which makes it hard to believe this defensive line, built on the premise of the last raid, will work as intended. This kingdom tends to make light of the tribe’s wits, but I, who spent my adventurers’-guild days hunting bandits and thieves up and down, know better. They’ve no character to speak of, but at fighting they’re professionals. In this formation, most likely, they’d be torn to pieces without our help.

“Ephthal-sama?”

“Aye, just as expected.”

Gazing off at the far sky from atop the wall, Merlin and I nodded to each other. And there Maria tilted her head, puzzled.

“Hold on, what do you mean? I’m not some superhuman like you, Ephthal, so out there in the dark all I can see is… nothing but blackness, that far off.”

“Ah, sorry. Let me lay out the situation, then.”

Not only Maria, Anastasia and Sheryl gave small nods too.

“In the last raid the tribe used monsters and struck with a small force. Goblins and orcs, mainly, with giant-kind like giant apes used as a decisive weapon to break the gate, that’s the shape of it, wasn’t it?”

“Yes, that’s how it was told, and the traces of the fight suggest the same.”

“They rely on ambush and surprise. And they can only make full use of their strength on a new moon, that’s a constraint too, isn’t it? Yet last time they broke off after little more than a probe and went home.”

“…What does that mean?”

“With a constraint like that, the orthodox play is to finish it in a single blow. Put us on our guard and let us prepare countermeasures, and, thinking plainly, the situation only worsens for them, doesn’t it?”

“Well, that’s true… so, in short, what does it mean?”

“The last raid, that itself was the trap.”

I pointed at the far night sky, and Merlin gave a small nod.

“Gargoyles carrying tribesmen. Around a hundred of them, and with that much strength on hand, they deliberately didn’t use it last time. They mean to settle it tonight, and by their reckoning, this defense doesn’t account for a surprise from the air at all. Then, as a separate force, the same goblins and the rest as a ground assault, and in the middle of the fighting, arrows raining from overhead. That’ll be the tribe’s script, near enough.”

And there Merlin laughed, exasperated.

“Their side means to bathe us and their own goblins alike in a storm of arrows, and our side means to bathe them and our own militia alike in a storm of arrows. Ironic, isn’t it.”

“And that their arrow-storm plan looks the more effective one, now that’s a poor show, truly.”

“What shall we do, Ephthal-sama?”

“As planned from the start. We move with the protection of the militia, dragged into this for nothing, as our first priority.”

“Concretely, wipe out the tribe’s ground force at once, then follow with anti-air magic to annihilate the gargoyles?”

“Mm. For the moment… yes.”

Watching the gargoyles’ movements, I fell to thinking. Their shapes weren’t visible yet, but the enemy’s ground force closing through the forest would beyond doubt come flooding at the fort’s gate, that much was certain. Where the aerial force would head, though, I couldn’t be sure. By the book, they’d loose an arrow-storm from above onto the wall and the gate during the fighting, to strip the defenders of their power to resist. But from the air the whole of our formation would be plain at a glance. A commander with any wits would see that the strength around the gate and wall was cannon fodder, cut off from the main chain of command. In which case, they might judge on the spot to make straight for the keep, throw our command into disorder, and sow confusion. Well, either way, what we do doesn’t change. In any case, the order of who to protect is Anastasia and the others, the militia, then the regulars.

“Ephthal. I can see them now too… an incredible number of gargoyles.”

“That’s an elf archer for you. Good eyes.”

Maria had her bow out, burning with resolve in what looked like an anti-air stance, so I hastily stayed her hand.

“No, they’re out of reach from here. You needn’t mind them for now.”

“What do you mean? Aren’t they coming here, to us?”

“I thought they might be, but… they haven’t dropped their altitude yet. By the feel of it they’re making for the regulars inside the fort. For now, let’s give everything to the tribe’s beast-tamer ground force.”

“Eh? But then the regulars are in real trouble, aren’t they?”

And there Sheryl cut in, flat and hard.

“…A soldier is one who has resolved himself to fight. That Ephthal means to save them in the end at all is a stroke of fortune they should be grateful for.”

And so the flock of gargoyles passed straight over the wall and the gate, just as I’d said, and pressed on through the sky toward the interior of the fort.

“But Ephthal? Couldn’t you blast them all in one shot? You know, something like a Level 10 or 9?”

“They’re too scattered to finish in one strike. And there are limits on hurling super-wide-area magic in a barrage besides… don’t tell me you’ve mistaken me for some monster with bottomless magic power, Maria?”

“Eh?! You mean you’re not?!”

Startled at me with a perfectly straight face. No, you’re a mage yourself, so surely you can work that much out… What on earth do you take me for. If that were possible, the mages of ancient days would all have been men who could face down a great nation single-handed. “And besides…”

“Besides?”

“The Scarlet of Hades is on my mind. If that artifact makes an appearance… wearing our strength down with large-scale magic early on ties directly to the danger you’re all in. There are priorities, and as Sheryl said, if they’re regulars they ought to have resolved themselves.”

Then, after a while, the moment came. With a whish, whish, whish of cutting wind, arrows were loosed from the sky at the interior of the fort, inside the fences. Men fell in a clatter amid screams, and the regulars scrambled to flee into the buildings. On the soldiers too slow to escape, the mercy-less reaper called an arrowhead came pouring down. And in that pandemonium of ringing screams, the tribe pressed their advantage further. Oil pots came flung down here and there, a volatile, sharp reek drifting even to us. Then a dull, heavy blast. Fire arrows loosed from above onto the flammable liquid strewn across the ground. And the oil pots we’d prepared caught as well, blast after blast erupting, and the scene turned into a very picture of hell.

“This is smoother work from the enemy than I’d figured.”

“Yes, Ephthal-sama. Even trying to get out of the buildings they’ve fled into, they can’t easily, for the storm of fire and arrows. If we don’t move to help soon… the buildings will fill with the burned dead. Shall I strike out alone into the forest and sweep the goblins?”

“No, the Scarlet of Hades is still on my mind. I’d have you be the last shield for Anastasia and the rest. And besides—”

“Besides?”

“We needn’t go to them. Before long they’ll come to us.”

As Merlin and I were talking, Maria put a puzzled question.

“Say, Ephthal? The tribesmen riding the gargoyles, they seem to be dipping the ordinary arrows into pots before they loose them. What’s that about?”

“You really do have good eyes, Maria.”

At the words she threw out her flat chest, proud.

“I didn’t hunt the woods and grasslands since I was a child for nothing. So, what are they smearing on the arrows?”

“Ah. Rotted human waste.”

“…Waste? Why would they do that?”

“Germs. Even a light wound… quickly develops into tetanus and takes a man out of the fight. Tending the wounded wears the regulars down too, so it’s ideal for whittling away strength.”

As she turned it over, the color drained from Maria’s face.

“That’s a filthy… thing to do.”

“A stock tactic of the battlefield. This isn’t a game, it’s war.”

At that Anastasia gave a great nod.

“Fufu, I’d use poison, myself!”

“Poison’s dear and takes effort to make. So… it’s cheap, free human waste instead.”

Anastasia thought a while, then shook her head with a little “mgh…”

“…I see, then.”

For the moment, the business of smearing waste on arrows had clearly given Maria no small shock. But Anastasia seemed to take it as a matter of course. If anything, she looked ready to call it soft.

—Yes, this child really is frightening.

Even I thought “ugh…” the first time I brushed against knowledge of this sort, but from Anastasia I get no such sense at all.

“Wh-whoa, Ephthal?!”

“What is it now, Maria?”

“The tribe and goblins you said would come out of the deep forest are coming, but…”

Face blank, she pointed weakly across the way. And seeing it, I let out a long, deep sigh, and a loathing and anger welled up from the pit of my stomach.

“Yeah, that, of all things, I never get used to, however many times I see it.”

“When a monster does that, I can just about understand. But the tribe are human too, aren’t they? How can they… do something like that?”

Maria had a hand over her mouth, ashen, looking about to be sick. Well, that’s an ordinary person’s reaction. The first time I saw it long ago, I actually vomited.

“…I see. So this is the tribe. With this, I can loose killing magic without a shred of hesitation.”

Biting her lip as she said it was Sheryl, with her, anger seemed to win out over disgust.

“…There are, after all, things one may do and things one may not, I think.”

Good. Truly, good. That the blood had drained from Anastasia’s face, truly, I was glad. If she’d taken in that sight and stayed unruffled, I wouldn’t have known how to handle this child.

“So, Ephthal? What, really, what, is that? What… is that…?”

“Human corpses, as you can see, flesh and organs, cut to pieces.”

Yes, it was a forbidden tableau. Wired to the great shields the goblin vanguard of the tribe held aloft were severed heads and limbs and viscera.

“I can see that much for myself! What I’m asking is why they’d do such a thing!”

“A classic, common tactic, and one the tribe favor especially. The main aim is to instill fear.”

At my words Anastasia nodded.

“Fear spreads to your side and hands the win to the enemy… in that sense, I think it’s effective.”

“Mm. That’s right, Anastasia.”

“Wh… eh? What do you mean?”

“Tell me, Maria, don’t you think suggesting a man’s own end at the very start of a fight is effective? Cutting down the back of a fleeing foe, or cutting down one who stands and comes at you, which is easier is plain enough.”

“No, anyone who stands on a battlefield isn’t going to bolt just from seeing something like that.”

“It’s a matter of later. The moment the odds turn even a little bad, this sight we’re looking at now starts to bite. I don’t want to end up like that, and while everyone’s enduring it, if a single man breaks and runs, the rest collapse from there. That’s the worst pattern, the one I’ve seen play out any number of times.”

Catching what I meant, Maria clicked her tongue.

“Still, I can’t forgive them. People who do that sort of thing… never.”

She’d been blank enough at first that I’d feared she’d lost the will to fight, but she seemed to have shaken herself, trembling with anger, into something like fire.

“Ephthal-sama? Have you noticed?”

“Mm. I know there’s a beast-tamer, but we should take it as too well done.”

When they’re wielded by humans, humanoid monsters like goblins and orcs often carry the gear of heavy infantry. But in this case—

“It’s new. And it looks customized for monsters, on top of that. Bluntly, it’s better gear than our own regulars have.”

“Yes. Plainly the hand of a nation at a high level of craft.”

“…The story was that the tribe are stirring, wasn’t it? Merlin, how do you read this?”

“That the tribe would assault a fort at all, that they’d pick a fight with a nation, and folding that in, I’d rather not think about what all this means.”

“Aye, my thoughts exactly. And, Merlin? Because of the Scarlet of Hades matter I’ll watch them to the last possible moment, but, use around Level 6 water magic to halt the flames, and save the regulars.”

“Understood.”

Now then, a siege-engine battering ram had come out of the forest too, and the vanguard goblins’ assault looked about to begin. And so I snapped my fingers toward Anastasia and the others.

“M-Master? What did you do? Just now… the wind went all soft…”

“The wind spirits’ protection. It’ll turn a stray arrow or so right back, but don’t put too much faith in it. And, there’s no telling what may happen, so take it that Merlin’s and my support ends with this, apart from this first bit. Act each on your own judgment.”

Then I gave a great nod and went on.

“Now, it’s your first battle.”

Deputy Captain Angus’s Perspective

“Gargoyles… you say?!”

Onto the main camp, from the sky, arrows poured down like rain, no, like a storm. Screams echoed through the fort, and in an instant the regulars fell into panic, fleeing into the buildings soaked in blood.

“…This is bad.”

Explosion after explosion, and the flames spread in the blink of an eye. As the fire ran wild, unease spread through the militia atop the wall as well, and I gathered that some of them had already begun laying plans to flee. Then, off in the forest, the shapes of the tribe’s beast-tamers, goblins at their head, came into view.

“Hey, hey, what do we do?!”

“The bigwigs behind us are in ruins from the sky, and from the front a huge number of monsters and foreign tribesmen—!”

“We were forced into this to begin with, dragged here! To hell with it, we run!”

And there a heavy, low voice rang out in a great, great bellow.

“Run where?! Don’t talk rot! We fight here, we hold, and we carve out a way through! Panic now and we’re playing right into the tribe’s hands!”

The last man, the eldest of an adventurer band, and by the look of him the leader of some party. At his roar, the group recovered their calm and seemed to steel themselves.

As you’d expect of the adventurers, I thought. Because they wager their lives for coin, they know well the arts of survival. Already surrounded by monsters and tribe, they’d find even flight difficult. To hold here now, watching the regulars for a chance at a counterattack, and pluck the chestnuts from the fire, that looked to me as well the best course.

But, I thought. The color in the adventurer-leader’s face was poor, no vigor in his expression.

Nine times in ten, the face of a man resolved to die.

Small wonder. Undecided as the situation still was, at his back the flames were rising, and the main body of regulars was near enough beaten.

“Hold, regardless! The regulars are only rattled by the surprise! The chance to turn and counterattack will surely come!”

At the leader’s words the whole group answered with a roaring “Aye!” In truth, not one of them took his words in earnest, I’d wager. And yet they answered aye all the same. It’s a thing that must be done to survive, I suppose, rousing themselves and those around them with that roar. And before I knew it, I’d answered their courage with a salute.

A man who seeks a path through a place of death is, to a man who seeks a place to die, unexpectedly dazzling.

And there one of the adventurers gave a cry close to a scream. Following their gaze, I bit my lip without meaning to, and the taste of iron spread through my mouth.

“Wh-what are those things?!”

“Corpses lashed… to their shields?”

“This is a war-craft of old, they’re stoking our fear.”

The tribe’s device had told, it seemed; the adventurers, poor of color to begin with, went whiter still. Then, from among the band, one man threw out a name.

“Everyone, I’m a C-ra… no. The A-rank adventurer, Edwards of the Mad Flame!”

“An A-rank? Why’s a man like that here?!”

“No, didn’t he just now tell me he was C-rank?!”

At the words, Edwards laughed a “fufufu.”

“There’s a reason I called myself C-rank. On account of certain matters, my father bade me stay humble and quiet… but in a situation like this, there’s no help for it! Now, everyone! Come and survive alongside me!”

“Survive, what do you mean to do? And is he really A-rank?”

“Hmm… I’ve a memory of… yes. Probably, no, definitely! I’ve seen that man running with the A-rank lot at the capital guild! That’s it, he’s Edwards, the A-rank adventurer, sure enough!”

“Ooh! You’re serious?!”

“So, what do we do, Edwards-san?!”

“We punch out toward the forest all together, in a single mass! Break through the enemy’s ring at one point and slip away! Yes, with an A-rank mage’s rear support, the support magic of this Edwards of the Mad Flame, there’s no encirclement we can’t escape!”

At Edwards’s words, roughly half of them lit up in the eyes. The way this is going… is no good. Because they wager their lives for coin, they’re keen to danger. It’s precisely because they treat their own deaths always as merchandise that they’ll take even so transparent a bit of bravado as before, half knowing there’s no winning, and yet, because it’s all they have, they’ll play along. So then, suggest another chance at survival, and?

“If an A-rank can get us out, maybe we really do live!”

“I’m in! I’m with Edwards-san!”

“Me too!”

“Now, everyone! Good deeds done quickly! Level 2: Wind Cushion!”

A cushion of air formed at the foot of the wall, and, following Edwards, the adventurers leapt down from the wall one after another. Half went with him, half stood there stunned, about an even split.

“You… don’t go?”

I called to the adventurer-leader from before. Most of those who stayed looked to be blank with shock, rueing the chance at flight they’d let slip, but this one man alone seemed cut from different cloth.

“Ha, the regulars’ deputy captain, saying that to me?”

“Aye. I’ll not blame you if you go. If A-rank is the truth, the odds of surviving are better on his side.”

“I’ve a bad feeling, is all. I look like this, but where living and dying’s concerned… my nose is keen.”

The adventurer-leader said it and shrugged, playing the fool.

As for Edwards’s band, they meant, it seemed, to drive forward in tight formation into a horde of goblins armed with sword and mail.

“Take this, you filthy ogre!”

“Aghh!”

The lead man crushed a goblin’s skull with a battle-axe, but this is no good. He alone had thrust out ahead of the packed formation. And, sure enough, goblins came clinging to him from the flank, one after another.

“Damn it, there’s too many! Hey, Edwards-san! Cover me!”

“Everyone! Leave the man swarmed by goblins and run straight on through!”

“Wha—?! You—you bastard—?!”

“Should I come to danger, I’ll use magic in due form. I only say I won’t waste shots. Magic power is finite!”

“This son of a—! Hey, wait! Wait, all of you! Don’t leave me! Gyaaaaah!”

It took less than ten seconds for the man to be swarmed by goblins, dragged down, and beaten and stabbed to a pulp. And there, from atop the trees, several goblins came dropping onto the band. One of them was on a direct course for Edwards, and he loosed a fire area-spell up into the air.

“Gyagh!”

“Agiiiii!”

“Ooh, that’s our Edwards-san! Incredible!”

“But if you won’t cover us properly, there’s no point, is there? We could turn back to the fort even now—”

“Ha, everyone, be at ease! I too can’t afford to lose all my flesh-walls to flight. That fort turning to hell is only a matter of time, think carefully which side profits you!”

“Damn it… he’s got us by the throat!”

And yet the band’s feet didn’t stop, if anything they picked up speed. It seemed they’d resolved themselves.

“That’s it! Now, drive on! Dawdle, and the dead only pile higher!”

As he spoke, goblins came dropping from the trees again. And since it was a fair distance from Edwards, this time he used no magic.

“Damn goblins, agh!”

“Ugyaaah!”

Two men set upon by goblins fell with a thud, and heedless of them, Edwards’s band ran on. “Wait, wait for me… gwaaaah!”

Ah, what a thing. I’ve seen many sights on the battlefield, but it’s been a while since anything this vile. And as my head went light and swimming, Edwards’s band, leaving several corpses behind, vanished into the depths of the forest.

“They’ve gone… so, what do we do, deputy captain?”

To the question I shrugged and answered.

“Rain every arrow we have on the goblins, from here. There’s nothing else.”

“Ha, now that’s a fearsome bit of command. My common wits would never have hit on it.”

The adventurer-leader let out a good grief sort of sigh.

“My apologies. In this situation there’s no other course to take.”

“Well, if you said such a thing when another way existed, I’d knock you flat and take command myself.”

And then, in silence, they began gathering up the bows and arrows Edwards’s band had cast aside. To do what can be done to survive. In that, this man understood truly well what needed doing. All we can do now is rain arrows from atop this wall.

Then, after a while, the surviving adventurers began to stir again. Because, the goblins spilling out of the forest one after another suddenly halted where they stood and drove spears into the corpses Edwards’s band had left behind. They dragged out the entrails, and then, with knives, set to severing the heads and limbs.

“Gigi, gigigi!”

“Gugu, guguguu, gugugu!”

“Deputy captain? Are they… laughing?”

“Aye, no mistaking it.”

“Toying with the corpses… you mean?”

“No, that’s not it. A monster gives no thought to instilling fear in us. They’re only—”

The goblins hacked off the corpses’ limbs, cut them, tore them apart, and then, jaws gaping wide, bit down on the gobbets of flesh.

“—making it easier to eat. That the tribe’s beast-tamers don’t stop that behavior is surely a calculation of the effect on our will to fight.”

A cold sweat showed on the adventurer-leader’s face. The fire at our backs was strengthening too, and the regulars’ state was turning grim indeed.

The situation is near its end.

But he, he truly seemed to know, even now, exactly what had to be done.

“Ha, hahaha! Base creatures do things basely, don’t they! We’re the adventuring trade, and we wager life and death on coin! Right, lads?! A cheap scare like that won’t—”

The man puffed out his chest in the loudest bluster he could manage, then swept his eyes over his surroundings and fell dumb.

“You… lot?”

“Say, leader? Are we… going to end up… like that too?”

At the question, the man bit his lip.

“…Perhaps we are.”

He’d realized, no doubt, that rousing them was useless now. The man threw up both hands, all nothing for it.

“Still, the fire behind us is a half-hearted burn, eh? If it’s going to go, it may as well blaze up good and proper for the send-off… that’d be the stylish thing for a last stage!”

Whistling, weakly, the adventurer-leader took a bow in his hand.

“So, buy time till it burns higher and higher, and we’ve a fine curtain-fall! Come on, I’ll rain down every arrow we’ve got!”

And then, behind the goblins, the shapes of tribesmen came into view. At the tribe’s command, what came out of the forest toward us, dragged on carts by the goblins, was a battering ram. Against the gate, in tatters from the last raid and given only a rushed, makeshift repair… there was no way it could hold.

“Now then, this is about the tide’s turn.”

God, I made to pray on the spot, and stopped.

There is no god.

I prayed enough, that time. That until I brought back the relief force, they would live, would hold on, so much I prayed. That day, weeping tears of blood, I begged fortune in war for the men I’d left at this fort.

Yes, there is no god. There’s no meaning in leaning on one. Then, what can I do? To lessen the losses even a little… no. To save even one of these young ones?

Cutting a glance into the forest and giving a nod, I dropped lightly from the top of the wall to the ground below. I’ve confidence in my swordwork, at least. The enemy numbered, tribe and goblins together, some three hundred. And the distance to the enemy commander was about a hundred meters, plainly he’d pushed too far forward.

“So, he’s certain this is the decisive breach, certain of victory. That’s why he can stand at ease at such a distance. My, my, careless of him.”

I called to the adventurers on the wall in the fullest voice I could muster.

“I cut in toward the enemy commander! I open a way with blood, when the enemy buckles, you flee!”

“Deputy captain, where do you think you’re going?! No… I see, that would indeed… All hands, ready to withdraw! Watch for the moment, if it looks good, we bolt!”

If I cut in toward the commander to a fair depth… a gap will open in the enemy’s encircling formation. Then—

This, at last, is a place fit for my death!

No more will I pray to any god. In place of prayer I grip my sword, and their road I’ll open with my own hands!

And as I began to run toward the forest—

Whish, whish, whish, whish.

From the treetops came a rain of goblin arrows. But this was foreseen. Without slackening my pace I twisted my body, dodged, cut them from the air, and made straight for the tribe’s commander. Cutting down the goblins that came at me, kicking them away, blasting them off with my body, I used every limb, this great frame and all, to carve a bloody road. Just as I’d reckoned, tribe and goblins came swarming at me headlong.

“That’s it, that’s the way! Come to me! More!”

I gave a great nod. Yes, even if I can’t kill the commander, drawing their strength onto me alone opens a gap for the adventurers to flee.

“Oooooooh!”

With all my strength, I run. With all my soul, I swing the sword.

Fifty meters left to the commander, by my eye.

The enemy’s attacks grew fiercer at last, and the countless flying arrows were already past managing. I guarded only my head, and sharp pain shot through my shoulder, my arm, my leg, one after another. Heedless of it, I whipped this old body on and accelerated further. And then, at some twenty meters from the commander… something coiled about my leg, and I was left dangling in the air.

“Ha, such a classic…”

Got me. A set trap. In my upside-down vision, understanding it all, I let out a deep sigh. A beast-catching sort of snare, the moment it triggers, a rope winds and binds the leg, and up you go, dangling. A goblin came slowly on, spear in hand.

“So, you’re to be my last, are you,” I told the goblin weakly. And then—

God, if it may be, grant those young ones fortune in war.

And there I gave a wry smile. I’d resolved to pray to no god, and yet at the very last… I’d thought it, unaware. What is this final act if not a farce? No, perhaps this is well enough. For me, late to bring the relief force, my men wiped out, and I alone shamelessly living, perhaps it’s a fitting end.

The goblin came slowly on. Nearer, with the eerie pat, pat of its footsteps.

Ah, god. I could not save my men. My prayer did not reach. But at the last, at the very last, hear this one plea. Save those pitiful young ones, dragged onto a battlefield without cause, understanding nothing.

The goblin, now upon me, thrust out its spear with a leering grin. There, that’s the end, I thought. And then—

Fwoosh.

With a cutting of wind the goblin’s head burst, and the rope hanging my leg was severed. I fell head-first to the ground and scrambled to my feet. And, dumbstruck, I could do nothing but stand there. Small wonder—

Fwoosh. Fwoosh.

With the cutting of wind, the heads of the goblins around me burst, one after another.

“This is… an arrow?”

And no ordinary arrow. A fire arrow, with a bursting spell laid on it? Fwoosh, fwoosh, fwoosh, and after the wind-cut, pop, pop, pop, the bursts. Amid the crisp sounds, scorched gobbets of flesh scattered, and in the blink of an eye a field of goblin corpses was made.

“Wh-what is happening…?”

Turning toward the fort, I saw the figure of an elf girl loosing arrows this way. Three at once… is she firing? And at this distance, a hundred hits from a hundred shots… what an astonishing archer. “No, that’s not it.” The arrows moved erratically in the air, and their speed was uncanny. They’re being guided by magic. And more, these bursts are plainly explosive magic laid on. Most likely by the pink-haired girl beside her, the one handing the elf girl her arrows.

“Ha, what girls.”

At the sudden descent of these reapers, the goblins could do nothing but flee in confusion. Into a fleeing back, a head, a torso, wherever they struck, the bursting spell blew the body apart; one arrow, one kill, truly. And three of them came flying once every few seconds. There’s no bearing it. Then, to counter the arrows, ten heavily armed goblins with great shields appeared and took the van toward the fort, but—

Pop. Pop. Pop. Pop. Pop. Pop.

It was the work of not even ten seconds. The first goblin was blown away, great shield and all, never knowing what had happened. The next understood, an instant before it and its shield were blasted, and was blown away with its eyes flung wide. The rest took arrows in their fleeing backs and burst apart. And beside the girls, a girl with a hood shaped like cat ears raised her palm to the heavens.

“…Level 5: Scarlet Flame.”

A single shaft of light, colored with flame, came flying this way. The instant it struck the ground, what thundered in the forest were screams and blasts. The distance swallowed the voices, but reading the mouths… it seemed a wide-area attack spell had breathed fire.

“Ha… Level 5?”

Strength draining from me, I nearly folded to my knees on the spot. What, truly, what is happening? Once, an upper-A-rank adventurer showed me his power. Not a sham like that Edwards just now, but a true master, said to be worth a hundred ordinary soldiers. And what he showed me was… Level 5. Yet why would mages of such skill be in a place like this?

“Perhaps… this fight can be turned around.”

And, what a mercenary breed the adventurers are, I thought, and found a rueful laugh rising. Seeing the girls, and judging their odds of survival better in fighting than in flight, they’d begun, faces set in deathly resolve, to rain a storm of arrows this way. Then this old frame too should fall back to the fort and stand with them, and as I thought it, my eyes flew wide, and I doubted them.

Small wonder. A single black-haired boy ran the top of the wall at terrific speed, and then, straight toward me, made a great leap. A distance of some fifty meters, surely. In the time it took to gape, the boy tore through the air as if running across it, flew clear over my head, and, an instant before landing, flashed a blade with a fwoosh.

“Wh-what… in the world…!”

The boy struck the head from the tribal commander’s body, and the next moment set down on the ground. Then, sliding-tackle fashion, he skimmed along the earth, killing the speed of his leap.

“Now then…”

Sliding some five meters and rising, the boy called out to the tribesmen around him.

“See that, and you’ll understand the gap in strength. I’d be grateful if you’d withdraw.”

What is this boy saying, I thought, and in that moment I looked toward the fort and lost my voice.

“The fire… is out?”

The flames that had blazed so fiercely were gone entirely, and more than that, the surfaces of the buildings the regulars had fled into were dyed white with ice.

“Merlin… I said around Level 6, and she goes and uses the Level 8 Hel… ah, this is going to be a headache now.”

The boy was muttering something, and I could only doubt my own ears. Because, when it came to a Merlin who wielded Level 8… I knew only one.

A living legend. Called, they say, the hero of the demon race. In the last great war, single-handed, she crushed one human mage corps after another, could this be that Merlin?

And the tribe and monsters, gazing at the ice-wrapped fort, wore blank, stupefied faces. Come to think of it, the tribe had all but no one who used magic. So they can’t grasp in the least how outrageous a thing has happened. Only, incomprehension. There’s nothing for them but to stand stupefied. As for the monsters, understanding was never within reach to begin with.

“So you’ve no mind to withdraw, it seems?”

At the boy, the goblins the tribe set on him came attacking. His motions were smooth as flowing water, clean, and quiet. The least possible movement, and yet, an overwhelming, pure speed that no longer seemed human at all, too swift for the eye.

“…A beautiful sword-dance.”

A slender, near-androgynous boy, one you might even call lovely, was dancing on a battlefield. That body-strengthening… it seemed nothing a human could own. No, the thing to watch was that swordwork. That it was no mere brute force was plainer than fire. The boy swung his sword, and in the span of a blink goblins fell by the dozen. Before the eyes could follow, that phrase is the fitting one for this very moment. Before I knew it a mountain of countless corpses had risen, and the goblin dead in this place were well past a hundred. Sheer trampling. Sheer annihilation.

And there, one of the tribesmen who’d finally grasped the situation gave a scream and began to run. One ran, and then the next ran. Two ran, and then the next two ran. In no time the force collapsed, and in a rout worthy of the words annihilated and put to flight, they broke and scattered, each scrambling to be first away.

Watching them flee out of the corner of my eye, I walked toward the boy and, before anything else, spoke.

“Astonishing… you’ve ended it in no time at all. Who taught you that swordwork?”

“No, it isn’t over yet.”

The boy gazed off at the far sky, and there, at the end of his line of sight—

“A d-d-d… a Dragon Zombie?!”

The span of its spread wings must top ten meters. Its height cleared four meters easily, and that body, once a sovereign of the skies, was half rotted away, bone showing here and there. Yes, that is a dragon’s ruin. A dragonkin can hold converse with a human, they say, but that is a pure dragon. The strongest lowly creature on the earth, void of wits, that has swallowed knight order after knight order, the very byword for humanity’s natural predator, and its ruin.

“Why…… is……… a thing… like… that…?”

“There was a beast-tamer, wasn’t there?”

“N-n-no! I’ve never heard of the tribe wielding such a thing! To make a Dragon Zombie serve is, that’s an affair of four hundred years ago, the age of legend!”

The boy thought a while, then let out a sigh.

“Just to be sure, there are no homes anywhere over that way, are there?”

Toward the far quarter where the Dragon Zombie flew, the boy turned his palm.

“A-aye. There are no homes, true enough?”

“Good. Now I can go all out with an easy mind.”

“A-a-all out? A moment ago you performed a splendid sword-dance, did you not? Don’t tell me that wasn’t all out?”

“No, it was all out. With a sword.”

And then the boy smiled and went on.

“—all out with a blade, that is.”

“Wh-wh-what in the world do you mean… to do?”

A chill ran down my spine, cold sweat with it. Just so, the boy raised his right palm and spoke a single phrase: “Level 10: Thunder God Emperor Ephthal.” And in the great sky there appeared, in the most literal sense—

A thunder god.

And beneath a single strike, all was ground to nothing. Centered on the Dragon Zombie, within the radius the trees were blown away like so much refuse, scattered, or scorched black. Yes, everything was destroyed. The earth was gouged, sand and soil danced up, and the trumpet that announces the end, a thunderous roar, rang in the depths of my lungs.

A dragon, called the strongest lowly thing on the earth. An undying ancient dragon, said to be hard for even a nation’s knight order to bring down. The dragon’s carcass, in a single strike, was blown away. As one brushes off a gnat, with the boy only raising his palm, until it was scorched gobbets of flesh… it was the work of mere seconds.

Absurd.

Such a word rose in my head. Yes, that pure violence stirred in me not dread alone, but a kind of worship as well.

“What’s the matter?”

Before I knew it I was on my knees, offering up a prayer to the heavens. No, not to the heavens. There is no god; I cast that away. But there was a god after all. Not in the heavens, but here upon the earth.

The one I offer my prayer to now is the god of war.

Yes, to the Fierce God before my eyes.

Ephthal’s Perspective

Ugh… I’ve gone and done it.

Well, there’s no bringing down a Dragon Zombie without losses to our side except with something like a Level 10, so there’s nothing for it. But Angus-san is on his knees with tears in his eyes… ugh… he’s gone and started praying at something.

Right, this is bad.

Come to think of it, the name Ephthal and my identity are already known to the garrison captain. Well now, what to do about this. Lay on some brainwashing magic and wipe the memory… no, the memory-work I can manage is only temporary and no root solution. Well, well, as I was wondering what on earth to do, a scream reached me from the fort.

“Wait, there’s more?!”

I gathered Angus-san up and flew into the sky on flight magic.

“Y-y-you flew up?! No, for you, perhaps that’s nothing at all. Even were you to sprout wings… I’d not be surprised anymore.”

“Er, how to put it… it’s Level 5 flight magic, so it’s nothing special.”

“Level 5, nothing special?! Ha, hahaha! As expected!”

Now this reaction is turning genuinely dangerous. Well, for the moment, Angus-san is a problem I’ll shelve. I laid on presence-erasure and optical-camouflage magic, there’s a bit of too little too late about it, but a token effort to keep the witnesses from multiplying, and set down atop the fort’s wall. And there—

“Hahahaaa! Burn, why don’t you!”

Hm? What’s this? Why is Edwards fighting Anastasia and the others? And I’d watched out of the corner of my eye as his lot fled the fort, hadn’t I…? No, that’s neither here nor there. What matters is Edwards’s belly.

“Ephthal! What is this thing?! And he’s annoyingly tough besides!”

“Master! This, it uses even fouler tricks than I do!”

“…Bluntly, out of ammo.”

Sheryl had been dashing about at speed loosing area magic, after all. If anything I’d want to praise her for holding her power out this long. Still, to give even Anastasia and Maria together this much trouble; the A-rank title isn’t for nothing, it seems.

“Y-you, the boy from that time! I wondered why a former slave of mine should be here… I see, so the present master is you! Stealing another man’s slave, have you no shame!”

“Anastasia called you ‘this thing’ just now. Meaning… she can’t so much as recognize you as her former master.”

“Can’t recognize me?! What are you talking about! I parted with this slave a few months ago, forgetting my face is out of the question!”

“No, it isn’t a matter of forgetting your face, I think.”

“Truly… what are you saying?”

“It’s just that you’ve turned into a zombie. With a face like that, no one can tell who’s who.”

Well, it’s exactly as it looks. Entrails spilling from his belly, face gone to mush, a freshly-minted walking corpse: that’s Edwards’s present form. I’d known at once from the habits of his magic, but to Anastasia and the rest, Edwards likely looked no different from a Lich-type undead.

“Level 6: Turn Undead.”

I snapped my fingers, and Edwards was wrapped in a silver, holy color, then stopped moving and toppled with a thud. I’d like this to be case closed, but the world won’t be so obliging, I expect.

“So, what happened, Anastasia?”

“…A-all of a sudden… a horde of zombies came out from over there…”

Looking, there was a hole opened in the flagstone road inside the fort, and zombies were crawling up out of it one after another. Several among them, it seemed, were the corpses of the adventurers who’d fled earlier. And that hole, forts of this kind often keep a secret passage for slipping from the interior to the outside, against the worst case. The garrison captain and his lot had likely planned to flee through it, but this time it seemed to have been turned against them.

“Incidentally, Merlin? The captain?”

“Before I stopped the fire with ice magic, it seems he fled, alone, through another hole.”

“Every last one of them… nothing but good-for-nothings.”

Edwards among the adventurers, the captain among the regulars. The only decent one was Angus-san, what in the world is wrong with this country… but that aside. At the center of the zombie horde stood a tribesman holding a deep-crimson orb.

“I see. So the Scarlet of Hades’s use is the Dragon Zombie, and these zombies now.”

At my words Merlin gave a great nod.

“But truly… a Scarlet of Hades that can command even a Dragon Zombie… how did the tribe come by such a thing?”

“This is right beside the Alcott ducal domain, Merlin. There should be two people in the domain who hold that artifact, or could refine one, shouldn’t there?”

“Sasha-sama, and…”

“Yes, the Fire God Emperor. He was trying to gather the souls of everyone at the academy, and he ought to have deep ties to necromancy besides.”

And there I noticed Angus-san standing rooted where he was, trembling.

“Th-those… are…”

“What is it, Angus-san?”

“The zombies those creatures lead… that’s the armor my old subordinates wore…?”

“Weren’t they wiped out defending the fort, some time ago…?”

And saying that much, I caught on. The bodies had been recovered, the story went, so it was for this that the tribe carried the corpses away.

“This is getting fouler and fouler, Merlin.”

“What do you mean, Ephthal-sama?”

“The Scarlet of Hades can hold thousands of zombies under its sway, yes? The tribe stirring across every stretch of the border, and taking this fort too, all of it, most likely, to gather materials.”

“So the tribe means to raise an army of the undead…?”

“It’s a matter of possibility, mind.”

“Ephthal-sama, what do you intend to do?”

At Merlin’s words I gave a small nod.

“I can’t let them trample the dignity of the brave soldiers who fell in battle any further. With wide-area purification, let’s send them up to heaven at once.”

I raised my palm and set to building the purification formula. A horde of zombies this size, Level 9 ought to manage. Then I checked from a distance whether any purification-resisting magic had been laid on them… and, after a moment’s thought, halted the working.

“Angus-san, let’s go over there together.”

“Over there, where?”

“To those zombies… no. To the soldiers.”

Hoisting up a flustered Angus-san, I flew into the sky once more on flight magic. The soldiers numbered a hundred and a little more. Being men once bound by ties of loyalty, they kept together in a mass rather than scattering. And their bodies were, compared to Edwards’s, abnormally little damaged. To be reused even if killed, most likely, kept from harm as far as possible.

“Mm. No fear of losing any of them, this way.”

And as I set down, Angus-san gave a cry close to a scream.

“Y-y-you bring me to a place like this… wh-what do you mean to do?”

“Try speaking to them. Communicate with them, and they should stop.”

At my words Angus-san froze a while, blank-faced, then opened his mouth wide.

“Commune with men who’ve become zombies? There’s no way such a thing—”

“No, it can be done. If I lend a hand, without fail. The last wishes of brave soldiers who fought for their nation, I mean to give whatever help I can, to the fullest.”

“What are you saying… no, if it’s you… can you truly?”

“Yes… they too, it seems, have something they wish to tell you.”

I raised my right hand lightly and snapped my fingers.

“Level 9: Unlock.”

Still, a hundred men. Even for me, undoing the formula that steers the undead on this many at once, simultaneously, is hard going. Or rather, impossible. A superlative priest of four hundred years ago would have done it with ease, but unluckily that’s not my line of work. So why did I think I could manage this on such numbers? Because they themselves were fighting, desperately, against the mind-corruption of their undeath. That faint wrongness I’d felt when I read the flow of their magic from afar. Their movements, compared to the other zombies, were very sluggish, and they showed no sign of turning eyes on the living to attack them. And what I felt from the flow of their magic was a fierce longing to tell Angus-san something. It was an emotion laced with regret, but plainly not the negative feeling of a curse. I can’t return them to the living, but even so… I chose to pay my respects to soldiers who fought to the very end, and to prepare a stage for them to tell Angus-san something.

“A-ah… we’re…?”

“My body… moves as I will…?”

“I had consciousness the whole time, but my body was kept moving by someone. Were the rest of you the same?”

“Aye, me too. Consciousness gone hazy, and only the body carrying on of its own accord.”

And there, to the soldiers who’d come back to their senses, Angus-san spoke.

“You lot…”

Noticing Angus-san, they froze on the spot, mouths agape—Captain…? And to them, Angus-san dropped to his knees and bowed his head.

“…I’m sorry. The relief force was late… I’ve no face to show you all…”

At the sight of Angus-san, the soldiers were dumbstruck, and traded glances one with another.

“We don’t need any apology, Captain.”

“We sent you for reinforcements by the will of us all. As the surest odds of surviving.”

“Heads or tails on the coin, if the bad side comes up, is there a fool who complains about the bet afterward?”

Raising his head, Angus-san’s face mixed in a color of confusion.

“B-but you lot… the journal said sending me was a mistake, said we don’t need reinforcements, so come back… a bitter reproach…”

And there the soldiers traded glances again and began to laugh, low.

“If anything, what we regretted… was making the wager at all. Because, well, the tribe were more brittle than we’d figured.”

Angus-san tilted his head, all how so?

“Brittle… you say?”

“They lean on numbers alone, and neither their training nor their tactics amount to anything. We flinched at the start, faced with a force several times our own, but we fought better than we’d have thought.”

“And that’s when we thought,” one of the soldiers said, looking up at the sky, “couldn’t we have won, if the Captain were here? Under the Captain’s command, mightn’t we have managed somehow… that alone is our one regret.”

“That’s when it hit us. What are we? Among the tribe we’re the border guard, the ones who make even crying children fall silent.”

“Just so. Why did we choose the road of calling for aid… we’d not have lost with the Captain here. To have lost without giving the unit’s full strength, that we couldn’t, is our regret.”

And, taking in the words, Angus-san stood. His great frame was trembling, and, head bowed, his eyes couldn’t be seen. No, even if they could be, here it’s surely right to look the other way. And so I clapped Angus-san on the shoulder.

“I can’t bring them back to life, but I can let them ascend in peace. Only, removing their last regret is a thing only you can do, Angus-san. Or so I think.”

Wiping his eyes with a handkerchief drawn from his coat, Angus-san loosed a voice loud enough to reach every man there.

“To have my men made such sport of by the tribe, I cannot draw back! Together, will you not take up your swords with me?!”

At the words, as though they’d been waiting, cheers went up here and there.

“To sweep the tribe from within the fort, let that be our final duty—”

And just as he began to say it, boos came flying from the soldiers.

“You lot…?”

“Captain! If it’s a last mission, let’s go out in style!”

“We’re the border guard, who silence crying children! If we’re at it, let’s snuff the tribe out for good!”

“The first place they hauled us to in these bodies was the tribe’s stronghold near here, so we know the lay of the land right well!”

Angus-san grinned and shook his huge frame, delighted.

“Then, full assault! Our objective is the tribe’s stronghold!”

And so, leaving me the words “the fort is in your hands,” Angus-san led the soldiers out through the gate.

“Will you not help them, Ephthal-sama?”

To Merlin’s words I answered with a shrug.

“That would be… discourteous to them, wouldn’t it?”

At that Merlin gave a faint, weak laugh.

“Now, enemies still remain. Let’s begin the mop-up.”

“Aye, so we shall, Merlin.”

Athena Translations

Sign in and your place is kept in every book.

Two-step sign-in

Enter the 6-digit code from your authenticator app.

Confirm your address

A six-digit code is on its way to the address on this account.

Codes are good for 15 minutes.

An account saves your reading on every device, notifies you when new chapters come out, and lets you post reviews.

Confirm your address

A six-digit code is on its way to .

Good for 15 minutes. Your account is made once you enter the code.

Reset your password

Enter your email. If an account uses it, a reset link is on its way.